Talk with Linda Reed-Enever

View Details

There is a lot of buzz out there at the moment about community led or community driven marketing. Having run communities for more years than I care to mention, I want to unpack what this buzzword actually means, why you should care, and how it can empower your business.

Community driven marketing is all about making your audience active participants in the co-creation of your marketing and branding journey. Instead of just treating them like a megaphone target and broadcasting at them, you are bringing them along for the ride.

Listen Before You Lead The foundation of successful community driven marketing comes down to one core rule: you have to listen before you lead.

Tune In to Their Needs: Pay close attention to what is happening for your potential audience and the community you want to serve. You can start by engaging in other relevant industry groups and Facebook spaces to hear what people are struggling with.
Design Better Solutions: When you genuinely listen to your clients and community, they will tell you exactly what they want. This allows you to create products and services that naturally enjoy a higher uptake because you're delivering the exact solution they're looking for.
Our Ecosystem: In my own business at Enever Group, we have run our Business, Business, Business (BBB) community for over 11 years. Listening to that space directly shapes the content I create, the strategies Clive shares, and it even inspired us to form The Youngpreneurs Society.

Empowering Your Brand Advocates Great communities naturally build advocates, people who love what you do and want to shout about it.

Leap Beyond Cold Ads: A recommendation from an advocate travels faster and converts better than cold advertising. Trust drastically shortens conversion times and increases the perceived value of your offers.
The Layered Strategy: You can build a public-facing community to welcome people, and then establish a high-value, monetised "inner circle" space for next-level support. For me, many of the best members inside my Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle originally came from our free BBB community because they wanted closer contact.
Be an Advocate Too: Advocacy goes both ways. For example, I am a Thinkific Approved Expert, which means I proudly advocate for their platform while they transfer trust back to me by recognising my expertise.

The Game-Changers: Feedback Loops & Retention When you shift your perspective from running simple promotional campaigns to creating safe, ongoing relationship spaces, your business gains two massive advantages :

The Instant Feedback Loop: Instead of waiting six months or testing ideas via expensive focus groups, turning up live with your community gives you an instant feedback loop. You can immediately hear their real-time reactions, allowing you to adjust and pivot your marketing campaigns much faster than the competition.
Retention Beats Reach: You do not need to go viral to build a successful business. You just need to reach the right person at the right moment. When you retain the people who already trust you, you can support them from the moment they plant a "seed of interest" all the way until they climb to your highest-level premium services.

Key Takeaway Community driven marketing requires a permanent mindset shift: your audience becomes active participants, your marketing becomes facilitation, and your selling transforms into growing with your people.

Three Ways to Start Nurturing Your Community Today 1. Invite Collaboration: Don't guess what your market wants. Run polls, host Ask Me Anything (AMA) sessions, or launch community challenges to get input on your upcoming products or packaging. 2. Feature User-Generated Content: If a client shares a great video or wins, spotlight them. Celebrating your community's success is incredibly powerful, and honestly, seeing my members succeed is often more exciting to me than my own marketing wins! 3. Co-Create Experiences: Partner with aligned brands or experts to run combined training sessions. We do this regularly here with brands like Thinkific and MeetEdgar to share value and naturally cross-pollinate our audiences.

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to know what action step you are taking to listen to your crowd this week. Are you running a poll, opening an AMA thread, or mapping out your touchpoints? Let me know in the comments! Remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this approach helped you view your audience as true participants, please share it with another business owner who is ready to grow.

Highlights * 00:43 What Community Marketing Means * 00:58 Real World Community Examples * 01:37 Listen Before You Lead * 02:26 Empower Advocates * 03:15 Create Safe Spaces * 04:29 Why It Works * 06:55 Three Ways to Build * 08:43 Getting Started Steps * 09:18 Pitfalls and Mindset Shift

My Resources to Support Your Business Evolution The Marketing Tree Method

Grab a copy of my book to learn the core foundations of letting your audience climb your business ecosystem branch by branch.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

Business, Business, Business (BBB)

Come join our free, massive community space to connect with fellow business owners, share your daily wins, and network with thousands of peers.

https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

View Details

Have you noticed that your offers aren't working for you quite like they used to? It is incredibly common to put an offer out there, watch it convert time and time again successfully, and then suddenly hit a wall.

As your business grows, the market shifts, your audience evolves, and your own personal needs change. What was once a perfect fit for your business and your market might no longer serve you.

Reviewing your offer suite regularly isn't just a nice-to-have task, but absolutely essential to keep your business in alignment with where you are now and where you are heading. In this episode of the Talk podcast, I'm sharing why we need to stop treating our products and services like permanent fixtures. Think of your business like a garden: some offers are thriving and healthy, others need pruning, and some simply need to be composted to make room for fresh growth.

The Three-Question Offer Audit To get started, pull out every single offer currently in your ecosystem, from your signature programs down to your smallest entry-level digital products, and lay them out where you can visually see them. Once they are in front of you, ask yourself these three critical questions:

Does this still serve my audience? Client needs change over time. What they valued three years ago may not be what they are searching for right now. If an offer no longer matches their current stage of life or business, it's time to update or retire it.
Does it still excite me? This is often overlooked, but if you have fallen out of love with your offer, you won't market it effectively. Your audience will immediately sense that energetic disconnect.
Is it still profitable? Look at profitability in terms of money, time, and your personal energy. It is perfectly okay if an offer takes more time than it returns financially, provided it serves a strategic purpose like growing your audience or building authority. But if it continuously drains you without a clear return, its structure must be rethought.

If you can confidently say yes to all three, it goes straight to your "keep" pile. If you hesitate on any of them, it's time to look a lot closer.

Sorting Your Offers Into Pathways Once you have answered those hard questions, sort your services and products into three distinct action piles:

Keep and Focus: These are your clear winners. They perform beautifully, you love delivering them, and your audience loves receiving them. Double down on these to make them more visible and scalable.
Refresh and Reimagine: These offers have great bones, but they've gone a little stale. Sometimes a minor tweak to the delivery method or core promise can completely reignite interest. I've retweaked several of my own past programs this year, and they are back better than ever.
Retire and Replace: These are the ones that have served their purpose and run their course. Letting go of an offer is not a failure, but a sign of business maturity that frees up space for your next big step.

Key Takeaway Simplifying your offer suite takes the pressure off both you and your clients. A cluttered suite leads to decision fatigue, and a confused mind will neither buy nor market. You do not need to be everything to everyone. You just need to be exceptional at what matters most.

My Practical Challenge For You I want you to add a regular offer review into your quarterly plans. Ask yourself this honest question: "If I was starting my business completely fresh today, would I still create this specific offer?"

If the answer is no, take that as your cue to make a change.

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear what your offer review reveals. Which offer are you committing to refresh, or which one is it finally time to beautifully retire? Let me know in the comments! Remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this episode helped give you permission to simplify, please pass it along to another business owner who is ready to clear out the clutter.

Highlights * 00:00 Why Offers Stop Working * 01:06 Garden Mindset for Offers * 01:52 The Three Review Questions * 02:41 Serve Your Audience * 03:06 Excitement and Energy * 03:28 Profitability Check * 03:47 Keep Refresh Retire * 04:54 Simplify Your Offer Suite * 05:33 Design for Future Goals * 06:24 Build a Clear Pathway

My Resources to Support Your Business Evolution The Marketing Tree Method

Grab a copy of my book to learn how to create "pathway alignment". Your offer suite should tell a clear story where your entry-level offer introduces your method, your mid-tier helps apply it, and your premium tier delivers the final transformation.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

Workshops & Events

I host interactive, information-packed online and in-person sessions on a regular basis to help you future-proof your business. Be sure to check out our upcoming sessions.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

View Details

Authority isn't about big launches, hype, or trying to be everywhere at once. It is not an overnight success; it is something we build quietly over time.

Your authority cannot simply be declared the moment you walk through the door. It is earned through consistency, clarity, and genuine follow-through.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, I'm busting the myth of the "overnight expert." You don't need anyone's permission or a massive platform to become a trusted voice. You can start right where you are with what you already have, compounding your everyday actions into deep, sustainable authority.

Know Who and What You Stand For Authority begins with absolute clarity. People simply cannot buy from you if they don't trust you or understand what you do.

Find Your Focus: Ask yourself: What do I want to be known for? What do I believe about this space? What am I here to help people with?
Point of View Over Volume: Your specific point of view matters infinitely more than being the loudest person in the room. It stops you from talking to the generic masses and connects you deeply with your ideal audience.
Create Conviction: When you choose to stand for something consistently, you stop blending in and start creating a real journey for your people. For me, that means standing firmly for supporting small business owners to grow and understand marketing.

Show Up in the Quiet Seasons The hardest part of building authority is showing up consistently when it is quiet, and in the early days, it will be quiet. This is exactly when most people quit, but it's actually the time to keep persevering.

Presence Over Repetition: Consistency doesn't mean repeating the same message word-for-word; it means repeating your presence on a regular schedule so you become reliable.
Diversify Your Presence: You can maintain this rhythm by appearing in Facebook groups to answer questions, guesting on podcasts, or sending a regular newsletter.
Quiet Impact Counts: A lack of public likes or comments does not mean a lack of impact. Quiet observers are often saving your content and reflecting on it privately. Steady, targeted visibility beats chasing a single viral moment that attracts the wrong crowd.

Position Yourself as a Guide Through Teaching If you want to be recognised as an authority, teaching is part of the game. Teaching automatically positions you as a trusted guide rather than a transactional salesperson pushing for a quota.

Simplify the Next Step: True educational marketing looks like simplifying complex ideas, explaining processes, and offering a clear path forward.
Give a Taste of Value: You don't need to give away your entire playbook for free, but you do need to offer a genuine taste of your expertise. Showing that you truly know your stuff builds community trust. Over time, this is what gets you recommended and tagged in industry circles.

Humanise Your Message with Lived Experience Storytelling is one of the oldest and most effective forms of marketing because people trust real human experiences far more than empty claims.

Share the Real Moments: Don't just make claims; share client lessons, behind-the-scenes insights, and even the moments where things went completely wrong.
Lived Experience over Qualifications: Real authority rarely stems from a piece of paper or standard qualifications. It comes from your lived experiences and your proven ability to handle things when the plan falls apart. Sharing your flaws and solutions makes your authority human, helping your audience see themselves in your work.

Master the Follow-Through The ultimate foundation of real authority comes down to your behavioural habits. No amount of flashy marketing can save a business that fails to deliver on its backend promises.

Reliable Delivery: To be seen as a true expert, you must do what you say, deliver exactly what you promise, and treat your people exceptionally well.
The Ripple Effect: Reliable delivery builds massive organic momentum because delighted people naturally share their great experiences through word of mouth.

Key Takeaway Authority is not a sprint, a massive launch, or a final finish line. It is a way of life and a form of daily behaviour. True authority welcomes imperfection. It is built through the everyday actions of showing up, teaching, sharing, and reliably delivering your value.

My Practical Reflection Exercise For You Take a moment to step back and evaluate your current visibility with these three quick questions:

What pieces of content or messages are genuinely connecting with my audience right now?
What are the quiet observers or active clients responding to the most?
Where can I choose to be a little bit clearer or braver in my daily marketing?

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear your thoughts from our reflection exercise this week. Where are you choosing to be clearer or braver in your marketing? Let me know! Remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this formula helped you, please pass it along to another business owner who is ready to step into their authority.

Highlights * 00:00 Authority Myth Busted * 00:24 Start Where You Are * 01:12 Know What You Stand For * 02:18 Show Up Consistently * 03:46 Teach To Build Trust * 04:55 Storytelling That Connects * 05:59 Deliver What You Promise * 06:34 Reflection And Next Steps

Resources to Support Your Journey The Marketing Tree Method

You can grab a copy of my book to learn the core foundations of building a deep-rooted, sustainable marketing ecosystem that drives consistent connection.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

This is my inner circle community where business owners gather to learn and discuss marketing together. We meet twice a month to dive straight into the nuts and bolts of strategy, and you gain instant access to my entire course library full of resources to build your skills.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

Workshops & Events

I run highly interactive online and in-person training sessions regularly to help you master business, marketing, and course creation.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

View Details

"I know I need to be visible, but I'm just too busy, or I'm just tired."

If you are a business owner, chances are you have said or thought this sentence more than once. Between trying to keep up with social media, falling behind on reels, feeling guilty about an unedited batch of content, and staring at a backlog of emails, it is easy to associate visibility with pure pressure instead of true human connection.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, I want to shift the conversation. Visibility is crucial. People have to know we exist to buy from us. But it shouldn't feel like an uphill battle, carrying your entire business on your back. I am going to share with you a sustainable, intentional way to step into visibility that builds long-term momentum and actually works for your life.

Redefining Visibility: Intention vs. Reaction Many business owners fall into the trap of trying to dominate every single platform because a "guru" said they had to. They stretch themselves thin filming TikToks, writing LinkedIn articles, mastering YouTube, and managing Facebook groups all at once.

The Reality Check: True visibility doesn't mean you have to show up everywhere physically. It means being present consistently in the right places for the right people.
Follow Your Audience: Stop asking "Where should I post?" and start asking "Where does my audience already engage naturally?"
Understand Audience Behaviour: Different networks behave differently. Some love listening to a podcast on their commute, others want short-form video tips, and some engage heavily in referral networks or community spaces like Business, Business, Business. Your strategy must reflect their behaviour, your business model, and your own strengths.

The Content Tree & The One-to-Eight Multiplier In my book, The Marketing Tree Method, I talk about the concept of the Content Tree, which means visibility isn't about throwing random, disconnected content at the wall, but about establishing a strong central message and letting your content branch out from it.

By utilising the One to Eight Multiplier, you can take one single idea and turn it into multiple touchpoints:

The Anchor Piece: Start with a core long-form asset like a podcast episode or a blog article.
The Branches: Multiply that anchor into social posts, short-form video clips, email newsletters, interactive stories, quote graphics, and even structural outlines for a workshop.

This method removes the exhausting daily pressure of inventing brand-new ideas in real time.

Systems over Stamina: Creating Rhythms Creative energy is not endless, and decision fatigue is a real business hurdle. To remain consistently visible without burning out, you need systems and structure :

Batching: Dedicate specific days of the month entirely to recording your podcast or filming your videos when your environment is quiet and focused.
Theme-Based Planning: Work from central themes. When your ideas reinforce each other, your marketing fits together like a cohesive jigsaw puzzle, which naturally builds strong brand recognition over time.
Sustainable Consistency: Be realistic. You don't need a massive team to win at visibility. A rhythm of one podcast, one newsletter a month, a handful of intentional social posts, and ongoing conversations with your audience is highly effective and completely sustainable.

Connection Over Perfection Perfectionism is a primary driver of content burnout. Sitting on brilliant content for weeks to tweak it only results in your audience thinking you've ghosted them. Visibility is about human connection, not flawless performance. Show up real, relatable, and human, even if that means recording a podcast in your pyjamas and Ugg boots because it's freezing cold!

My Practical Visibility Audit For You Take a step back this week and ask your business ecosystem these five critical questions:

Where does my audience naturally engage most consistently?
What content formats feel the strongest and most sustainable for me to create?
What long-form anchor content can I build consistently?
How can I branch supporting content pieces off that central anchor?
Does my visibility strategy actually support the business and life I am trying to build?

My Resources to Support Your Visibility The Marketing Tree Method

Grab a copy of my book to explore how the Content Tree can structure your central messaging so you stop starting from scratch.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle: My inner circle group environment where we take the pressure off your marketing. Tap into real resources, easy-to-implement strategies, monthly Q&A calls, and dedicated community support.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

Business, Business, Business (BBB)

My free collaborative community space where you can show up, network, and engage naturally with thousands of fellow business owners.

https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

Workshops & Events

I run regular, interactive online and in-person sessions to future-proof your business, refine your messaging, and implement your plans together.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear your thoughts on our visibility audit this week. What is the one anchor format you feel strongest about creating? Let me know! Remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this episode helped relieve some marketing pressure, please pass it along to another business owner who is ready to ditch the burnout.

Highlights * 00:00 Too Busy To Be Seen * 01:06 Visibility Without Burnout * 01:32 Stop Being Everywhere * 02:45 Find Where Audience Is * 04:03 Build The Content Tree * 05:01 Batch And Systemise * 06:14 Sustainable Consistency * 08:16 Drop Perfectionism * 09:27 Rhythms That Support Life * 10:24 Visibility Audit

View Details

Community is one of the most valuable assets a business owner can build or be part of, yet it is also one of the areas we measure the least well. Too often, businesses try to evaluate community using traditional marketing vanity metrics like follower numbers, reach, likes, and views. While that is useful data, true community impact shows up in much deeper ways, in real relationships, conversations, referrals, repeat attendance, and trust.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, I'm breaking down why community isn't just about audience size. Bigger does not mean better or stronger. A small, highly engaged community will outperform a large, disconnected audience every single day of the week. I'd personally choose a room full of engaged business owners having real conversations over thousands of disengaged followers who never interact.

Let's shift our focus from a broadcasting content strategy to a thriving relationship ecosystem.

Moving From Information to Belonging People initially turn up to community spaces for the content, networking, or strategy, but they stay because of the environment, conversations, and the people they connect with.

The Element of Belonging: True community is built on belonging, the feeling that you need to be somewhere and that you are missed if you aren't there.
Human-to-Human Connection: Especially today in an AI-connected world, people are actively searching for spaces where they feel comfortable participating, where their contribution matters, and where they know real humans are behind the brand.
The Promotion Trap: Communities thrive when they are not purely built around promotion. For example, my Business, Business, Business community grew to over 32,500 members because it was established as an interaction space where owners could hang out, ask questions, share wins, and help each other out.

How to Measure Deeper Engagement Signals If you are only tracking follower growth, you are missing a massive piece of the puzzle. True community naturally creates recommendation pathways and visibility that extends far beyond what a brand can achieve alone. To know if your community is working, start tracking these trust indicators:

Repeat Attendance: Who keeps returning to your events or digital spaces?
Active Contributors: Who regularly comments, asks questions, or replies thoughtfully to your newsletters and podcasts?
Unseen Recommendations: Who is recommending your business or services in conversations when you aren't even in the room?
The Ripple Effect: Who is actively sharing your resources and bringing other aligned people into your business ecosystem?

Culture, Participation, and Leading by Example You cannot build a strong community by posting content and disappearing. You have to actively participate in the environment you create.

Interaction Over Broadcasting: Treat your group as an interactive space, not a megaphone. It doesn't require constant noise, but it absolutely requires consistent participation.
Model the Behaviour: Respond to comments, acknowledge people's business journeys, follow up after events, and celebrate their wins.
Bust the Transactional Culture: Your behaviour directly influences your group's culture. If you are generous, conversational, and supportive, you will get that energy reflected right back to you. If you treat your community like a transaction, people will become "seagulls", dumping their promotional links and moving on.

My Practical Community Audit For You Before your next launch or post, take some time to evaluate your ecosystem by answering these three questions:

Where are people actually interacting inside my business ecosystem, and what spaces encourage conversation over consumption?
If someone entered my community space for the very first time today, would they feel welcome, supported, and encouraged to participate?
What signs of repeat engagement and relationship-building am I already seeing?

My Resources to Support Your Journey The Marketing Tree Method

My book outlines how your community sits perfectly within your business's customer journey, allowing people to climb your offering tree branch by branch.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

This is my inner circle action space built entirely around a Learn, Connect, Do philosophy. It is a safe environment where members show up, implement, and support each other's growth.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

Business, Business, Business (BBB)

Come join our free, collaborative community of thousands of business owners to ask questions, share resources, and network in a generous space.

https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

Workshops & Events (including our Learn Connect Network Do events)

I run regular online and in-person sessions to help you learn about marketing, publicity, and community structure in an interactive format.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

Discovery Call with Me

Ready to build a community around your courses or membership, but not sure how to set the tone? Let's get into the nuts and bolts of your strategy with a 1:1 session.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to know your answers to our community audit this week. What is one way you can make your new members feel instantly welcome? Let me know in the comments! Remember, in business, sharing is caring, if this episode helped you rethink your metrics, please share it with another business owner who is ready to focus on engagement over reach.

Highlights * 00:00 Why Community Matters * 00:55 Beyond Vanity Metrics * 01:11 Small Engaged Wins * 02:47 Belonging Over Content * 04:20 Measure Real Engagement * 06:19 Participation Not Posting * 07:32 Culture Sets The Tone * 08:23 Growth Takes Time * 09:02 Three Question Exercise

View Details

We've all seen the sudden buzz followed immediately by the crash and burnout that comes with traditional marketing campaigns. Many business owners assume that running a campaign requires an exhausting cycle of complicated funnels, endless social media posts, daily live videos, and a non-stop level of intensity. But that is simply not sustainable.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, I'm tearing down the myth that campaigns have to equal complete overwhelm. Some of the strongest, most successful campaigns I have ever seen are actually the simplest. I'll show you how to stop creating disconnected marketing activities and start building an intentional campaign ecosystem that gives your audience a single, clear direction.

The Root of Successful Campaigns Before you type out a single post or record a video, you must ask yourself: What specifically is this campaign designed to achieve? "Growing my business" is too vague. One single campaign cannot do everything.

Define Your Core Purpose: Is your campaign built to gain registrations for an event, grow your email list, launch a new service, or invite discovery conversations? Choose one clear objective.
The One-Sentence Test: I always challenge my clients to explain their campaign in a single sentence. If you can't distil it down, your audience will struggle to understand what you're offering.
Build a Strong Trunk: Your campaign needs a central message, a strong trunk, and every piece of content you create should branch directly off of it. Don't make the mistake of speaking to five different audiences or promoting three different services all at once.

A Real-Life Example: I packed up for an upcoming social media presentation. My back was completely out, making it tough to carry heavy products. I had to simplify. I brought just two things: my book, The Marketing Tree Method, and my Inspire, Engage, Connect Social Media Inspiration Deck. I gave the audience exactly two choices of what they could buy on the day. Because I didn't overwhelm them with everything at once, the next action step stayed entirely clear.

Creating a Visibility Ecosystem Through Repetition If your campaign is focused on a specific outcome, every single piece of content should consistently reinforce that message.

If I am running a campaign leading up to a visibility workshop, my podcast discusses visibility, my emails reinforce visibility, my short clips share visibility tips, and my lead magnet makes you want to know more about getting visible.

You might feel like you are repeating yourself far too much, but your audience is engaging with your content at different times, on different platforms, and with different levels of attention. Repetition creates momentum and ensures your message is actually absorbed.

The Blueprint for Sustainable, Evergreen Structure You do not need to invent an entirely new messaging system every single day to stay visible. Instead, build your campaign around an evergreen structure using an anchor piece of content.

The Anchor: Start with one high-value anchor piece, like a podcast episode, a blog, a training video, or a masterclass.
The Branches: Pull your email content, social posts, short form clips, and daily stories directly from that single anchor piece.
Evolve the Angle: To keep things interesting without starting from scratch, share the same message from different perspectives. Dedicate one post to the problem, another to the daily transformation, a third to a practical case study, and a fourth to mindset and momentum.

Understanding Your Campaign Timeline Campaigns fail when business owners compress their visibility into a tiny timeframe, creating an immense amount of personal pressure. Instead, give your campaign enough runway by mapping it out in four distinct stages:

Awareness: Open up the conversation about the challenge or opportunity before you ever ask your audience to do anything.
Engagement: Interact with your audience on the topic through your emails, workshops, and social media touchpoints.
Invitation: Clearly ask people to take the next step, whether that is booking a discovery session, registering, or purchasing.
Reinforcement: Follow up, share ongoing results, and keep the conversation going long after the initial push. If it's an evergreen offer, load it into your social media schedulers so the momentum never drops.

My Practical Challenge For You Take a few minutes today to map out your next campaign on paper using this exact 5-step checklist:

Write one sentence that explains the core purpose of the campaign.
Define the central message.
Choose your single piece of anchor content.
List the supporting posts, emails, and clips that will branch off of it.
Trace the customer journey from discovery to the final action step.

My Resources to Support Your Campaign Strategy The Marketing Tree Method

You can grab a copy of my book to learn exactly how to stop pushing people down stressful funnels and instead empower them to climb your business ecosystem stage-by-stage.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

This is my dedicated inner circle group coaching community. We take frameworks like this one and apply them directly to your real offers, matching your campaign structure to the actual capacity of your business.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

Business Business Business

Come join our massive, free collaborative community of fellow business owners to network, share your insights, and practice your campaign messaging in a safe space.

https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

Workshops & Events: I host regular educational trainings both online and in person, covering topics from email marketing to innovation strategies, to help you build your profile and perfect your skills.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

Discovery & Brainstorming Sessions: If you are tired of the "chaotic spaghetti-on-the-wall" approach, book a 1:1 session with me. We will tap into my marketing brain to review your offer packaging and cleanly map out a sustainable visibility plan.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I would love to hear what specific action step or core message you are committing to for your next campaign. Share your thoughts in the comments below! And remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this simplified approach brought you some relief, please pass it along to another business owner who is ready to escape the launch burnout.

Highlights * 00:00 Campaigns Without Burnout * 01:46 Define One Clear Goal * 02:31 One Sentence Message * 03:07 Keep Offers Simple * 04:05 Repetition Builds Momentum * 05:07 Anchor Content System * 06:12 Angles Not Copy Paste * 06:45 Timeline Momentum Stages * 08:30 Capacity And Evergreen * 09:18 Campaign Ecosystem Mindset * 09:43 Map Your Next Campaign

Resources Mentioned in the Episode Create Anchor Content Your Future Self Will Love https://enevergroup.com.au/create-anchor-content-your-future-self-will-love/

View Details

You know you get results for your clients, and you know that the people who go through your programs absolutely love it. So why does it feel so hard to sell?

Nine times out of ten, the problem isn't the offer itself, but rather the packaging. Because we are so close to what we do, we assume our audience can automatically see the value as clearly as we can.

But audiences don't buy based on what we know. They buy based on what they understand. If they can't quickly grasp who your offer is for, what problem it solves, and what outcome it delivers, they hesitate. And in marketing, hesitation always comes from confusion.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, I'm sharing how to strip away the overwhelming jargon and structure your packages so they create an instant emotional connection and provide a clear, frictionless decision point for your future clients.

The Jargon Trap vs. What Customers Actually Want When packaging an offer, the biggest mistake is trying to communicate everything all at once to "prove" your value. You overcomplicate things with complex industry language, leaving your audience completely overwhelmed. When a brain feels overwhelmed, it immediately looks for an exit point rather than a decision point.

Ditch the "Expert" Speech: I often challenge business owners to explain their offer without using any industry language or jargon. If you are describing your work as a "holistic framework designed to elevate strategic growth," you've lost them.
Speak to the Core Desires: Your clients aren't searching for a "transformational ecosystem." They are looking for relief, clarity, momentum, confidence, structure, and outcomes. Your package must directly connect the problem they are experiencing to the outcome they are wishing for.

Features vs. Transformation Features feel safe and tangible to list: six modules, 12 coaching calls, or downloadable workbooks. While they matter on a sales page, features alone do not create an emotional connection. Transformation does.

Bridge the Gap: Your messaging needs to explain why inclusion matters, not just what it is.
The Reframing: Instead of just saying, "You get weekly accountability calls" (the feature), explain it as, "You have support while implementing, so you stop falling into the cycle of starting and stopping every few weeks" (the transformation). One tells the client what they receive; the other tells them why it matters to their life.
Bigger Isn't Better: Overloading your course or service with endless videos and templates just makes the offering feel heavy and exhausting. I learned this the hard way with my very first course. I had to break it down into smaller, achievable chunks and pathways so my audience felt supported, not buried under information.

Climbing the Branches: Entry-Point Offers This connects deeply to my Marketing Tree Method, where I talk about people moving through growth in stages. Your clients need to climb branch by branch rather than jumping straight from discovering your social media page to buying your premium, highest-level product.

Lower the Risk: Entry-point offers are vital to build trust.
Build a Pathway: Things like workshops, mini-courses, discovery sessions, networking events, or short educational videos allow people to experience your teaching style, philosophy, and personality before making a major financial commitment. This builds their belief in their own ability to achieve the outcome with you.

Key Takeaway An irresistible offer isn't built on hype. It's built on a thoughtful, end-to-end customer experience, from the name and onboarding to the ease of access. Walk through your own customer journey as if you know absolutely nothing about your business, strip away the friction, and ensure your sales process perfectly aligns with your brand values.

My Action Steps for You This Week 1. Answer the Big Three: Write down specifically, What problem does this solve? Who is it specifically for? What changes after they work with me? Avoid broad answers like "it helps them grow." 2. Audit for Overwhelm: Look at your sales pages. Are you creating a clear, simple pathway or just handing people a pile of information? 3. Flipped Messaging: Rewrite three feature bullet points on your offer to highlight the transformation instead.

My Resources to Support Your Journey The Marketing Tree Method

My book provides a deep-rooted roadmap to help you understand how your audience moves through your business ecosystem, branch by branch.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

This is my inner circle community where we review your offer positioning, strip out the industry jargon, and map out your customer pathways together.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

Business Business Business

Join our collaborative community to connect with other business owners and gather valuable feedback on your entry-point offers.

https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

Brand Voice Audit

If your sales messaging feels misaligned with your organic content, take 20 minutes to complete this simple audit to make your voice completely consistent.

https://enevergroup.com.au/lets-conduct-a-brand-voice-audit/

Workshops & Events

I regularly run online and in-person sessions, covering everything from email marketing to social media branding, designed to give you actionable, interactive tools for your business.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

Brainstorming Session with Me

Want an outside eye to review your packaging, simplify your message, or help you break a large course into smaller, high-converting chunks? Book a 1:1 session and let's map it out.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear how you plan to simplify your offer this week. Share your biggest takeaway or the transformation you are choosing to highlight more consistently. Remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this formula helped you, please share it with another business owner who is ready to make their offers truly irresistible!

Highlights * 00:00 Why Selling Feels Hard * 00:21 Packaging Not Offer * 01:34 Confusion Kills Conversions * 02:55 Jargon Free Clarity * 04:08 Define Problem And Outcome * 05:04 Features Versus Transformation * 06:31 Simplify And Stage Offers * 07:55 Entry Points Build Trust * 08:55 Proof And Full Experience * 09:52 Friction And Alignment * 11:11 Action Steps Recap

View Details

We often find ourselves chasing the instant conversion and measuring success only by the immediate sale. But in my experience, business success, especially a service or relationship-based one, relies on the long-term currency of trust.

While signed contracts and paid invoices matter, they aren't the only metrics we should be watching. In this episode of the Talk podcast, I'm unpacking why your sales conversations should feel more like a supportive dialogue and less like a tactical process.

I'll share how building the "trust factor" creates a sustainable momentum that turns a "maybe later" into a future client or a valuable referral.

Redefining the Sales Conversation Somewhere along the way, sales became very noisy and tactical, often relying on pressure and scripts to "close harder." But I believe people can feel when they are being processed instead of being supported.

Listening is the Foundation: Trust starts when people feel heard, not sold to.
Curiosity Over Pressure: I find that curiosity is a much better indicator that you're on the right track than pressure ever will be.
Avoid the Pitch Trap: Many people jump straight into pitching an offer before they even understand the problem their client is trying to solve.
Keep it Human: Strong sales conversations should feel like a genuine conversation with the right person, characterised by honesty and space.

What Trust Looks Like in Action Building trust isn't a vague concept; it shows up in very specific ways during your daily business interactions.

Asking Better Questions: Move away from surface-level questions designed to lead someone to a sale. Ask what is feeling difficult, what they have already tried, and what success actually looks like for them.
Reflecting: Once you have listened, reflect on what you've heard. Saying, "It sounds like you're looking for clarity, not more information," helps a person feel seen and understood.
The Power of No: Sometimes, the fastest way I build trust is by telling someone I don't think my offer is the right fit for them. People remember that honesty and often return when the time is right or refer others to me.

Measuring the Trust Metric We often forget to value trust because it isn't always an immediate sale, but these "trust signals" are long-term gold for your business.

Long-Term Nurturing: Some of your best clients will sit quietly in your ecosystem for months or years before they are ready to buy.
Content as a Bridge: This is where my Marketing Tree Method shines. Your podcast, blogs, and emails nurture the relationship long before the sales conversation begins.
Recognise the Signals: Someone continuing to open your emails, replying to your stories, or referring a friend to you are all vital trust metrics that you should value as much as a sale.

My Resources to Support Your Journey The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

This is my inner circle where we work together on all things marketing, using easy-to-implement strategies to create real impact.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

The Marketing Tree Method

My book provides a deep-rooted roadmap for building sustainable marketing that fosters trust and connection.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

Workshops & Events

I run interactive sessions regularly, both online and in person, to help you learn about marketing and business growth.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

Business Business Business

Join our free community to connect with other amazing business owners, share honestly, and see how trust-based marketing plays out in real businesses.

https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

Discovery Call with Me

If you want to get into the nuts and bolts of your marketing, let's have a chat and find the clarity you need to move forward.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear what trust you have seen built in a conversation you've had recently. Share your biggest takeaway or the belief you're choosing to stand for more consistently. Remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this formula helped you, please share it with someone else who needs that support.

Highlights * 00:53 Beyond Instant Conversions * 02:19 Noisy Sales Tactics * 03:11 Listening and Human Sales * 04:02 Questions That Build Trust * 04:57 Reflecting and Honesty * 06:38 Trust Drives Long-Term Growth * 07:32 Content Ecosystem Nurture * 08:16 Measuring Trust Signals

View Details

Showing up online can feel incredibly uncomfortable, whether you are just starting or have been building communities for years. If you have ever stared at a blank camera, overthought a post for hours, or deleted content before hitting publish, you are not alone.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, we'll explore why this fear exists and share practical strategies to help you move past it. It's not about a lack of confidence or capability, but the psychological need to protect ourselves from judgment.

Understanding the Root of the Fear Before we can fix the fear, we have to name it. Most people simply say they are "scared to show up," but the real fears underneath are more specific:

Fear of Judgment: Worrying about what people will think of how you look or sound.
Fear of Getting it Wrong: The anxiety that you might say the "wrong" thing.
Fear of Silence (or Response): Worrying that no one will respond, or conversely, that they will respond and bring unwanted attention.

It's Not About You One of the biggest ways to loosen fear's grip is to stop making content creation about yourself.

Focus on the Audience: Your audience isn't analysing you; they are looking for information that helps them feel understood or solves a problem.
Be the Guide: Shift your question from "Do I sound good?" to "Will this help my audience?"
Service Over Self: When you focus on helping and rescuing your audience with your expertise, you become a helpful guide instead of a performer.

Lowering the Pressure for Perfection Perfection is often just fear in a "nice outfit". We tell ourselves we will post when we feel "safe" or more "confident," but confidence is only built through the act of showing up regularly.

Done is Better than Perfect: Aim for helpful and clear content rather than perfect production.
Repetition Builds Rhythm: The first time is hard, but by the 10th time, you start to find your groove and your true voice returns.
Start Small: You don't have to be everywhere at once. Start with one post, one video, or one email per week to build momentum without burnout.

Key Takeaway Staying hidden doesn't protect you; it only limits the impact you can create. If no one sees you, no one can be helped by you. Your job isn't to be fearless, but to show up despite the discomfort to help the people who need you.

My Resources to Support Your Journey The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

This is my inner circle community where we help you build visibility and confidence alongside other business owners. We provide easy-to-implement strategies to take the pressure off and get you engaged.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

The Marketing Tree Method

My book provides a sustainable, deep-rooted roadmap for marketing that grows with you.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

Brand Voice Audit

Use this simple 20-minute audit to realign your tone and ensure your message sounds like you, helping you feel more comfortable in your skin online.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/courses/BrandAuditWorksheet

Marketing & Inspiration Decks

Use my Marketing Decks to remove the "unknown" of what to say, which significantly reduces the fear of showing up.

https://enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-deck-bundle/

Workshops & Events

I run regular interactive sessions, both online and in person, to help you learn about marketing, course creation, and business growth in a supportive environment.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

Discovery Call with Me: If fear is holding you back, let's have a brainstorming or discovery session to find the clarity you need to move forward.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear what action you're taking today, even if it's just engaging on one post. Confidence won't come before you act, so take that small step now. In business, sharing is caring. If this helped you, please share it with a friend who might be struggling with visibility.

Highlights * 00:00 Why Showing Up Feels Hard * 01:44 Name the Real Fear * 03:01 Make It About Them * 04:07 Ditch Perfectionism * 05:14 Start Small Weekly * 06:10 Make It Feel Safer * 07:13 Handling Judgment * 08:09 Action Steps and Support

View Details

If you've ever felt exhausted by the pressure to "be everywhere" and "post every day," this episode is for you. True visibility shouldn't feel like a burden or a failing grade, but a strategic, enjoyable part of how you run your business.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, we are redefining visibility. We are shifting away from the "content hamster wheel" and moving toward a sustainable "content flow" that builds momentum without leading to burnout.

Redefining Visibility: Strategy Over Activity Visibility is not about doing more. It's about being seen strategically. Posting every day on five different platforms doesn't matter if you aren't reaching the right people with a message they understand.

Audit Your Presence: Stop asking what else you should do and start asking: "Where does my audience already spend time, and am I there?"
Focus Your Message: Deliver the specific message your audience needs to hear right now.
Intentionality: You don't have to be everywhere. Better focus leads to more impact than simply adding more platforms.

The Power of Visibility Anchors Instead of trying to manually show up on every social site, choose "visibility anchors" that match your personal strengths.

Play to Your Strengths: If you're a talker, focus on video and speaking. If you're a writer, stick to emails, blogs, or eBooks.
Anchor Examples: These could be Facebook groups, email marketing, or collaborations.
Consistency over Quantity: Choosing a rhythm, like one email a week or three Instagram posts, builds more momentum than sporadic, high-pressure bursts.

Breaking the Content Hamster Wheel Stop asking "what do I post today?" every single morning. Instead, create one piece of core content and multiply it.

The Core Piece: Start with one 5–10 minute video, a podcast, or a long-form blog.
The Multiplication Effect: Break that one piece down into 3–5 short clips, two emails, and multiple social posts or graphics.
The Power of Repetition: Your audience doesn't see everything the first time. Repeating your message builds recognition, and recognition builds trust.

Protecting Your Energy with Boundaries Visibility will take over your life if you don't set clear boundaries.

Schedule Your Creation: Decide if you create twice a week or twice a month.
Planned Engagement: Check social media at set times (like once in the morning and once in the afternoon) rather than reacting to notifications all day.
Connection Over Perfection: Don't wait for the "perfect" post. Helpful, clear, and authentic content connects far better than polished perfection.

Key Takeaway Visibility is about doing the right things consistently, not doing everything urgently. When we slow down and use structure, we actually create and lead better in our businesses.

My Resources to Support Your Visibility The Marketing Tree Method

My book provides the roadmap for deep-rooted, sustainable marketing that supports your visibility without the burnout.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

The Marketing Planner 2026

Use this tool to move from reactive posting to a planned, manageable content flow.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-planner/

The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

This is my inner circle, where we take these strategies and apply them to your specific business to help you create real impact.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

Business, Business, Business

Join our free community to connect with other business owners and practice your visibility in a supportive space.

https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

Workshops & Events

I regularly run interactive workshops, both online and in person, covering topics like systems, email marketing, branding, and innovation to help you stay ahead of the game.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

Discovery Call with Me

If you need help mapping out your visibility plan, let's have a chat to get into the nuts and bolts of your strategy.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear which visibility anchors you are choosing this week. Share your biggest takeaway or the belief you're choosing to stand for more consistently. Remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this episode helped you, please share it with someone else who needs to hear it.

Highlights * 00:00 Visibility Burnout Trap * 01:14 Redefine Visibility Strategy * 02:25 Pick Visibility Anchors * 03:59 Content Flow Not Hamster * 05:30 Boundaries Protect Energy * 06:25 Connection Over Perfection * 07:21 Simple Visibility Checklist

Resources Mentioned in the Episode * Metricool https://snip.ly/metricool * MeetEdgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar * Repurpose.io https://snip.ly/repurposeio

View Details

Building an online group is a powerful way to position yourself as an expert; however, many business owners create a group because they were told to, only to watch it go quiet after the initial burst of excitement.

A thriving community isn't just about the numbers, but also about the energy, connection, and intention you bring to the space.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, I'm breaking down the difference between just having a group and building a true community. We'll explore how to define your group's role within your business ecosystem and lead a culture that keeps people coming back.

Phase 1: Defining the Role of Your Group Before you think about growth, you must be clear on what role the group plays in your business's "offering tree."

Most successful groups fall into one of three categories:

A Learning Space: Where you share bite-sized education, tips, and mini-trainings that eventually lead to your larger offerings.
A Support Space: A community where members share challenges, ask questions, and get feedback from each other. This is the heart of my Business, Business, Business community.
An Action Space: A place for implementation and movement. This is the philosophy behind my Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle, where members learn, connect, and actually do the work.

Phase 2: Building Culture over Content People don't stay in a group for the content alone, but for the connection. To build a strong culture, you have to model the behaviour you want to see:

Lead the Conversation: Don't just "post and leave". Stay in the conversation, reply to comments thoughtfully by name, and celebrate member wins.
Safety and Vulnerability: Create a space where people feel safe to share their own struggles. Sharing your own vulnerable moments helps build this trust.
Establish a Rhythm: You don't need to post every day unless you have something to say. Use a simple weekly flow, like Monday Work-In-Progress, Wednesday Tools, and Friday Wins, to take the pressure off yourself and your members.

Phase 3: Growing with Intention A group doesn't grow just because it exists. You have to invite the right people in.

Qualify Your Members: Use opening questions to ensure you are attracting the right audience, not just anyone.
Borrow Audiences: Use partnerships, collaborations, or guest trainings to bring aligned networks into your space.
Set Expectations Early: Tell people how to show up from day one. Encourage them to introduce themselves and share what they are working on.

Key Takeaway Your group is a business asset designed to build expertise and trust. When it is a connected part of your customer journey tree, rather than a separate "thing," sharing an offer feels natural and aligned, not forced.

My Resources to Support Your Journey The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

This is my inner circle community where you can work with me on your marketing in a group environment. Members get access to my course library, monthly Q&A sessions, and monthly "How-To" webinars.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

The Marketing Tree Method

My book provides the sustainable, deep-rooted roadmap you need to grow your business with intention.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

Business, Business, Business

If you aren't already a member, join our free community to connect with other amazing business owners.

https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

Brainstorming or Discovery Session

If your group feels quiet and you need help finding its role, book a session with me to get into the nuts and bolts of your community strategy.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear what authority-building action you're committing to this week. Share your biggest takeaway or the belief you're choosing to stand for more consistently. In business, sharing is caring. If this formula helped you, share it with someone else who needs that support.

Highlights * 00:00 Why Groups Go Quiet * 01:13 Define Your Group Role * 01:39 Three Types of Groups * 02:32 Build Culture Not Content * 03:02 Lead the Conversation * 03:30 Simple Engagement Rhythm * 04:24 Grow With the Right People * 05:20 Set Expectations Early * 05:30 Make It a Business Asset * 06:11 Revive a Quiet Group

View Details

I see so many business owners build incredible courses, only to be met with silence on launch day.

It usually isn't because the course content is poor, but rather that visibility wasn't established beforehand, and then we are back-filling the trust cycle.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, the focus shifts from a simple "open cart/closed cart" structure to a continuous visibility cycle for your course launch. By implementing The Marketing Tree Method, I will show you how to unify your content, email, and social media strategies so your course achieves the visibility, comprehension, and trust needed before you make a direct sales ask.

The Three Phases of a Visibility-Driven Launch Phase 1: Awareness & Education (2–4 Weeks Out) Start building awareness the moment you begin creating your course.

Educational Marketing: Focus on teaching rather than selling.
Problem-Solving: Share stories and examples of the specific problem your course solves.
Engagement: Use short videos, blog posts, and social media conversations to get people asking, "How do they do that?"

Phase 2: Attraction & Connection This is where you invite your audience behind the scenes.

Behind the Scenes: Record yourself working through the course to show the value being built.
Define the Solution: Introduce free training, webinars, or Q&A sessions to engage your audience.
Email List Gold: Use these free sessions to attract people to your email list, where the real decision-making happens.

Phase 3: The Invite (Launch Phase) Now, you lean into the "invite" rather than a hard push.

Address Objections: Share FAQs and publicly address common concerns.
Highlight Transformations: Show real use cases and the core outcomes students can expect.
Repetition: Repeat your message more than you think you need to; new people are always joining your journey and need to connect with the message.

Practical Mapping for Your Launch * One Clear Outcome: Your course should solve one specific problem, not ten. * Repurpose Content: You don't need to start from scratch. Use one core idea to create videos, blog posts, and emails. * Borrow Authority: Tap into the "Other People's Audience Tree" through guest speaking or collaborations to build trust quickly.

Key Takeaway A good launch sells once, but a great course launch builds a business. Stop overcomplicating with endless funnels and focus on a clear message and intentional visibility.

My Resources to Support Your Journey The Marketing Tree Method

My book provides the sustainable, deep-rooted roadmap you need to grow your business with intention.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

Join my inner circle community to work with me on all things marketing in a supportive group environment.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

Discovery Call with Me

Let's get into the nuts and bolts of your course launch. Book a call to find the clarity you need to move forward.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear what authority-building action you're committing to this week. Share your biggest takeaway or the belief you're choosing to stand for more consistently. Remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this formula helped you, share it with someone else who needs that support.

Highlights * 00:00 Why Launches Flop * 00:42 Launch as Visibility Cycle * 01:30 Phase One: Build Awareness * 02:13 Phase Two: Warm Leads * 02:49 Phase Three: Open Cart * 03:56 Map Your Launch Plan * 05:03 Visibility Channels and Email * 05:30 Common Launch Mistakes * 06:26 Final Launch Mindset

View Details

Have you ever created a solid offer, posted about it a few times, and then felt like it just didn't work?

It is a common frustration for business owners, leading many to either stop talking about the offer entirely or try to create something brand new.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, I share why the problem often isn't the offer itself, but the structure of how it is being marketed.

By applying the Rule of Three, you can share one offer from three distinct angles to meet your audience exactly where they are in their journey.

Why One Story Isn't Enough People rarely buy the first time they see a post. While they watch quietly, they are typically looking for answers to three key questions before they feel ready to trust you:

Do I feel understood?
Does this product or service actually work?
Can I see myself on the other side post-purchase?

The Rule of Three ensures your content answers all these questions so your audience doesn't stall.

The Three Campaigns of the Rule of Three 1. Origin and Empathy (The "Why")

This campaign is about building connections. Instead of listing what is in the offer, talk about why it exists. * The Frustration: Most good offers are born because something was harder than it needed to be. * The Message: By saying "I've been here too," you show the audience that this product is specifically for them.

Logic and Proof (The "How")

Once people feel connected, they need clarity and confidence. * The Thinking: Slow down and explain your framework or process. * The Content: Use case studies, behind-the-scenes looks, or FAQs to remove unknowns and reduce the perceived risk of purchasing.

Future Self (The "Possibility")

This campaign helps people imagine life after their problem is solved. * Everyday Wins: Focus on the daily transformations, what feels calmer or takes less mental energy? * Honest Reflection: Gently show what happens if nothing changes, providing a clear path away from their current stuck cycle.

Key Takeaway To market your offer effectively: share your origin to build a connection, your logic to build confidence, and the future to build desire. Different angles connect with people at different stages, making your marketing feel helpful rather than pushy.

My Resources to Support Your Journey The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

This is my inner circle community where we take frameworks like the Rule of Three and apply them to your real offers. Members get access to my course library, monthly Q&A sessions, and a supportive sounding board for taking ideas to market.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

The Marketing Tree Method

This book provides a sustainable roadmap for deep-rooted marketing that lasts.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

Enjoyed this episode?

I'd love to hear what authority-building action you're committing to this week. Share your biggest takeaway or the belief you're choosing to stand for more consistently. In business, sharing is caring. If this formula helped you, share it with someone else who needs that support.

Highlights * 00:00 Why Posts Flop * 00:42 Rule of Three Setup * 01:06 Three Buyer Questions * 01:53 Campaign One Origin * 02:32 Campaign Two Proof * 03:15 Campaign Three Future * 03:54 Quick Recap Formula * 04:14 Join the Circle * 04:46 Final Reflection

View Details

Have you ever poured your heart into a story, hit publish, and then… nothing? As business owners, we've all felt that "empty room" feeling where our message is important, but people just seem to slide off instead of sticking around. I used to think that talking longer or using flashier metaphors was the key, but I was wrong.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, I'm exploring the invisible metrics of connection. It's not about the clicks or the graphs, but about whether your story is settling into your audience's soul and making real change. I'll share how to move from being the "hero" to the "guide" and introduce you to the secondhand story test to see if your message actually has legs.

The Metric That Matters: The Head Nod The first way I measure if a message is landing isn't an instant stat, but the head nod.

Recognition: If you were sitting across from your viewer in a coffee shop, would they be checking their phone or leaning in because they recognise their own struggle in your words?

The "You" Statement: Many business owners start stories with "me" (e.g., "I had a hard time growing in 2024").

Flip the Script: Try starting with your audience instead: "Have you ever felt like you're doing everything right, but the world just isn't moving?" That is the story people want to listen to.

Be the Guide, Not the Hero People don't actually want to hear about your superpower; they want to hear about how they can find theirs.

Share the Flaw: When you share an "ugly middle" or a failure instead of an instant win, you give your audience a handhold to climb up with you.

The Psychology of Connection: We love our favourite authors and songwriters not because they are perfect, but because they've said something we felt but didn't know how to put into words.

The Secondhand Story Test If you tell a story well, the listener should be able to go home and tell that same story to their family at dinner.

Simplicity is Key: If a story is too complex or "perfect," it dies in the headphones.

The Echo: I look for the "echo" in my life. A win isn't someone saying "great episode"; it's someone saying, "You talked about X, and it reminded me of what I'm going through right now."

The Mirror Challenge I want to challenge you to take up your phone and record a two-minute story about a time you failed. Don't worry about your hair or the lighting. Watch it back and look at your eyes, do you look like you're reading a script, or like you're talking to a friend you truly care about? If you don't feel a connection with yourself, your audience won't either.

My Resources to Support Your Impact The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

Join my inner circle community to work with me on all things marketing in a supportive group environment. You'll get access to my course library, monthly Q&A sessions, and easy-to-implement strategies.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

The Marketing Tree Method

My book provides the sustainable, deep-rooted roadmap you need to grow your business with intention. It moves away from "hype" and "funnel" thinking, focusing instead on building a strong foundation that supports long-term authority and impact.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

Brand Voice Audit

If you feel your voice has drifted, take 20 minutes to use this simple audit to realign your tone and ensure your message still sounds like you.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/lets-conduct-a-brand-voice-audit/

Discovery Call with Me

Let's get into the nuts and bolts of your marketing. Book a call to find the clarity and ideas you need to move forward.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear what authority-building action you're committing to this week. Share your biggest takeaway or the belief you're choosing to stand for more consistently. Remember, in business, sharing is caring. If this formula helped you, share it with someone else who needs that support.

Highlights * 00:00 Why Content Falls Flat * 00:50 Invisible Metrics That Matter * 01:37 The Head Nod Test * 02:00 Make Them The Hero * 03:18 Share The Ugly Middle * 03:58 Secondhand Story Test * 04:48 Turn Stories Into Dialogue * 05:27 Mirror Challenge Homework * 06:10 Rewrite Me To You

View Details

Checking your analytics only to see a massive "cliff" in your audience retention graph is a bruise to the ego. It stings to see people "walk out of the theatre" while the movie is still playing, but that data is actually a powerful cheat code. It shows exactly where you lost the connection and how to get it back.

In this episode of the Talk podcast, let's explore how to spot leakage points in your content and, more importantly, how to plug those holes to keep your audience engaged until the very end.

Phase 1: Finding the Leakage Points Before you can fix the problem, you have to find where it starts. Use the retention maps provided by platforms like YouTube, Spotify, or your newsletter host to identify three common "dips":

The Intro Dip: If you lose 30% of your audience in the first 30 seconds, your hook didn't land. This usually happens when you spend too much time on music or "hellos" that lead nowhere.
The Mid-Roll Slide: This is where content becomes self-indulgent. If you go on a tangent that doesn't connect to the main point, you lose the audience's interest.
The Early Exit: People leave right before the end because you signalled the "finish line" too early, making them feel like the value is over.

Pro Tip: Listen to your own content at the exact timestamp of a drop-off. Usually, within five seconds, you'll hear exactly where you started rambling or where a transition felt clunky.

Phase 2: Adjusting the Strategy Once you've spotted the patterns, use these strategies to keep the tension high and the audience engaged:

Kill the Housekeeping: Stop starting with two minutes of "sorry I haven't posted" or what you had for breakfast. Earn the right to talk about yourself by providing value first.
The Front-Load Payoff: Give away the "big secret" in the first 60 seconds. Spend the rest of the time explaining how to use it, that is the value they came for.
The Open Loop: Mention something exciting or a "mistake" story coming up later in the episode. Curiosity keeps people listening because they want to know "what's next".
The Cold Close: Avoid phrases like "in conclusion". Deliver your final impactful point and get out. If you have a Call to Action (CTA), deliver it while you are still providing value, not after you've finished.

Phase 3: Using Pattern Interrupts Think of your content like a long-distance flight. Just as pilots or flight attendants interrupt the flight with announcements or snacks to break the monotony, your content needs pattern interrupts.

Visual and Audio Rehooks: Change your tone of voice, switch camera angles, or use a five-second music transition.
Brain Reset: Every time you change the pattern, the listener's brain resets, helping them maintain their attention span.

Key Takeaway A drop-off isn't a failure, but it's data to show you how your engagement is performing. It's a direct line of communication from your audience telling you when they get busy or bored. Be ruthless in your editing, but if you are bored editing it, your audience will be twice as bored listening to it.

My Resources to Support Your Journey The Marketing Circle

This is my inner circle community where I help you work on all things marketing in a group environment. I provide resources, easy-to-implement strategies, and monthly Q&A sessions to help you succeed.

https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle

The Marketing Tree Method

This book provides a roadmap for creating a deep-rooted marketing strategy that lasts.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

PR Cues & My Book of PR Tips

I've designed these tools, including actionable prompts and my personal tips, to help you put publicity within reach and build your media profile.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-pr-bundle-for-small-businesses/

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you need a little help getting into the nuts and bolts of your marketing, feel free to book a call. We can look at your ideas and find the clarity you need to move forward.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Enjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear what authority-building action you're committing to this week. Share your biggest takeaway or the belief you're choosing to stand for more consistently. In business, sharing is caring, if this episode helped you, make sure to share it with someone else who needs that support.

Highlights * 00:00 Retention Cliff Reality * 01:05 Find the Drop Points * 01:22 Fix the Intro Dip * 02:27 Plug the Mid Roll * 02:57 Open Loops That Hook * 03:29 Cold Close Ending * 04:02 Rehooks Pattern Interrupts * 04:58 Drop Offs Are Data * 05:17 Ruthless Editing Checklist

View Details

How many likes did your last post get? Now, more importantly: how many of those likes turned into a conversation, a lead, or a client?

Somewhere along the way in marketing, we started celebrating the numbers that are the easiest to see instead of the numbers that actually move a business forward. If you are measuring the wrong things, you can look successful on paper while your business is quietly at a standstill.

In this episode of Talk, we're unpacking the "vanity metrics trap," shifting our focus from visibility to momentum, and identifying the data that actually tells the story of your business growth.

The Problem with Vanity Metrics The Window Shopper Effect

Followers, likes, views, and reach are visibility metrics. Think of a busy cafe: a hundred people might walk past the window, but that doesn't mean a single person walked inside and bought a coffee. Vanity metrics measure who walked past the window; they don't measure who is sitting at the table.

Visibility Isn't Viability

Visibility and awareness are important, but they do not build a business on their own. You can have a growing audience and beautifully executed campaigns, but if those numbers aren't translating into depth and connection, they are just shiny distractions.

The Danger of False Success

Relying on vanity metrics can lead to a false sense of security. You might feel like your marketing is "working" because the numbers are going up, but if your revenue is stagnant, there is a disconnect between your attention and your progress.

Shifting to Growth Metrics Measure Progress, Not Just Presence

Instead of asking "How many people saw this?", start asking:

Who responded?
Who trusted the message?
Who engaged deeply?
Who moved forward?

Revenue with Context

Revenue matters, but revenue on its own doesn't tell the full story. To create a repeatable strategy, you need to understand the pathway to that revenue. Where did the client come from? What content did they see first? What relationship opened the door?

Quiet Signals are Loud Results

The most important metrics often happen where no dashboard can see them, in private messages, email replies, and one-on-one conversations. These "quiet" engagements are where real decisions are made and trust is solidified.

Key Takeaway Marketing is not about shouting the loudest; it's about growing relationships over time. Next time you open your analytics dashboard, look past the shiny numbers and ask yourself: "Are we measuring attention, or are we measuring progress?" When you measure momentum, your marketing becomes calmer, clearer, and far more effective.

Your Next Step This week, look at your marketing through a "progress" lens:

Identify one "vanity" metric you've been over-prioritising and swap it for a "growth" metric.
Look at your recent sales and trace them back, what was the actual pathway that led that person to trust you?
Focus on creating one piece of content designed to start a conversation rather than just collect likes.

Resources to Support Meaningful Marketing The Marketing Circle

Stop chasing likes and start building a strategy that works. The Marketing Circle is a practical space where business owners learn to focus on the metrics that actually move the needle. Get access to Linda's course library, monthly Q&As, and strategic webinars.

https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

The Marketing Tree Method

Pre-order Linda's upcoming book for a deep dive into building a business with deep roots and sustainable growth. Learn how to move away from "hype" and toward a marketing ecosystem that lasts.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

Join the Business Business Business Community (Free!)

A collaborative space for business owners to share what's actually working, move past the vanity metrics, and connect with others building real, impactful businesses.

https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with a business owner who is tired of the numbers game and ready to focus on real progress.

Highlights * 00:00 Likes vs Leads * 00:31 Vanity Metrics Trap * 01:39 What Happens Next * 02:30 Conversations Matter * 03:05 Trust Signals * 03:30 Measure Movement * 04:15 Repeat Engagement * 04:52 Referrals Transfer Trust * 05:19 Quiet Metrics * 05:49 Revenue With Context * 06:22 Measure Progress

View Details

Authority is the foundation of trust in the market it signals credibility, reliability, and value. Unlike mere visibility, which simply gets you noticed, authority ensures you are genuinely respected.

This episode will focus on how authority is built not through quick hype or major launches, but through consistent, cumulative everyday actions.

We dive into the three essential pillars for establishing this authority: Speaking, PR, and Referrals.

Why Authority is Your Greatest Asset Authority is Earned, Not Claimed

You can call yourself an expert, but authority is something the market grants you based on your track record. It is built through clarity, follow-through, and showing up in spaces where your expertise can shine.

The Transfer of Trust

One of the fastest ways to build authority is to lean on the "transfer of trust." When a podcast host invites you on their show, or an organisation puts you on their stage, they are essentially giving you their "stamp of approval." That borrowed credibility is a shortcut to building deep trust with a new audience.

Authority Shortens the Sales Cycle

When you are seen as an authority, you no longer have to "convince" people to work with you. The hesitation disappears because the social proof, your speaking gigs, your media mentions, and your referrals, have already done the heavy lifting for you.

The Three Pillars of Authority 1. Speaking as a Strategy

Being a guest speaker, whether on stage, in a webinar, or on a podcast, is a powerful signal of authority. To measure the impact of your speaking, look beyond just the "applause" and track the following:

Reach: How many people were exposed to your message?
Connection: How many people took the next step (e.g., followed you on LinkedIn or joined your list)?
Opportunity: Did the session lead to further invitations or direct inquiries?
Public Relations (PR) & Media

PR is about more than just a headline; it's about third-party validation. When a news outlet or industry blog features your insights, it positions you as a leading voice in your field. It's the difference between saying "I'm great" and having a reputable source say "They are the person to talk to."

The Power of Referrals

A referral is the ultimate signal of authority; it means your work was so impactful that someone else was willing to put their own reputation on the line to recommend you. Sustainable authority is built when your existing network becomes your most effective marketing team.

Your Next Step Review your current authority signals:

Are you sharing the stages you've been on or the media you've been featured in?
Are you making it easy for people to refer you?
Are you showing up consistently in places where trust can be transferred to you?

Pick one authority pillar to focus on this month, whether it's pitching a podcast or updating your "As Seen In" section, and watch how the quality of your business conversations changes.

Resources to Support Your Authority Journey The Marketing Circle

A supportive community led by Linda Reed-Enever, where business owners get the resources and real-world strategies needed to build authority and create impact. Members have access to monthly Q&A sessions and a training library.

https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

PR Bundle for Small Business

Ready to build your media profile? Explore our PR Cues Deck (actionable prompts) and the Book of PR Tips to help you put publicity within reach and start sharing your story with the world.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-pr-bundle-for-small-businesses/

The Marketing Tree Method

Pre-order Linda's latest book, which outlines a sustainable roadmap for growth, moving away from "hype" and toward a deep-rooted marketing strategy that lasts.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-marketing-tree-method/

Systems and Impact Workshops

Join our upcoming online events, such as Systems and Impact (March 10) or Email Marketing Methods (March 17), to refine the backend of your business so it can support your growing authority.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/

Book an Ideas Strategy Session

If you have the expertise but aren't sure how to position it as authority, let's chat. We can help you find the "hooks" in your story and identify the best stages for your message.

https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

Highlights * 00:00 What Authority Means * 01:05 Speaking Builds Trust * 01:29 Measure Speaking Results * 02:40 PR Borrowed Credibility * 03:11 Measure PR Impact * 04:09 Referrals Prove Trust * 04:28 Track Referral Patterns * 05:08 Authority System Together * 05:38 Metrics to Track Quarterly * 06:21 Trusted Voice Closing

View Details

We talk about engagement a lot in marketing, but often in the most unhelpful way possible. Chasing likes. Obsessing over reach. Trying to outsmart algorithms that change faster than we can keep up. It's exhausting, and it rarely tells you what you actually need to know.

In this episode, we're shifting the focus from engagement volume to engagement quality. Because the real value isn't in the number itself, it's in what people's behaviour is quietly telling you about trust, confidence, and readiness to take the next step.

What Engagement Is Really Showing You Engagement Is Behaviour, Not a Score

When someone stops scrolling, watches, saves, comments, or shares your content, they're making a choice. In a world full of noise and decision fatigue, that choice matters. Engagement isn't just feedback, but a signal.

Rather than seeing engagement as a goal to hit, it's more helpful to see it as movement. Each interaction shows where someone is in their decision-making journey with you.

Comments Signal Connection

A comment isn't just a reaction, but it's someone choosing to speak. That means they feel safe, understood, and confident enough to add their voice. You don't need hundreds of comments for content to be effective. A handful of thoughtful comments from the right people often matter far more than a busy comment section filled with noise.

Saves Show Intent

Saves are one of the most underrated engagement signals. When someone saves your content, they're saying it matters. They want to return to it, think about it, or use it later. Saves are quiet, but they're powerful. They tell you your content is useful, not just interesting.

Shares Reflect Alignment

Shares go a step further. When someone shares your content, they're attaching their name, values, or reputation to your message. That level of alignment is significant. It means your content resonated strongly enough that they want others to see it too.

Why Engagement Quality Leads to Conversion Before someone buys, books, or enquires, they usually take smaller steps first. They comment. They save. They share. They listen again. They revisit a page. These actions are all trust-building moments.

High-quality engagement builds familiarity. Familiarity creates comfort. Comfort builds confidence. And confidence is what leads to action.

A small group of deeply engaged people will always convert better than a large audience that's barely paying attention.

How to Use Engagement as Guidance Instead of doubting yourself when a post feels quiet, look closer:

What content gets saved?
What sparks meaningful conversation?
What gets shared, and why?
What do people reference when they message you?

These patterns are clues. They show you what's building trust and what your audience wants more of.

When something gets saved often, expand on it.
When something sparks conversation, go deeper.
When something gets shared, pay attention to the language and message that resonated.

Let engagement guide your next step, not your self-doubt.

Key Takeaway Engagement isn't about being loud. It's about being meaningful. Some content does its work quietly, and that quiet work is often what leads to the strongest results.

When you focus on engagement quality instead of chasing numbers, you build an audience that knows you, trusts you, and is far more likely to take action.

Your Next Step This week, review your content through a quality lens. Choose one post and ask:

What type of engagement did this receive?
What does that behaviour tell me about trust and interest?

Use that insight to shape what you create next.

Resources to Support Engagement That Leads to Impact The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

A supportive, practical space where business owners learn how to create content that builds real connection and confidence, not just surface-level engagement. Inside the Circle, we focus on clarity, trust, and meaningful interaction that leads to action.

Get It Done Together

Monthly co-working and accountability sessions designed to help you create, review, and refine content with intention, so engagement becomes feedback, not pressure.

Join the Business Business Business Community (Free!)

A generous, collaborative space where business owners share ideas, test messaging, and learn how engagement plays out in real-world marketing, not theory.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you want help interpreting your engagement signals and turning them into a clearer content strategy, let's talk. We'll look at what your audience behaviour is really telling you and how to use it to build trust and conversion.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with a business owner who's tired of chasing numbers and wants marketing that actually feels connected. Remember, engagement isn't a performance. It's feedback.

Highlights * 00:00 Introduction to Quality Engagement * 01:06 Understanding the Value of Engagement * 02:45 The Importance of Comments * 03:48 The Power of Saves * 04:42 The Impact of Shares * 06:10 From Engagement to Conversion * 07:20 Key Takeaways and Conclusion

Resources Mentioned in the Episode * The Marketing Tree Method * Podcast episode on how to spot what type of content your audience wants

View Details

Visibility might get you noticed, but trust is what gets people to move. It's the difference between someone casually seeing your content and someone feeling confident enough to work with you.

In marketing, we often talk about reach, growth, and conversion as if sales are the only thing that matters. But conversion starts much earlier than a purchase. It starts the moment someone begins to believe you, feel understood, and feel safe taking the next step.

In this episode, we're unpacking how trust is built, how it shows up in everyday marketing behaviour, and why it's the real driver behind sustainable conversion.

Why Trust Comes Before Conversion Visibility Isn't Enough

Being seen doesn't automatically mean people are ready to buy. You can have a strong message, a growing audience, and beautifully executed campaigns, but if your audience doesn't feel confident in you yet, hesitation creeps in. And hesitation slows everything down.

Trust Is the First Conversion

Before someone purchases, they convert in smaller ways. They pay attention longer. They engage more deeply. They come back. These moments are often overlooked, but they're the foundation of every sale that follows.

Trust Changes Behaviour

When trust is present, people listen, ask questions, save content, and reach out privately. They feel safe. They feel supported. And that sense of safety shortens decision-making time and builds momentum toward action.

How Trust Shows Up in Your Marketing Conversion Happens in Layers

Sales don't appear out of nowhere. They're built through a series of trust signals along the way:

A like shows recognition
A comment shows a connection
A share shows alignment
A save shows intention
A message or email shows readiness

Each of these moments matters. They're all signs that trust is growing.

Quiet Engagement Still Counts

Some of the strongest trust-building content doesn't perform loudly. Not everyone is comfortable commenting or sharing publicly, especially in sensitive industries. Private messages, replies, and quiet questions are often the clearest signals that someone is moving closer to working with you.

Offers Build Trust at Different Levels

Low-investment products allow people to test the waters. Mid-level offers deepen confidence. Higher-level services come once trust is firmly established. Each step plays a role in helping your audience feel ready, not rushed.

How to Strengthen Trust in Your Marketing Trust grows when people feel three things: understood, supported, and safe.

Speak Their Language

Your audience wants to feel seen. When your message reflects their reality, challenges, and goals, trust builds naturally.

Show Proof, Not Perfection

Real examples, outcomes, behind-the-scenes moments, and honest reflections all help people believe you. Transparency builds confidence far faster than polished content ever could.

Be Consistent and Reliable

Showing up when you say you will matters. A steady rhythm builds familiarity, and familiarity builds confidence.

Use Storytelling to Create Connection

Stories help people see themselves in your work. They make your message relatable and human.

Keep Your Promises

Deliver what you say you will. Reliability turns trust into belief, and belief leads to conversion.

Let Yourself Be Human

Authenticity reduces resistance. You don't need to sound perfect. You need to sound real.

Key Takeaway Trust is not a "nice to have" in marketing. It's the engine behind every meaningful conversion. When trust leads, your marketing feels lighter, decisions happen faster, and sales no longer feel forced. You stop chasing conversions and start creating them.

Your Next Step Take a look at your marketing through a trust lens:

Are you helping people feel understood?
Are you showing proof in human, relatable ways?
Are you consistent in how you show up and deliver?

Choose one area to strengthen this week and notice how it changes the conversations you're having.

Resources to Support Trust-Led Marketing The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

A practical, supportive space where business owners learn how to build trust through clarity, consistency, and meaningful marketing. Inside the Circle, we focus on connection-first strategies that turn engagement into confidence and conversion.

Content Marketing Retreats

Step away from the noise and into focused, strategic creation time. These retreats help you refine your message, build trust-driven content, and create marketing that supports long-term relationships, not quick wins.

Get It Done Together

Monthly co-working and accountability sessions designed to help you implement trust-building content and follow through on the marketing that matters most.

Join the Business Business Business Community (Free!)

A generous, collaborative space where business owners connect, share honestly, and learn how trust-based marketing plays out in real businesses.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you feel there may be a trust gap in your marketing, let's explore it together. We'll look at your messaging, offers, and content and identify where trust can be strengthened to support easier conversion.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with a business owner who's building their business on connection, not pressure. And remember, when trust leads your marketing, conversion becomes a natural next step, not something you have to force.

Highlights * 00:00 The Power of Trust in Marketing * 01:01 Understanding Trust as a Conversion Metric * 01:42 Building Trust Through Consistency and Proof * 02:27 Recognising Conversion Signals Beyond Sales * 04:47 Levels of Trust and Offerings * 06:13 Practical Tips to Build Trust in Marketing * 08:55 Key Takeaway and Action Steps

Resources Mentioned in the Episode * The Marketing Tree Method * The Content Cues Deck

View Details

It's easy to get distracted by big numbers in marketing. Likes, views, follower counts and viral moments can look impressive, but they don't always tell the full story. What really matters is whether your marketing is creating connection, momentum, action, and making an impact for your business.

In this episode, I unpack the difference between vanity metrics and impact metrics, and why shifting your focus can completely change how effective your marketing feels and performs. This is about moving away from surface-level wins and towards results that actually support your business growth.

What You'll Learn in This Episode Why Vanity Metrics Can Be Misleading

Big numbers can feel validating, but they don't always translate into enquiries, conversations, or sales. I explain why visibility without movement often creates a false sense of progress.

What Impact Metrics Really Look Like

Impact metrics focus on intent and behaviour. Things like saves, shares, replies, website clicks, email sign-ups, enquiries, bookings, and repeat engagement show that people are actually moving closer to working with you.

How Quiet Content Often Does the Heavy Lifting

Not all valuable content performs loudly. Some of the most effective posts create action behind the scenes, through messages, emails, or private conversations rather than public likes and comments.

How to Shift Your Focus Without Overcomplicating Data

You don't need to become obsessed with analytics. I share simple ways to let behaviour and feedback guide your content decisions without drowning in numbers.

Why Clarity Beats Popularity Every Time

Content that clearly speaks to the right people and gives them a next step will always outperform content created just for applause.

Key Takeaway Vanity metrics might look good, but impact metrics are what move your business forward. When you focus on connection, clarity, and meaningful action, your marketing becomes more intentional, more sustainable, and far less emotionally exhausting.

Your Next Step This week, look at your content through a different lens. Instead of asking "How many likes did this get?", ask:

Did this spark a conversation?
Did someone save or share it?
Did it lead to an enquiry, click, or sign-up?

Choose one impact metric to focus on and let that guide what you create next.

Resources to Support Impact-Driven Marketing The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

A practical, supportive space for business owners who want their marketing to lead to real action, not just nice-looking numbers. Inside the Circle, we focus on clarity, connection, and creating content that drives enquiries, conversations, and confident next steps.

Content Marketing Retreats

Step away from the noise and focus on creating content with intention. These retreats give you the space and guidance to plan messaging that supports impact metrics, refine your positioning, and build content that attracts the right people, not just more views.

Get It Done Together

Monthly co-working and accountability sessions designed to help you move from ideas to execution. Perfect for working on content that supports your offers, refining calls to action, and making progress on the work that actually grows your business.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you want help shifting your marketing from surface-level visibility to meaningful impact, let's talk. We'll look at what you're currently tracking, what actually matters for your business, and how to align your content with results that move the needle.

Join the Business Business Business Community (Free!)

A generous, collaborative space where business owners share ideas, ask real questions, and focus on marketing that creates momentum. It's a place to talk about what's working, what's not, and how to measure success beyond vanity metrics.

Enjoyed This Episode? If this episode shifted how you think about your marketing metrics, share it with another business owner who might be chasing numbers instead of impact. And if you start measuring success differently after listening, let me know. I'd genuinely love to hear what changes for you.

When you focus on impact, your marketing stops being something you chase and starts becoming something that works for you.

Highlights * 00:00 Introduction to Vanity Metrics * 00:11 The Difference Between Vanity and Impact Metrics * 00:55 Real-Life Example of Vanity Metrics * 02:22 Shifting Focus to Impact Metrics * 02:31 Practical Steps to Track Impact Metrics * 03:45 Creating Content with Clarity * 04:04 Using Data to Shape Your Strategy * 04:33 Treating Every Interaction as Progress * 04:48 Final Thoughts

View Details

There's a quiet pressure many business owners carry when it comes to content, the feeling that you need to be everywhere, all the time, creating something new for every platform.

It's exhausting, unrealistic, and completely unnecessary.

You don't need to split yourself across seven platforms or reinvent the wheel every week. You need a smart, sustainable way to let your ideas travel further. That's where content repurposing comes in.

In this episode, I'm unpacking how repurposing helps you show up consistently, build visibility, and keep your marketing human without burning out.

Why Repurposing Is the Smart Way to Market Your Best Ideas Deserve More Than One Moment

Most content is treated like it's disposable, posted once, then forgotten. But strong ideas shouldn't disappear after 24 hours. Repurposing extends your thinking's lifespan and allows it to reach people when they're actually ready to hear it.

Repetition Builds Trust

Your audience doesn't see everything you post. In fact, most people miss it the first time around. Repeating your message across different formats and platforms isn't lazy; it's how ideas become familiar, memorable, and trusted.

Different Platforms, Different Audiences

Your Instagram audience isn't the same as your LinkedIn or email audience. Repurposing lets you speak to each group in a way that suits them, without starting from scratch every time.

It Lightens the Mental Load

When you repurpose, you stop asking "What do I post today?" and start asking "How do I express this idea today?" That shift alone makes marketing feel lighter and far more sustainable.

A Simple Repurposing Framework That Actually Works Start with One Core Idea

Choose one idea you genuinely believe in, something you could talk about easily. This becomes your anchor or hero idea for the week.

Then choose your core format. For me, that's a podcast. For you, it might be a video, a blog, a newsletter, or a workshop. Start where you feel most comfortable, and that's where your best content will come from.

Break It Into Bite-Sized Pieces

From that one core idea, you can create:

Short videos focused on one key point
Social captions with reflections, questions, or stories
Quote graphics or bold statements
Behind-the-scenes stories
A newsletter that expands on the idea
A blog post or article
A carousel that teaches or summarises the concept

One idea can become a whole week of content, sometimes more.

Shape the Content for Each Platform

Repurposing isn't copy-and-paste.

Short, sharp clips for Reels, Shorts, or TikTok
Reflective or practical posts for LinkedIn and Facebook
Deeper dives for blogs, podcasts, or longer videos

The message stays the same. The delivery adapts.

Reuse What's Already Working

Repurposing isn't just about new content. Old posts, past workshops, forgotten lives, notes in your phone, all of these are gold. If an idea worked once, it's worth revisiting and resharing.

Create a Rhythm, Not Chaos

When repurposed content is scheduled into categories and themes, your marketing gains rhythm. Your audience knows what to expect, and you're no longer scrambling for ideas.

Key Takeaway You don't need to be everywhere to be effective. You can appear everywhere by letting one strong idea travel further.

Content repurposing isn't about doing more, but about making the most of what you've already created. When your ideas are allowed to breathe, repeat, and evolve, your marketing becomes clearer, calmer, and far more impactful.

Your Next Step Choose one idea you've already shared, a podcast episode, post, email, or workshop. Ask yourself: How many different ways could I express this idea?

Start small. Repurpose once. Then build from there. That's how consistency is created without burnout.

Resources to Support Smarter Content Creation The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

A practical, supportive space where business owners learn how to create content that works harder without doing more. Inside the Circle, we workshop ideas, build content rhythms, and refine repurposing strategies that suit real businesses.

Content Marketing Retreats

Step away from the noise and into focused creation time. These retreats give you the space and guidance to plan your content, batch ideas, and build a repurposing strategy that supports your business long-term.

Get It Done Together

Monthly co-working and accountability sessions designed to help you turn ideas into finished content. Perfect for batching, repurposing, and finally using the content you've already created.

Join the Business Business Business Community (Free!)

A generous, collaborative space where business owners share ideas, ask questions, and learn from each other's content strategies in real time.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you'd like help building a content system that feels light, strategic, and sustainable, let's map it out together. We'll look at what you already have and create a repurposing plan that fits your business and energy.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with a business owner who feels overwhelmed by content creation. And remember, you don't need more ideas. You just need to let the good ones you already have go further.

Highlights * 00:00 The Myth of Being Everywhere Online * 00:28 The Power of Repurposing Content * 01:34 Common Misconceptions About Repurposing * 02:54 Practical Steps to Repurpose Content * 05:41 Creating Evergreen Content * 07:09 Maximising Reach and Engagement * 08:06 The Sweet Spot of Effective Marketing

Resources Mentioned in the Episode * MeetEdgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar

View Details

It's amazing how four simple words can throw even the most experienced business owner completely off track. So what do you do?

You hear it at networking events, school pick-up, family gatherings, conferences, everywhere, and yet, so many of us freeze, over-explain, or fall back on something vague and forgettable.

But this question isn't a test. It's an invitation. And when you answer it clearly, simply, and confidently, you open the door to opportunities, referrals, and meaningful conversations. In this episode, I'm breaking down how to create a simple yet impactful answer that actually works for you, not overwhelms you.

How to Create a Clear and Confident Answer Why This Question Matters More Than We Think

People make sense of us quickly, and your answer helps them understand where you fit and why they should lean in. A clear response positions you instantly, builds trust, and makes you memorable. A muddled one does the opposite.

The Three-Part Formula That Keeps It Simple

Who You Help

Be specific enough that people can picture the person you serve. When your listener can recognise themselves (or someone they know), they'll want to hear more.

The Outcome You Help Them Achieve

People don't buy job titles, but they buy results. Think in terms of clarity, confidence, structure, visibility, momentum, or reduction of overwhelm.

Your Approach or Method

This isn't your whole process, just the flavour of how you work. It gives people insight into what makes you uniquely you.

Put together, it becomes one clean sentence: I help [who] to [outcome] by [approach].

Why This Works So Well It's short enough for conversation, strong enough to build curiosity, and flexible enough to tailor for different audiences. And once you practise saying it aloud, it becomes second nature.

Key Takeaway You don't need a clever pitch. A simple, grounded one-liner makes you memorable, helps people understand the value you bring, and turns everyday conversations into genuine opportunities.

Your Next Step Craft your one-sentence answer using the formula. Then practise it out loud until it feels natural.

If you're feeling brave, share it online or with someone you trust and notice how differently the conversation flows when you lead with clarity.

Tools and Resources to Help You Refine Your Message The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

A supportive space where business owners refine their messaging, explore new ideas, and build visibility with confidence. Inside the Circle, you'll find templates, workshops, Q&A sessions, and community feedback that help you sharpen the clarity of your message and offers.

Get It Done Together

A monthly co-working and accountability space where you can focus on the projects that need your attention, practise your message, and build momentum with support.

Content Marketing Retreats

Step away from the day-to-day and into a focused, creative environment where you can map out your messaging, content, and offers with hands-on guidance. These retreats help you get clear, strategic, and consistent with how you talk about your business.

Join the Business Business Business Community (Free!)

Join thousands of business owners who share ideas, ask questions, and support each other daily. It's a great place to practise your new "what I do" statement and get real-world feedback from people who understand business.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you'd love an outside eye to help refine your messaging or craft a clear positioning line, let's chat. A discovery call gives us time to look at your offers, your audience, and your language so we can shape a sentence that feels like you and resonates deeply with your ideal clients.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with another business owner who struggles with this question or finds themselves rambling every time someone asks what they do. And if you craft your new one-sentence answer after listening, tell me. I'd genuinely love to hear it.

Highlights * 00:00 The Dreaded Question * 00:28 Why This Question Matters * 01:17 Common Pitfalls in Answering * 01:43 The Power of Clarity * 02:48 Crafting Your Answer: The Three Parts * 04:22 Practical Examples and Tips * 05:35 Final Thoughts and Encouragement

View Details

Many business owners sit on brilliant ideas for months, even years, because they're afraid to share them too soon. They worry someone will copy them, they're not ready, or they need to wait for the "perfect version" to emerge.

But here's the truth I've seen again and again as a marketing strategist and business community leader: your ideas can't create impact if no one knows they exist. Ideas only grow when they're shared, explored, and allowed to take shape out in the world.

Today, I'm diving into why your ideas deserve daylight and what shifts when you stop guarding them and start expressing them with confidence.

Why Sharing Your Ideas Matters More Than Protecting Them Ideas Evolve Through Expression

An idea sitting in a notebook is only half-formed. It strengthens when you speak it out loud, it sharpens when someone asks a question, and it becomes clearer each time you try to explain it.

Execution Will Always Be Your Differentiator

Even if someone resonates with something you share, they can't replicate you, your experience, your style, your methodology, your delivery. Ideas don't stand out because they're secret. They stand out because of the person behind them.

Visibility Creates Opportunity

When people hear how you think, they begin to trust you. Your ideas become the bridge between your expertise and the people who need it, opening doors to collaborations, clients, referrals, and deeper conversations.

How to Start Sharing Your Ideas (Even If It Feels Scary) Begin Small and Light

Choose one idea you've been sitting on, just one, and share it in a simple format:

A short post
A quick video
A voice note to your audience

It doesn't need to be polished. It just needs to breathe.

Share the Perspective, Not the Blueprint

You don't need to reveal your whole process. Talk about:

Why this idea matters
The change you want it to create
The insight that sparked it

People connect with meaning, not mechanics.

Repeat Your Ideas With Intention

Repetition is not redundancy. It's recognition. The more often you speak about a concept, the more your audience associates that message with you, and that's how thought leadership takes root.

Give Your Ideas Space in Your Routine

If you want to make idea-sharing a habit, schedule it. Pick one day each week where you share a thought, a lesson, or a spark from your notebook. The structure keeps creativity flowing instead of waiting for the right moment.

What Happens When You Start Sharing Your Ideas When you stop keeping your ideas hidden, three things shift quickly:

Your Confidence Grows

Talking through your ideas reminds you just how much you already know, and how much value sits in your experience.

Your Visibility Naturally Expands

People start recognising your thinking, your style, and your voice. You become the person they come to when they need clarity.

Your Marketing Becomes Easier

Your ideas naturally flow into your work, services, programs, and expertise. You no longer "sell." You share, and the right people step forward.

Key Takeaway Your ideas are not meant to be hidden. They're meant to create movement. When you share them, even imperfectly, they gain momentum, deepen your authority, and help the people you're here to serve.

The real risk isn't someone stealing your ideas. The real risk is never letting your ideas be seen.

Your Next Step Open your notebook, scroll through your notes app, or glance at your whiteboard, and choose one idea to share this week.

Give it a moment in the spotlight.
See how people respond.
Let the idea breathe, evolve, and grow.

This is where your impact begins!

Tools and Resources to Support Your Idea Flow The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

A community designed for business owners who want to think boldly, create consistently, and refine their ideas in a supportive, collaborative space. With live sessions, thoughtful discussions, and practical tools, this is where your ideas find momentum.

Content Marketing Retreats

Step away from the day-to-day and into a dedicated creative space. At my Content Marketing Retreats, you'll have guided time to map out your ideas, turn them into content, and build a sustainable marketing plan around them. It's the perfect environment to turn "one day" ideas into real assets.

Get It Done Together

A dedicated co-working and accountability space where you can move ideas out of your notebook and into action. These sessions give you structure, focus, and the encouragement to keep building.

Join the Business Business Business Community (Free!)

Connect with thousands of business owners who share openly, support generously, and spark ideas daily. A great space to start sharing your thinking in real time.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you're ready to stop sitting on your ideas and start using them strategically, let's chat. In a 1:1 discovery call, we'll look at where you're holding back, where your best ideas are hiding, and how to start sharing them in a way that builds visibility and impact.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with someone who's been sitting on their ideas for too long. And if you share an idea publicly this week, send it my way. I'd genuinely love to see it.

Highlights * 00:00 The Fear of Sharing Ideas * 01:32 Why Sharing Ideas Matters * 02:40 How to Start Sharing Your Ideas * 03:53 Building Confidence and Visibility * 04:42 The Power of Shared Ideas

View Details

There's a big difference between a group and a community, and an even bigger difference between a community and one that's idea rich. These are the spaces where people feel energised, where ideas bounce around freely, and where members genuinely want to return because something meaningful happens there.

Idea-rich communities don't grow accidentally. They're shaped with intention by those that create them, guided with care, and fuelled by curiosity, generosity, and shared purpose.

In this episode, I'm walking you through how to build communities that think, create, and collaborate, instead of simply "existing" online.

How to Build a Community People Want to Contribute To Create Connection, Not Just Membership

A group is simply a room full of people. A community is where those people start caring about what happens in that room.

Numbers don't build culture, shared purpose does. When members feel like their contributions matter, they become part of something bigger than themselves. That's when your space shifts from passive to powerful.

Set the Tone Through Curiosity

Communities mirror the energy of the person who creates them. When you show up with curiosity, openness, and a willingness to explore, your members follow suit.

In idea-rich communities, no question is too simple, and no idea is too small. People feel safe enough to test, to share, to ask, to fail, and to try again, because the environment encourages creativity over comparison.

Your job is to model that behaviour. Share your own experiments and "works in progress," not just polished outcomes. When people see you being human, they're far more willing to be human too.

Make Space for Different Types of Contributors

Not everyone participates in the same way. Some people share openly. Some need time to observe. Others prefer structured prompts or guided discussion.

Idea-rich communities offer multiple doorways into participation, such as live calls, threads, feedback opportunities, polls, prompts, and casual conversations. Every pathway is a chance for someone to contribute in a way that feels comfortable and meaningful.

Validation matters too. A simple "that's brilliant" or "you've just sparked a new idea" can turn a quiet member into a confident contributor.

Build a Consistent Rhythm

Regular touchpoints, Q&As, themed posts, workshops, and check-ins give members something steady to lean on. But too much predictability becomes stale, so it's important to mix in surprises, new formats, and timely conversations.

Think of your community like music: A steady beat keeps things moving, and the unexpected notes keep people listening.

Celebrate the Sparks

When ideas are acknowledged, they multiply. Spotlight great posts. Share member wins. Celebrate collaborations. Highlight clever thinking. These moments reinforce a culture where ideas matter, voices matter, and people feel seen. Over time, this becomes the heartbeat of an idea-rich community.

Consider even creating a digital "idea wall", a place where members can drop their wins, breakthroughs, and lightbulb moments. It becomes a living archive of collective creativity.

Step Back So Others Can Step In

An idea-rich community shouldn't depend on you being the only voice in the room. In fact, the best communities grow when members start answering each other's questions before you do.

That's not losing authority, it's building leadership. It means you've created a space where contribution feels natural, and people trust the process enough to step forward.

Keep Tending to the Space

Communities are like gardens. They need attention, nourishment, pruning, and sunlight. Drop in consistently. Ask new questions. Shift direction when energy dips. Bring in new ideas when the conversation needs a spark.

And remember: quiet seasons don't mean failure. Sometimes your people are simply busy. Your job is to keep the soil fertile so the next wave of ideas has somewhere to land.

Key Takeaway Idea-rich communities don't happen by accident. They're built through intention, curiosity, and consistent care. When you create a space where people feel safe to share, supported to grow, and encouraged to think creatively, your community becomes more than a gathering, but becomes a catalyst for impact.

Your Next Step If you already have a community, ask yourself: Am I building connection, or am I simply collecting people?

Then reach out to three members and ask: "What's one idea or topic you'd love to explore with others here?"

That one question can spark the next wave of engagement, collaboration, and creativity.

If you're just getting started, remember this: you don't need all the ideas. You only need to create the environment where others feel excited to bring theirs.

Resources to Help You Build Strong, Creative Communities The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

A thriving space where business owners bring ideas to life, workshop strategies, share wins, and grow together. Inside you'll find templates, Q&As, live sessions, and collaborative conversations designed to spark creativity and support meaningful progress.

Progress Colouring Tracking Tree

A creative way to track your growth, spark momentum, and celebrate milestones. Watching your progress visually, branch by branch, keeps your creativity engaged and your goals in focus.

Get It Done Together

My monthly co-working and accountability sessions are designed to help you make meaningful progress on the ideas that matter. It's practical, collaborative, and the perfect space to create alongside others.

Content Marketing Retreats

Join me for an immersive content marketing retreat where you step out of the everyday and into full creative focus. These retreats give you the time, guidance, and inspiration to plan, produce, and refine your marketing content with clarity and confidence.

Join the Business Business Business Community (Free!)

Connect with business owners who love to collaborate, share ideas generously, and support each other. It's a space built for curiosity, conversation, and contribution.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you'd like personalised support building or elevating your community, let's map out a strategy together. We'll explore structure, rhythm, and opportunities built on your unique strengths and audience.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with another business owner who wants to build a community that actually creates, not just talks. And remember: when you nurture curiosity, encourage contribution, and celebrate ideas, your community becomes a place where magic happens.

Highlights * 00:00 Introduction to Idea Rich Communities * 01:10 Group vs. Community: Understanding the Difference * 02:13 Creating a Thriving Community: Key Elements * 03:55 Encouraging Participation and Contribution * 04:59 Maintaining Community Rhythm and Energy * 05:49 Celebrating Wins and Fostering Collaboration * 06:34 Empowering Members and Sustaining Growth * 07:28 Final Thoughts and Call to Action

View Details

"Thought leadership" is one of those terms that's been used so much it has lost its meaning. Somewhere along the line, it became more about status than service, more about sounding smart than being helpful.

Real thought leadership isn't about jargon or performance. It's about clarity, courage, and contribution: saying what you mean and helping people. It's about being brave enough to think for yourself, generous enough to share what you've learned, and grounded enough to stay human through it all.

In this episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on what genuine thought leadership really looks like, and how you can build trust, influence, and impact without pretending to be someone you're not.

How to Lead with Clarity and Courage Lead Beside, Not Above

Being a thought leader doesn't mean standing on a pedestal. It means standing with your audience, sometimes a few steps ahead, sometimes right beside them.

When I began sharing what I was learning in marketing and course creation, I wasn't trying to lead anyone. I was simply being honest about what worked, what didn't, and what I was still figuring out. That honesty was what people connected with, even up to this day.

Real leaders don't act like gurus. They walk with others through the learning process and share their experience along the way.

Replace Buzzwords with Clarity

The fastest way to build trust as a thought leader is to stop being vague. "Add value" and "think outside the box" might sound impressive, but they don't help anyone unless you explain how.

Real thought leadership turns vague advice into clear, actionable steps. It gives people that "aha!" moment where everything clicks, and that means being specific, transparent, and unafraid to go deep.

Clarity invites connection. And connection builds authority far faster than clever phrasing ever could.

Keep It Human

Credibility doesn't come from being flawless, but from being real. People want to see that you're human, passionate, and willing to share the truth, even when it's messy. If you're excited about a topic, show it. If something frustrates you, talk about it. Emotion isn't unprofessional, but the bridge that builds trust.

In a world full of AI-generated posts and overproduced content, your authentic voice is your most powerful differentiator.

Teach What You're Learning

The best thought leaders don't only share what they've mastered, they share what they're discovering. When you teach as you learn, you invite your audience into the process, not just the result.

I do this constantly inside the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle, testing new tools, exploring new trends, and letting people see the thought process unfold. That transparency helps people grow with you.

Remember: the internet is full of finished products. What's missing are thinking humans. Be one of them.

Lead with Generosity

True thought leadership is generous, not guarded. It's about contribution, not competition. When you freely share ideas, credit others, and support your peers, you create a ripple effect of impact.

Communities like Business Business Business thrive because they're open, welcome different voices, and know that collaboration creates more value than control ever will. You don't have to give everything away for free, but you do need to share enough to make a difference today. That's what earns trust and builds lasting influence.

Find Your Signature Idea

Every powerful thought leader has one core idea that anchors their work, a framework, a metaphor, a lens through which they see their industry. For me, it's the belief that marketing isn't a funnel, it's a tree. That one idea shapes everything I create and helps people instantly understand my approach.

What's your version of that? Find the big idea that represents how you see your world, name it, and repeat it until people recognise it as yours. That's how authority grows organically.

Stay Grounded in the Work

Being seen as a thought leader is flattering, but it's easy to get lost in your own headlines. Keep learning, keep experimenting, and keep showing up with humility.

The moment you stop engaging with your craft, your ideas stop evolving. The best thought leaders stay close to the work, curious, open, and always learning.

Key Takeaway Real thought leadership isn't about looking clever, it's about being useful. It's about thinking deeply, sharing openly, and staying human in a world that rewards polish over purpose. Be the person who speaks with clarity, not jargon. Who teaches through honesty, not hype. That's the kind of thought leader people trust, follow, and remember.

Your Next Step Take out a notebook and write down three statements you truly believe about your industry, not the safe, recycled stuff, but the real truths you'd share with a friend.

Pick one and share it publicly this week. Explain why it matters, what shaped your view, and how it helps others see things differently.

That's thought leadership in its purest form: clarity, courage, and care.

Resources to Help You Lead with Authenticity The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

Inside the Circle, you'll find the workshops, templates, and community support to refine your message and develop your unique voice as a leader. It's where clarity meets consistency, and where your best ideas take shape.

Progress Colouring Tracking Tree

Celebrate your growth and keep track of your progress as you step into leadership. This creative visual tool helps you see the journey unfold, one idea, one milestone, one branch at a time. This is the foundation of my upcoming new book, The Marketing Tree Method.

Content Marketing Retreats

Join me for an immersive content marketing retreat designed to help you step out of the day-to-day and into full creative focus. These retreats give you the space, support, and strategic guidance to map out campaigns, create content, and build momentum with clarity and confidence.

Get It Done Together

Join my monthly co-working sessions for accountability and collaboration. These are perfect for refining your message, creating new content, or simply giving yourself space to think, plan, and lead with intention.

Join the Business Business Business Community (Free!)

Connect with a thriving community of business owners and thought leaders who share openly, support generously, and grow together.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you're ready to clarify your message and build your thought leadership platform with confidence, let's map out your next steps together.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with someone who's tired of the buzzwords and ready to lead with honesty. And remember, the world doesn't need more "thought leaders." It needs clear thinkers who lead with heart. Be one of them.

Highlights * 00:00 Introduction to Thought Leadership * 00:32 Defining Real Thought Leadership * 01:52 Personal Journey and Authenticity * 02:58 The Courage to Be Specific * 04:05 Human Connection in Thought Leadership * 07:01 Generosity Over Grandstanding * 07:57 Signature Ideas and Staying Grounded * 09:19 Actionable Steps for Aspiring Thought Leaders

View Details

Some business owners have a knack for spotting trends before everyone else catches on. And it's not luck, but a skill. The ability to see what's shifting in your industry, what people are craving, and what's quietly changing before it becomes mainstream can completely change how you position yourself and your business.

But here's the truth: trend-spotting isn't about chasing every new thing. It's about listening differently, paying attention to frustration, and being curious enough to notice the patterns that others overlook.

In this episode, I'm sharing how to develop that "see around corners" skill so you can stay ahead of the curve and confidently lead the way in your space.

How to Spot Trends Before Everyone Else Listen Between the Lines

Trends don't start in boardrooms or headlines; they start in everyday conversations. The earliest signs of change often come through what people are frustrated by, not what they're excited about.

Listen for phrases like "I'm tired of…" or "I wish there was an easier way…" because fatigue always appears before innovation. When you start hearing the same frustrations repeat, it's your signal that a new need is emerging.

Look Beyond Your Own Industry

The fastest way to spot what's next is to look outside your bubble. Many of the biggest shifts in business are borrowed from other industries.

For example, when the fitness world embraced habit stacking to create small, lasting routines, it was only a matter of time before entrepreneurs applied the same concept to productivity and marketing. Fresh input creates early insight, so make it a habit to read, watch, and follow creators beyond your field.

Trust Your Intuition

While data has its place, intuition often notices the shift first. If you've been in business for a while, you already have a built-in radar for change. You can usually feel when something that used to work stops landing, when engagement drops, or conversations start to repeat.

That's your cue to lean in, test something new, and see where it takes you. Innovation often begins with a hunch.

Create Space for Curiosity

I set aside time each week for what I call Curiosity Time, 30 minutes to explore what's catching my attention. No agenda, no goal. Just observation.

It might be a new podcast format, a storytelling trend, or a different tone of voice popping up online. The key is to stay curious without falling down the scroll rabbit hole.

Ask yourself, Why is this working? Why are people responding to this? When you reflect, not react, you spot opportunities before they become obvious.

Watch for the Language Shift

Trends often appear first in the words people use. Pay attention to networking events, in client calls, or on social media. What topics feel outdated? What phrases feel fresh but not yet mainstream? Those subtle changes in tone or terminology are the seedlings of what's next.

Be Ready to Pivot

Not every trend will take off. Some fizzle, some evolve, and others change direction entirely. That's okay. The goal isn't to predict perfectly, it's to stay adaptable.

When you're paying attention, you'll always be in a position to pivot when things move. That's what keeps your business current and your audience engaged.

Key Takeaway Spotting trends isn't about having insider access or fancy analytics. It's about curiosity, empathy, and observation. When you listen deeply, notice frustrations, and stay open to new ideas, you'll start recognising the signals of change before everyone else does.

You don't need to be first; you just need to be aware, adaptable, and ready to move when the moment comes.

Your Next Step This week, take your "researcher hat" into everyday life.

Listen to what people are saying in your circles, clients, communities, or online groups.
Note what they're struggling with or tired of.
Watch for new approaches or phrases that feel different.

Write them down and revisit them regularly. Those small observations could be the start of your next big idea.

Resources to Help You Stay Ahead of the Curve The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

Join a community of forward-thinking business owners who love to explore what's next. Inside the Circle, you'll find live sessions, templates, and strategy tools to help you adapt quickly, refine your messaging, and implement fresh ideas before they become mainstream.

Get It Done Together

Join my monthly co-working and accountability sessions, designed to help you turn new ideas into action. Whether you're testing a trend or refining an offer, these sessions give you the structure and focus to make progress.

Join the Business Business Business Community

Stay connected with other business owners who are spotting opportunities, sharing insights, and shaping what's next. It's a space to collaborate, learn, and stay inspired by emerging shifts in business and marketing.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you want to future-proof your marketing and develop strategies that stay relevant no matter what changes come next, book a discovery call with me. Together, we'll identify what's evolving in your industry and craft a plan that positions you ahead of the curve.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with another business owner who wants to stay one step ahead.

And remember, trend-spotting isn't about guessing the future. It's about observing the present with curiosity. When you do that, you'll always see what's coming next.

Highlights * 00:00 The Power of Spotting Trends * 00:55 Listening Between the Lines * 01:25 Recognising Frustration as a Trend Indicator * 01:44 Learning from Other Industries * 02:29 Trusting Your Intuition * 03:06 The Future of Hashtags * 03:44 Embracing Curiosity * 04:30 Anthropological Listening * 05:03 Be Ready to Pivot

View Details

If you've ever looked around your industry and thought, "Everyone's offering the same thing," you're not imagining it. Every market has noise, and standing out isn't about shouting louder. It's about showing up differently.

Being unique doesn't always mean inventing something brand new. Often, it's about reimagining what already exists and delivering it in a way that feels distinctly you.

In this episode, I'm sharing how to uncover the magic within your existing offers and turn it into something people remember, connect with, and keep coming back for.

How to Stand Out When Everyone's Doing the Same Thing Find What Makes It Yours

The most powerful offers aren't built on more features or bonuses. They're built on connection. Your offer becomes unique when you infuse it with your story, your personality, and your way of working.

Ask yourself: What makes this mine?

Not in a buzzword sense, but in a human one. Maybe it's your sense of humour, your visual style, or how you guide clients through transformation. Those small, authentic differences are what make people choose you over someone else.

Create the Experience, Not Just the Offer

When everyone's teaching, selling, or coaching the same thing, what people crave most is a better experience.

Think about how your clients want to learn or engage, and design around that. My early group programs stood out because they were bite-sized, practical, and built for busy business owners. They worked not because the content was revolutionary, but because the experience was realistic, supportive, and easy to complete.

Ask the Right Questions

If you want to discover what makes your offer stand out, start by asking better questions:

What do people really want but aren't saying out loud?
What frustrates them about what's currently available?
How can I make this simpler, faster, or more enjoyable for them?

Honest answers to these will reveal gaps in your market that no one else is filling, and that's where your opportunity to stand out begins.

Design Offers You'd Actually Love

Your preferences matter too. If you don't like sitting through long courses, don't create one. If live conversation energises you, build that into your model.

When you create an offer that suits your own learning and working style, it will feel more natural to deliver, and your audience will feel that authenticity. The best offers come from alignment, not imitation.

Own Your Method

If you want people to remember your offer, name it. Brand it. Give it an identity.

People remember frameworks, not features. Whether it's a metaphor, a formula, or a signature system, a named process gives your work staying power. You've probably heard me mention Marketing Trees or The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle.

Those phrases are instantly recognisable, and that's intentional. They represent the methods I've developed, and naming them allows people to connect directly to that message.

Key Takeaway Your uniqueness isn't in what you sell, it's in how you deliver it. When you combine your personal style, your insights, and your way of doing business, you create offers that feel authentic and irreplaceable.

You don't have to be different for the sake of it. You just have to be you, consistently and confidently.

Your Next Step This week, choose one of your existing offers and look for the magic within it.

What part of it only you can deliver?
How could you highlight or rename that element?
Could it become your signature approach?

Give it a name, brand, or visual identity if you can. When you own your method, you give your clients something tangible to remember, and that's what makes you stand out, no matter how crowded your market feels.

Resources to Help You Refine and Elevate Your Offers The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

A membership for business owners ready to refine their offers and bring their ideas to life. Inside the Circle, you'll find templates, workshops, and strategy sessions to help you develop signature offers, build confidence, and market your uniqueness with clarity.

Progress Colouring Tracking Tree

Turn your growth into something you can see and celebrate. The Progress Colouring Tracking Tree helps you track milestones creatively, giving you a visual way to measure the results of your marketing and innovation efforts.

Get It Done Together

Join my monthly co-working and accountability sessions where ideas move from planning to action. These sessions are the perfect space to refine offers, map launches, and create the time to focus on the work that makes you stand out.

Join the Business Business Business Community

Connect with other entrepreneurs and business owners in one of Australia's most engaged online business communities. Share ideas, get feedback, and see how others are building unique offers that resonate.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you'd like help finding the distinctive edge in your offers, book a discovery call with me. Together, we'll unpack what makes your work special and craft strategies to showcase it confidently in your market.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with another business owner who's feeling lost in a crowded market.

And remember, you don't have to reinvent the wheel to stand out. You just need to make it roll in your own way.

Highlights * 00:00 The Challenge of Standing Out * 00:40 Defining Your Unique Offer * 01:39 The Power of Experience * 02:18 Creating Practical and Engaging Offers * 02:53 Leveraging Personal Preferences * 03:17 Owning Your Method * 03:58 The Challenge: Highlight Your Magic

View Details

When you create for a living, inspiration can sometimes feel like a moving target. Whether it's for podcasts, courses, or client projects, there's this quiet pressure to keep showing up with fresh ideas.

But inspiration isn't magic; it's consistency. It's something you can nurture, protect, and make space for. In this episode, I'm sharing how I stay inspired across everything I do as a creator, an educator, and a strategist, and how you can create your own systems for creative flow that actually last.

How I Keep Creativity Flowing Start with Curiosity

For me, inspiration begins with curiosity. I'm naturally someone who asks questions and studies how people do things: how they market, connect, and create experiences. That curiosity keeps my creative brain active because I'm always learning and observing.

When I see something clever, I don't copy it. I ask, How could this work for the business owners I teach? That simple shift of looking at the world through a lens of curiosity and possibility keeps ideas coming consistently.

Give Your Brain Breathing Space

Inspiration doesn't thrive in chaos. When every moment of your day is filled with meetings, emails, and deadlines, creativity has nowhere to land.

Some of my best ideas arrive when I'm walking, drinking coffee, or driving. These are moments where my brain is free to connect the dots. Those pauses aren't wasted time, but they're productive creation time. By allowing space for your mind to wander, you open the door for real inspiration to appear.

Protect Your Creative Time

As business owners, we often prioritise everyone else's needs and forget to protect our own creative energy. I've learned, often the hard way, that creativity can't survive burnout.

Now, I block out regular "idea playtime" each week. No meetings, no deadlines. Just me, my notebook, and a coffee. Some days it leads to brilliant plans. Other days, it's a quiet reflection. The point isn't productivity, but permission to give yourself the time and space to think freely.

Find Inspiration in Others

Teaching and mentoring have always been huge sources of inspiration for me. Whether it's a client challenge, a student question, or a workshop moment, I often find new ideas while helping others.

Many of my courses, podcasts, and even my upcoming book were born from conversations with business owners who needed clarity or encouragement. Those moments remind me that creativity isn't just about coming up with new ideas. It's about responding to real needs with fresh thinking.

Keep Refining How You Teach

As an educator, repetition could easily dull creativity, but I use it as practice. Every time I explain a concept, I challenge myself to make it simpler, more relatable, or more engaging.

This habit not only keeps my workshops fresh but also pushes me to find new ways to connect with my audience. The process of refining how I teach is creativity in action.

Strategy Fuels Creativity

A lot of people think strategy and creativity are opposites, but I see strategy as creativity's anchor. It gives ideas structure and purpose.

When I know the "why" behind what I'm creating, inspiration becomes focused instead of scattered. Strategy keeps creativity grounded so it can grow into something meaningful and useful.

Community and Connection

Nothing fuels creativity like being around other creative people. Whether it's co-working sessions, live workshops, or casual chats in The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle, I'm constantly inspired by the ideas and energy of others.

Community keeps me accountable, sparks new perspectives, and reminds me that inspiration is contagious. The more you share it, the more it grows.

Key Takeaway Inspiration isn't luck. It's a habit, one you build through curiosity, reflection, connection, and discipline. When you give yourself permission to pause, protect your creative time, and surround yourself with people who spark ideas, staying inspired becomes second nature.

Your Next Step Set aside one hour this week for pure creative time. No agenda. No deliverables. Just space to explore, doodle, daydream, or note ideas.

Pay attention to what comes up when you stop chasing inspiration and start allowing it. The magic often appears when you finally make room for it.

Resources to Help You Spark New Ideas The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

Your go-to space for creative growth and accountability. Inside the Circle, you'll find templates, strategy sessions, live workshops, and a supportive community to help you plan, create, and keep your ideas in motion.

The Marketing Tree (Coming Soon)

I'm currently working on my new book about rethinking marketing as a growing ecosystem rather than a rigid funnel. It's all about shifting perspective, nurturing sustainable growth, and creating marketing strategies that truly connect.

While it's on its way, you can start exploring the concept right now with the Progress Colouring Tracking Tree, a creative, visual tool to help you track progress, celebrate milestones, and see your growth take shape one branch at a time.

Get It Done Together

Join my monthly co-working and accountability sessions, designed for business owners who want to focus, finish projects, and stay connected. It's the perfect environment for creative momentum and meaningful progress.

Join the Business Business Business Community

Connect with a vibrant network of business owners sharing ideas, experiences, and solutions. It's a great place to stay inspired and collaborate with like-minded thinkers.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you'd love to rediscover your creative energy or need support building systems that make space for inspiration, book a discovery call with me. Together, we'll design a rhythm that fuels both creativity and results.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with another creator or educator who's feeling stuck and could use a spark of inspiration.

And remember, inspiration isn't something you wait for. It's something you create. When you give it time, space, and curiosity, it always shows up right when you need it most.

Highlights * 00:00 Staying Inspired as a Content Creator * 01:12 The Role of Curiosity in Creativity * 02:00 Creating Space for Ideas to Breathe * 02:48 The Importance of Taking Breaks * 04:29 Finding Inspiration in Teaching and Clients * 07:07 The Power of Strategy in Creativity * 08:16 Community and Collaboration * 09:04 Treating Inspiration as a Practice

Resources Mentioned in the Episode * Canva * ChatGPT * Gemini

View Details

When we think of innovators, we often picture the big names: the ones who build rockets, create tech empires, or disrupt entire industries. But innovation isn't limited to billion-dollar ideas or global platforms.

True innovation happens in the everyday. When you see things differently, experiment with new approaches, and turn challenges into opportunities. It's about bringing fresh thinking into familiar spaces and consistently showing up with ideas that move things forward.

The good news? You don't have to be loud or flashy to be seen as an innovator. You just have to be intentional, curious, and open to changes that spark innovation.

Steps to Be Seen as an Innovator Step 1: Question the Rules

Every industry has its "shoulds," the unspoken ways things are supposed to be done. Innovators don't necessarily reject them, but they do question them.

Ask why. Why does it have to be this way? What would happen if I flipped the approach? Is this still the best way to serve my audience?

That curiosity is what leads to new ideas and breakthroughs. In my own work, questioning the language around marketing, like shifting from "funnels" to "trees" turned something mechanical into something people could relate to and engage with. Sometimes you don't need to reinvent the wheel, you just need to rename it so people actually want to use it.

Step 2: Share Your Thinking as It Evolves

You don't need to have all the answers before you start sharing your ideas. Innovators invite people into the process. They talk about what they're testing, what's working, and what they're learning along the way.

When you're open about your journey, people start to see you as someone who's thinking ahead, not because you're perfect, but because you're curious and transparent. That honesty builds trust and positions you as a leader others want to follow.

If you've tried something new lately, even if it didn't quite work, talk about it. Share what you discovered. Innovation thrives on experimentation, not perfection.

Step 3: Stay Consistent

Innovation isn't a single moment, but a rhythm. The people we recognise as thought leaders aren't necessarily the ones with the biggest ideas, they're the ones who consistently show up to share them.

Each post, podcast, article, or workshop you create is a seed that grows your authority over time. When you regularly share your reflections, insights, and experiments, people start to associate your name with fresh thinking and progress.

Think of innovation as planting an orchard, not a single tree. It's steady growth over time that strengthens your presence and influence.

Step 4: Keep Learning

Innovators are learners first. They stay curious, explore new ideas, and surround themselves with people who challenge how they think. They read widely, try new tools, and stay open to perspectives that stretch their comfort zone.

The more you expand your knowledge base, the easier it becomes to connect dots others can't see, and that's exactly where innovative ideas are born.

Key Takeaway Being seen as an innovator isn't about being first, the loudest, or the most polished. It's about being brave enough to question, test, and share. When you consistently show up with curiosity and creativity, people start to see you as a forward-thinker. And before long, you'll be the one they turn to for new ideas.

Your Next Step Look at one area of your business where you've been playing it safe and ask:

What would innovation look like here?
How could I reframe this process, product, or message in a way that feels fresh?
What's one small experiment I can run and share the results from?

You don't have to overhaul everything. Just start with one change, one idea, or one new perspective. That's where innovation begins.

Resources to Help You Lead with Fresh Ideas The Marketing Tree (Coming Soon)

The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle

Inside the Circle, you'll find templates, strategy sessions, and a supportive community built for innovators who want to stay ahead. Learn how to experiment with ideas, test campaigns, and bring your creative thinking to life with practical support and feedback.

Get It Done Together

Join my monthly co-working and accountability sessions, a welcoming space to brainstorm, take action, and bring your ideas to life. These sessions help you move from planning to implementing, surrounded by other forward-thinking business owners.

Join the Business Business Business Community

Be part of a thriving community of business owners sharing experiences, strategies, and ideas. It's where collaboration happens, and where innovation often begins.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call

If you're ready to refine your positioning and start being seen as an innovator in your field, book a discovery call with me. Together, we'll uncover what makes your perspective unique and turn that into strategies that get you noticed.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with another business owner who's ready to step into their own innovation journey. And if you put one of these ideas into practice, reach out on social media, I'd love to hear how it goes.

Innovation doesn't have to mean big or bold. It simply means brave. When you show up with curiosity and fresh ideas, you're already leading the way.

Highlights * 00:00 What We Think Innovation Is * 00:56 Personal Journey and Marketing Tree Concept * 02:10 Questioning Industry Norms * 03:14 Sharing the Innovation Process * 04:36 Consistency in Innovation * 05:05 Lifelong Learning and Innovation * 05:46 Case Study: Standing Out in the Industry * 06:34 Embracing the Innovator Mindset * 06:51 Your Action Step

View Details

When most people hear the word creative, they picture designers, artists, or the ones with colour palettes, clever fonts, and mood boards. But creativity in business goes far beyond visuals.

It's about how we approach challenges, how we spot opportunities, and how we keep our business evolving. Creativity is a skill every business owner can build. And when you strengthen it, you unlock new ways to solve problems, connect with customers, and stay ahead of change.

In this episode, we'll explore how creative thinking shows up in everyday business and how you can start flexing your own creative muscle.

How to Tap into Creativity in Business Creativity Is About What's Possible, Not Pretty

Creativity isn't just about design; it's about discovery. It's what happens when you look at a challenge and find a new way through it. Every time you reimagine a service, streamline a process, or turn feedback into innovation, that's creativity in action.

Think of it as problem-solving with imagination. It's connecting dots that others might not see. And that ability to think differently is one of the biggest assets you can bring to your business. Especially in the age of AI, your creativity is what sets you apart.

Ask Better Questions

The most creative breakthroughs often begin with simple, curious questions:

What if we tried it another way?
How could we make this easier?
What would delight our customers?

These are practical prompts that open new pathways. One of my clients, for instance, replaced a standard re-engagement campaign with a "thank-you month," surprising loyal clients with bonuses and shoutouts. Retention doubled, not because of a fancy marketing trick, but because of a creative shift in thinking.

Create the Right Environment for Ideas

Creativity doesn't thrive under pressure. Giving yourself and your team space to pause, reflect, and play with ideas can be the spark that leads to your next breakthrough.

Go for a walk, change your environment, and surround yourself with people who think differently from you. When everyone in the room agrees, creativity has usually left the building. Make room for conversation, curiosity, and even a bit of challenge. That's where the best ideas emerge.

From Ideas to Action

Creative thinking is only powerful when it's acted upon. Once you've gathered ideas, start small. Choose one area of your business and brainstorm a few creative tweaks. Then, test them.

Creativity isn't about getting it perfect on the first go. It's about being brave enough to experiment, to see what works, and to learn from what doesn't.

Key Takeaway Creativity isn't a gift reserved for a select few, it's a habit anyone can practice. When you give yourself permission to think differently, question assumptions, and test new ideas, creativity becomes one of your most practical business tools.

Action Steps to Take Pick one challenge in your business this week and ask yourself:

What's another way I could approach this?
Who outside my industry is solving a similar problem differently?
What would this look like if it were simple?

Choose one idea that feels promising, put it into action, and observe the results. Every creative step builds your confidence, and over time, creative thinking becomes second nature.

Resources to Bring Creative Thinking to Life The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle Join a community of business owners who are learning to plan, market, and innovate with confidence. You'll find resources, live sessions, and templates to help you turn fresh ideas into meaningful strategies with the support to keep going when things get busy.

Get It Done Together Join my monthly co-working and accountability sessions, a welcoming space to focus, take action, and make real progress alongside other business owners.

Join the Business Business Business Community

Be part of a thriving community of entrepreneurs sharing insights, experiences, and support.

Book a 1:1 Discovery Call If you're ready to bring more creativity and clarity into your business strategy, let's chat. Together, we'll identify fresh ideas, find practical next steps, and create a plan that plays to your strengths.

Enjoyed this episode? Share it with another business owner who could use a spark of creativity. And if you put any of these ideas into practice, reach out on social media, I'd love to hear what worked for you.

Creativity isn't about art supplies or design flair. It's about curiosity, courage, and the willingness to explore new possibilities. You already have it and now it's time to use it.

Highlights * 00:00 Introduction to Creativity in Business * 00:57 Debunking Myths About Creativity * 01:45 Practical Applications of Creative Thinking * 02:41 Creating a Creative Environment * 03:46 Executing Creative Ideas * 04:45 Encouragement to Practice Creativity * 05:35 Action Steps to Take

View Details

Have you ever had one of those lightbulb moments sparked by something completely unrelated to your field? Maybe a café's reward system gave you an idea for keeping clients engaged, or a podcast on a totally different topic triggered a clever improvement in your business. That's the beauty of creative cross-pollination, the practice of taking inspiration from other industries and adapting it to your own. It's one of my favourite strategies because it keeps ideas fresh, opens up new ways of thinking, and proves that innovation often begins with a single curious question: What if I tried that here? Let's explore how you can take inspiration from unexpected places and turn it into practical marketing strategies that create real momentum in your business. How to Borrow Brilliance from Other Industries See Inspiration Everywhere If you want to think differently, you have to look differently. Staying in your own lane limits your perspective, while stepping outside it helps you spot the ideas hiding in plain sight. Look at how other industries approach their challenges: - Hospitality creates experiences that customers remember long after they leave. - Technology thrives on seamless, user-friendly interactions. - Retail builds lasting loyalty through storytelling and emotion. Each of these approaches offers something worth adapting. Once you start observing how others connect, sell, and serve, you'll begin to see possibilities everywhere. Borrow, Don't Clone Cross-pollination isn't about copying what others do. It's about translating the concept to suit your audience and brand. Take fitness apps, for instance. Their progress streaks and milestone badges keep users motivated. You can apply the same idea in your business by creating visual progress tools, such as Progress Tracking Trees, which help your clients see and celebrate their wins. Or consider how subscription boxes create excitement with unexpected bonuses. That same sense of anticipation could enhance your memberships or programs through quarterly surprises or themed updates. The goal isn't to mimic the surface-level tactic; it's to understand the psychology behind why it works and make it your own. A Lesson from the Loyalty Card A business owner I once worked with was struggling to maintain consistent workshop attendance. Together, we borrowed an idea straight from the café world: the loyalty card. Participants earned a "stamp" for each session they attended, with a bonus session after a certain number were completed. Attendance rose significantly because the approach felt fun, familiar, and rewarding. It worked because it played to a universal principle: people love progress and recognition. Build Your Ideas Garden Great ideas show up when you're open to noticing them. Create your own Ideas Garden, a collection of concepts, visuals, and marketing tactics that catch your attention. Jot them down in a notebook, on an app, or on a whiteboard. Then, when you're planning new campaigns, revisit your garden and ask: - What emotion does this idea tap into? - What problem does it solve cleverly? - How might I adapt it for my audience? Over time, you'll grow a living library of inspiration that's uniquely yours and ready to feed your creativity when you need it most. Key Takeaway Creativity isn't about reinventing everything from scratch. It's about paying attention, analysing what works, and reimagining it in your own world. The smartest ideas often come from outside your industry, if you stay curious enough to notice them. Action Steps to Take This week, pick a business in a completely different industry and study it with fresh eyes. - How do they create loyalty or engagement? - What emotions are they sparking? - Which of their approaches could you adapt to your own work? Experiment, refine, and see what resonates. When you borrow brilliance thoughtfully, innovation becomes second nature. Your Creative Cross Pollination Toolkit Progress Tracking Trees help you measure achievements, stay motivated, and see how far you've come, whether you're tracking goals, clients, or marketing milestones. https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/courses/progress-colouring-tracking-trees-tracking-growth-in-business Your all-in-one space for guided marketing strategy, content creation resources, and creative accountability. https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle Join my monthly co-working and accountability sessions designed to help you beat the loneliness of business and actually get things done. https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/ Inside Business Business Business, you'll find thousands of fellow entrepreneurs sharing advice, resources, and inspiration to help you grow your business with confidence. https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/ Want to explore how cross pollination could work in your business? Let's chat. We'll uncover opportunities, brainstorm strategies, and map out how to bring a fresh, creative edge to your marketing. https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/ Enjoyed this episode? Share it with another business owner who's craving fresh marketing inspiration. And if you borrow an idea or implement one of these strategies, reach out on social media, I'd genuinely love to hear how it goes. The most powerful ideas often come from the work you're already doing and the world you're already observing. You have so much brilliance to share, so get out there, get curious, and start cross-pollinating. Highlights 00:00 Introduction to Creative Cross Pollination 01:00 Finding Inspiration Outside Your Industry 02:12 Examples of Cross Pollination in Action 03:07 Real-World Success Stories 04:00 Implementing Cross Pollination in Your Business 05:38 Action Step to Take

View Details

If I had 5 cents for every time someone asked me how I come up with content ideas, I'd have an income stream all of its own. The truth is, the most powerful content isn't created by sitting at your desk trying to produce something perfect. It comes from being curious about what's already happening in your business and in your customers' lives each day.In this episode, I'm sharing five reliable sources for content ideas that you already have access to, along with the framework I use to ensure every piece of content actually works for your business. Because here's the thing: you don't need to entertain the entire internet. You just need to genuinely help the people who need what you offer.What You'll Learn in This EpisodeThe Five Reliable Sources for Content IdeasDiscover where to find endless content inspiration hiding in plain sight within your daily business operations, from customer questions to industry myths that drive you crazy.The Framework That Makes Content Actually WorkLearn the three essential tests I run every piece of content through: the clear purpose test, the value test, and the next step test. These ensure your content connects with the right people at the right time.Why You Don't Need to Be CreativeThe most effective content isn't created by content geniuses. It's made by business owners who genuinely understand their customers and aren't afraid to be helpful.Three Simple Content Formats Anyone Can Use Problem-solution, myth-busting, and behind-the-scenes formats that position you as the expert whilst building trust through transparency.How to Align Content With Your Business Rhythm Understanding seasonal patterns and natural rhythms helps you speak to people exactly when they're listening and need your help most.Key TakeawayYour content ideas are already sitting inside your head. They're in your daily conversations and your everyday expertise. You just need to start noticing them and sharing them. Quality always beats quantity when it comes to business content that generates results, and consistency beats overload time and time again.Action StepsStart a note on your phone right now. For the next seven days, write down every question a customer asks, every misconception you correct, and every problem you solve. You'll have at least 10 solid content ideas by week's end.Choose your most comfortable format. Natural writer? Start with problem-solution posts. Prefer speaking? Record voice memos. Visual person? Photograph your process with explanatory text.Commit to consistency over perfection. One helpful post a week for a year will transform your business more than posting daily and burning out after a month.The Five Content Sources From This Episode- Questions your customers keep asking- Myths in your industry that drive you crazy- Daily problem-solving magic you perform- The seasonal rhythm of your business- Behind-the-scenes glimpses of your expertiseReady to Get Support?- Join Get It Done Together, a monthly co-working and accountability session to beat the loneliness of business and actually get things done- Join the Business Business Business community (free!)- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me, and let's bring your idea to lifeEnjoyed this episode? Share it with another business owner who's struggling with content creation. And if you implement any of these strategies, reach out on social media. I'd genuinely love to know how it goes.Remember, the most powerful content comes from the work you're already doing and the conversations you're already having. You have so much more to share than you realise. Just get out there and share it.Highlights00:00 Common Content Challenges01:32 Source 1: Customer Questions02:24 Source 2: Industry Myths03:13 Source 3: Daily Problem Solving03:58 Source 4: Business Rhythms04:29 Source 5: Behind the Scenes05:34 Framework for Effective Content07:09 Addressing Common Concerns07:51 Simple Content Formats09:01 Action Plan for Content Creation10:29 Final Thoughts

View Details

We've all had them, those brilliant flashes of inspiration that feel like they could change everything. But here's what I've learnt after working with hundreds of business owners: having a good idea is only about 5% of the journey. The real magic happens in what we do next.In this episode, I'm walking you through exactly how to take that spark of inspiration and turn it into something real, something that creates impact for your customers and revenue for your business. Because the biggest risk isn't that your idea won't work, it's that it would have worked brilliantly, but you never gave it a chance.What You'll Learn in This EpisodeHow to Capture and Clarify Your Ideas I share my process for capturing ideas before they slip away, including how I utilise AI and voice memos to ensure no brilliant thought joins the graveyard of good intentions.The Validation Process That Actually Works Forget elaborate market research. I'll show you how having conversations with just five potential customers can tell you everything you need to know about whether your idea has legs.Why Starting Small Is Your Secret Weapon Learn why trying to build the entire cathedral instead of starting with a single brick is where most business owners go wrong, and how my client tested Finance Fridays for under $100 (AUD).How to Scale With Purpose From workshops to preventive maintenance services, I share real examples of business owners who grew their ideas from one or two people into thriving revenue streams, and the exact steps they took to achieve this success.Addressing the Fear That Kills Good Ideas What if it's not good enough? What if I fail? Let's tackle these head-on and reframe what failure actually means when you're testing at a small scale.Key TakeawayYour idea probably isn't as original as you think, and that's actually brilliant news. Your job isn't to invent something completely new. It's to do it better, differently, or more specifically for the customers you serve. Great businesses aren't built on perfect ideas. They're built on good ideas that someone actually put into action.Action StepTake that idea that's been nagging at you and don't let it join the graveyard of good intentions. Write it down, clarify what problem it solves, ring three potential customers this week and have a conversation about it. Then take the smallest step possible to test whether it has merit.Real-World Examples From This Episode- The accountant who created Finance Fridays to teach financial literacy- The plumber offering emergency preparation visits- The boutique owner doing wardrobe audits- The gardener running garden education sessionsEach of these started small, validated the idea, and grew with purpose. None of them changed the world, but they all made their businesses more valuable to their customers.Ready to Get Support?- Join Get It Done Together, a monthly co-working and accountability session to beat the loneliness of business and actually get things done- Join the Business Business Business community (free!)- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me, and let's bring your idea to lifeEnjoyed this episode? I'd love to hear about the ideas you're working on. Share this episode with another business owner who has a brilliant idea sitting in their 'someday' folder.Your customers are waiting for solutions that you might have already thought of. The question isn't whether you're capable of having good ideas because you are. The question is, what will you do with the next one?Highlights00:00 The Spark of Inspiration01:02 Client Success Story: Finance Fridays01:58 From Idea to Action: Steps to Success06:19 Overcoming Fear and Embracing Failure07:46 Real-World Examples of Successful Ideas09:42 Turning Ideas into Impact

View Details

Business doesn’t come with a rulebook, but oh, how I wish it did sometimes. In this episode, I’m opening up and sharing four lessons I really wish I’d learned earlier in my business journey. These aren’t the glossy textbook tips. These are the kind that come with late nights, tough calls, and a lot of hindsight.If you’ve ever stretched yourself too thin, waited too long to launch, or been surprised by a cashflow crunch, then this episode is going to feel like a warm (and slightly cheeky) hug from someone who’s been there. Let’s talk about the boundaries, decisions, and mindset shifts that can save you time, stress, and money.What You’ll Learn in This EpisodeWhy Boundaries Are Essential, Not OptionalI talk about the difference between being responsive and being constantly available, and why the latter leads to burnout, not brilliance.The Power of Not Doing It All YourselfFrom systems to outsourcing, you’ll hear how letting go of certain tasks gave me back the energy to grow my business.Why Done Is Better Than PerfectPerfectionism is often procrastination in disguise. I share the shift that helped me launch faster, learn quicker, and show up more consistently.How Cashflow Keeps Your Business BreathingSales are great, but without steady, sustainable cashflow, your business will always feel like a rollercoaster.Key TakeawayBusiness is always a learning curve, but you don’t have to gather every bruise along the way. The earlier you embrace these lessons, the sooner you can build a business that actually supports you.Action StepPick one lesson from this episode, boundaries, delegation, launching, or cashflow, and commit to taking action on it this week. One small shift can create big momentum.Ready to Get Support?-Join the Business Business Business community (free!)- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me, and let’s bring your course idea to lifeEnjoyed this episode? I’d love to know which lesson resonated most with you. Come find me on socials and share the one you’re putting into action this week.Highlights00:00 Introduction: Business Lessons Unveiled00:54 Lesson 1: The Power of Boundaries02:13 Lesson 2: The Importance of Delegation03:10 Lesson 3: Overcoming Perfectionism03:58 Lesson 4: Mastering cashflow04:56 Conclusion: Embrace and Implement

View Details

If you’re someone with more ideas than hours in the day, who doesn’t quite fit into one tidy box, then you’ll feel right at home in this episode. I’m pulling back the curtain on what it’s really like to be a multi-passionate entrepreneur, why it’s both a blessing and a challenge, and how I’ve learned to manage the mess and magic of it all.From juggling multiple roles to handling the flood of ideas and expectations, this one’s for the business owner who knows they’re not wired to pick just one thing. If that’s you, let’s talk strategy, mindset, and how to stay grounded while chasing your passions.What You’ll Learn in This EpisodeYou Don’t Have to Fit in a BoxTrying to define yourself with just one label can feel limiting. I’ll share how I found my voice by embracing the full mix of what I do, and how you can too.You’ll Always Have More Ideas Than You Can ActionIt’s not about stopping the ideas. It’s about building a system to sort and prioritise them. I explain how I manage my own ‘idea garden’ so I stay creative without becoming overwhelmed.Why ‘Just Pick One Thing’ Doesn’t Work for EveryoneYou can absolutely follow multiple passions, but you need a smart, structured approach so you don’t burn out.Feeling Lonely is Part of the Journey, But It Doesn’t Have to BeBeing multi-passionate can feel isolating in a world that rewards linear paths. I share how finding the right communities helped me feel seen and supported.Your Variety is Your SuperpowerThe mix of skills, experiences and perspectives you bring is what makes your business different, and that’s a good thing. Learn how to use that variety to stand out and serve your people.Key TakeawayYou don’t need to do business the way everyone else does. Being multi-passionate is your edge, so own it, structure it, and build in a way that works for you.Action StepWrite down all the ideas on your mind this week, just brain-dump them. Then sort them into two groups: ‘Now’ and ‘Later’. This is a simple step that can bring instant clarity and calm to your week.Ready to Get Support?If this episode spoke to your entrepreneurial heart, here’s how I can support you:- Join the Business Business Business community (free!)- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me, and let’s bring your course idea to lifeEnjoyed this episode? I’d love to hear how you’re embracing your multi-passionate journey. Come share your story or biggest aha, let’s celebrate your many passions together.Highlights00:00 Introduction to Multi-Passionate Entrepreneurship01:01 Embracing Your Unique Path02:06 Managing Overflowing Ideas03:34 Strategic Focus for Multiple Passions04:29 Finding Your Community05:48 Harnessing Your Superpower06:26 Reflection and ConclusionResources Mentioned in the PodcastClickUp https://snip.ly/clickup

View Details

There’s a big difference between creating content that ticks a box and creating content that feels like you. The kind of content that sparks connection, gets your audience nodding along, and positions you as the person they want to work with.In this episode of Talk, I’m diving into what it really takes to create content that reflects who you are, content that connects, converts, and feels good to post. You don’t have to follow every trending reel or tip list to succeed. You just have to show up as you.If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by “shoulds” in content creation, this one’s for you.What You’ll Learn in This EpisodeWhy Creating Authentic Content MattersWe explore why content that doesn’t feel like you chips away at your confidence and connection, and how to shift back to a strategy that reflects your values and voice.How to Anchor Your MessageYour message is the foundation of every piece of content. I share how to anchor your content with what you stand for, what you stand against, and the feeling you want your audience to walk away with.Using Prompts That Spark Real EngagementDitch the generic content. I share my favourite content cue prompts from my Marketing Deck, like “I remember the moment when…” and “Here’s what I wish someone told me when…” to help you create posts with personality.Create in Flow, Not in ForceWe talk about the importance of creating content when you’re energised, in flow, and inspired, and how to use music, blocks of time, or batching to make it happen more often.Keep the Human in Your ContentLet’s stop editing out the very things that make us relatable. You’ll hear why it’s okay to share behind-the-scenes moments, a messy desk, or a real-life story. That’s the stuff that makes people connect.Start With What You HaveTech should never be a barrier. Whether it’s Canva, your smartphone, or a simple free tool, what matters most is starting with what you’ve got and growing as you go.Key TakeawayYour best content is the kind that sounds like you. When you show up with honesty, relatability, and heart, your audience connects, and your content strategy becomes a whole lot more sustainable.Action StepChoose one post this week that feels like you. Use a prompt from this episode, skip the polish, and share a story, lesson, or moment that brings your audience closer to you.Ready to Get Support?If you’re nodding along thinking, “This is the content strategy I’ve been missing,” here’s where to start:- Join the Business Business Business community (free!)- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me, and let’s bring your system and content ideas to lifeEnjoyed this episode? Let me know what kind of story or message you’re planning to share next. I’d love to hear how you’re leaning into your own voice and content that feels good to create.Highlights00:00 Creating Authentic Content00:43 The Pitfalls of Following Trends01:16 The Importance of Resonating with Your Audience02:32 Tips for Engaging Content Creation03:03 Anchoring Your Message03:35 Using Sparks to Ignite Engagement04:25 Creating Content in the Flow05:03 Embracing Humanity in Your Content05:48 Starting from Where You Are06:27 Honesty and Connection with Your Audience07:04 Support and CommunityResources Mentioned in the PodcastMarketing Decks https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-deck-bundle/ Canva http://snip.ly/canva30pro

View Details

Time blocking often sounds rigid, but it doesn’t have to be. In this episode of Talk, I’m walking you through how I use time blocking in a flexible, realistic way that supports both my energy levels and my life as a business owner, mum, and educator.If the traditional “hour by hour” model doesn’t work for you, this episode will show you how to shift to chunking, batching, and building a calendar that works with your life, not against it.What You’ll Learn in This EpisodeWhy Traditional Time Blocking Doesn’t Always FitWe’re not working 9–5 with zero interruptions, and that’s okay. I share why strict time blocks can create stress instead of flow, and how to work around that.How I Plan at a Year, Month, and Week LevelI start big and zoom in: annual plans lead to quarterly priorities, which shape monthly focuses and weekly actions.How I Structure My Work WeekFrom client reviews and coaching to content creation and training days, I walk through how I assign purpose to each day (without boxing myself in).The Power of Energy-Aware SchedulingUsing tools like the Rise app, I track my energy peaks so I can coach, create, and plan when I’m at my best, not just when the calendar says so.Why Batching Works Better Than MultitaskingBy batching things like client work, content reviews, and launches, I stay focused and make better use of my time, while leaving space for rest and flexibility.Key TakeawayTime blocking should support your workflow, not restrict it. When you plan around your energy, responsibilities, and creative flow, you set yourself up for consistency and less burnout.Action StepLook at your week ahead and assign one key focus to each day. It doesn’t need to be rigid. Think in chunks, align with your energy, and give yourself space to create what matters.Ready to Get Support?If you want to learn more about how I batch, block, and build structure that actually works for business life, here’s how I can help:- Join the Business Business Business community (free!)- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me, and let’s bring your system and content ideas to lifeEnjoyed this episode? I’d love to know, how are you planning to use time blocking or batching this week?Highlights00:00 Introduction to Time Blocking00:56 Yearly and Monthly Planning01:33 Weekly Scheduling and Daily Themes02:40 Optimising Personal Productivity03:19 Monthly Content and Client Work04:31 Flexible Time Blocking Strategies05:05 Conclusion and Further ResourcesResources Mentioned in the PodcastTime Blocking Planning Sheets https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/time-blocking-planning-sheets/ Rise app https://www.risescience.com/

View Details

Showing up on camera isn’t always everyone’s thing. Some days, the lighting isn’t right, the hair won’t cooperate, or you’re just not in the mood to be “on.” And that’s completely okay.In this episode of Talk, I’m diving into the world of faceless content. Clever, creative ways to show up for your audience without having to be front and centre on camera. Whether you’re easing into content creation or just need a break from being camera-ready, faceless content can still build trust, tell your story, and create a real connection.You’ll hear how to make this kind of content feel intentional, human, and on-brand. I’ll walk you through practical content ideas that keep your visibility strong, from B-roll videos with voiceovers to engaging carousels, quote graphics, and behind-the-scenes glimpses.What You’ll Learn in This EpisodeThe Value of Faceless ContentWhy faceless content still creates impact and connection, and how it fits into your broader strategyIdeas You Can Start Using TodaySimple and effective faceless content types like B-roll with voiceover, carousel posts, quote graphics, and behind-the-scenes momentsMaking It Feel HumanTips for keeping faceless content intentional, personal, and engaging without feeling like you're hidingTools to Make It EasierWhy tools like Canva and Descript are brilliant for producing high-impact faceless content on the goKey TakeawayYou don’t always need to be on camera to show up. Faceless content can still be rich with personality, meaning, and connection.Action StepPick one faceless content idea from this episode and post it. Tag me so I can cheer you on!Ready to Get Support?- Join the Business Business Business community (free!)- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to lifeEnjoyed this episode? Let me know which faceless content idea you're excited to try first. I’d love to see how you’re showing up and making an impact even without being on camera.Highlights00:00 Introduction to Faceless Content01:09 The Value of Faceless Content01:57 Effective Faceless Content Ideas03:24 Creating Engaging Faceless Content05:48 Final Thoughts and EncouragementResources Mentioned in the Podcast- Canva http://snip.ly/canva30pro - Descript https://snip.ly/descript

View Details

In a world where people buy from people, showing up as the face of your business is one of your greatest marketing assets.In this episode of Talk, I’m diving into the power of personal branding and why it’s time to stop hiding behind a logo. Whether you’re a coach, consultant or creative, your face, your story and your energy are key to building trust and connection with your audience.If you’ve been waiting for a sign to step out from behind the scenes and into the spotlight, this is it.What You’ll Learn in This EpisodeWhy Being the Face of Your Brand MattersIn today’s marketing landscape, people connect with people. Your audience is looking for realness, not polish, and your face creates trust in a way logos simply can’t.How to Build Connection Through VisibilityWhen you show up with your voice, your quirks, and your presence, you invite people to know, like and trust you instantly. That emotional connection is what builds loyalty.The Role of Storytelling in Your Personal BrandYour story isn’t just marketing, but a bridge. Sharing your journey helps your audience relate, engage, and take the next step with you.Tips to Get Comfortable Being SeenYou don’t have to be perfect. Start small. Post a photo, record a quick video, speak at an event. Your imperfect presence beats a perfectly hidden brand every time.Key TakeawayBeing the face of your brand is not about perfection. It’s all about connection. Your audience wants to meet the real you, and that starts with showing up.Action StepPick one way to show your face this week: share a selfie with a caption about your story, record a short video tip, or comment on someone’s post using your photo. You never know who’s waiting to connect with you.Ready to Get Support?If this episode sparked something in you, here’s how we can take it further:- Join the Business Business Business community (free!)- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to lifeEnjoyed this episode? Let me know how you're planning to show up as the face of your brand. I’d love to hear what step you’re taking next to bring your personality, story, and presence to your audience.Highlights00:00 The Power of Personal Branding00:43 The Shift to Personal Connections01:42 The Value of Being the Face of Your Brand03:06 Building Trust and Credibility03:57 Emotional Connections in Marketing04:58 Embracing Your Unique Traits05:32 Storytelling as a Superpower06:26 Taking Action: Be the Face of Your Brand

View Details

Understanding the various types of media is crucial for establishing effective public relations. In this episode of Talk, I’m sharing a snippet from My Book of PR Tips to help you better navigate traditional, owned, and earned media, and how each one can support your visibility and impact.If you’re wondering how to get featured, how to pitch, or even where to start with your own content, this episode will give you the clarity to build a well-rounded PR strategy.What You’ll Learn in This EpisodeWhat Counts as Traditional MediaThink newspapers, magazines, radio and television. I will walk you through how to engage with these outlets and why planning 90 to 120 days in advance is key.Why Your Own Media Matters FirstBefore pitching others, you need to build trust with your audience. Your website, blog, videos, and social platforms form the foundation that journalists will check before running a story.How to Leverage Digital and Earned MediaPodcast appearances, guest articles, and online features allow you to tap into other people’s audiences. I explain how to approach these outlets and the difference between advertising, sponsorship, and organic earned media.The Power of Human-Focused StorytellingI share an example of how we use awareness angles to earn media for a client in the mental health space, without turning it into a sales pitch.Key TakeawayMedia is more than just getting published. It’s about building trust, sharing value, and showing up consistently across the platforms you control and the ones you borrow.Action StepsAudit your current media presence:- Is your website up to date?- Are your socials showcasing your expertise?- Could a journalist or podcast host easily find you and see what you stand for?Then, choose one media opportunity, traditional, owned or earned, to focus on next.Ready to Get Support?If you're ready to make PR a part of your strategy and boost your media confidence, here’s how I can help:- Grab your copy of My Book of PR Tips. It’s packed with practical ways to put PR within your reach. https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/my-book-of-pr-tips-putting-pr-within-reach/- Join the Business Business Business community (free!) https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to life https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/Enjoyed this episode? Let me know what type of media you’re ready to explore next. I’d love to hear how you’re planning to show up and share your story.Highlights00:14 Understanding Traditional Media01:27 Leveraging Your Own Media01:55 Exploring Online Digital Presence02:34 Working with Media Outlets02:56 Earned Media and Organic PR03:43 Conclusion and Final ThoughtsResources Mentioned in the PodcastMy Book of PR Tips https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/my-book-of-pr-tips-putting-pr-within-reach/

View Details

Learning a new skill or tool for your business can be exciting, but it can also feel overwhelming when things don’t click straight away. In this Talk episode, I share the secret that most people overlook when it comes to learning: success isn’t in the course, it’s in the implementation.If you’ve ever felt stuck after starting something new, this episode will help you shift gears and start making real progress with purpose and clarity.What You’ll Learn in This EpisodeWhy Learning Alone Isn’t EnoughTaking the course is just the beginning. The real transformation happens when you follow through on the process, step by step.The Power of Picking One ProcessI explain why choosing one method and committing to it, rather than trying to learn everything at once, sets you up for actual success.Batching and Repetition for Better ResultsYou’ll hear how batching and repetition, just like back in school, help cement new skills faster and with less stress.Visual Progress with a Progress TreeMotivation builds when you can see what you’ve achieved. I explain how to use a Progress Tree to track your learning journey, celebrate the little wins and keep your energy up.Key TakeawayLearning is only powerful when you take action. Pick one thing, follow a clear process, and give yourself time to implement. That’s where the real results begin.Action StepChoose one skill or process you want to master.- Break it down into small steps- Follow one method all the way through- Use the Progress Tree to track your wins and stay motivatedFocus on progress over perfection, and watch your momentum build.Ready to Get Support?If you're ready to take action and learn with clarity and confidence, here’s how I can support you:- Join the Business Business Business community (free!) https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to life https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/Loved this episode? Share your favourite takeaway or tag me with your Progress Tree, I’d love to see how you're growing!Highlights00:00 The Struggle with Learning New Skills00:17 The Importance of Following a Process01:06 Commitment to the Process01:21 Batching and Repetition for Skill Mastery01:50 Finding and Following Expert Processes02:19 Avoiding Multitasking and Celebrating Progress02:34 Using a Progress Tree for Motivation02:44 Visualising Progress in Video Editing03:41 Expanding Progress Tracking to Other Content04:12 Celebrating Mini WinsResources Mentioned in the PodcastAI, Async & Automation Hub https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/courses/aaahub Progress Tracking Tree: Track Your Goals and Celebrate Your Journey https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/courses/progress-colouring-tracking-trees-tracking-growth-in-business

View Details

Social media is a fantastic tool for marketing, but it is not the only one, and it certainly should not be your entire strategy. In this Talk episode, I bust the myth that marketing only happens on social platforms. I’ll show you how to expand your approach and tap into powerful strategies that work with or without the socials.Whether you're building an audience or growing a business with more consistency, these methods will help you reach more people, nurture real relationships, and grow with confidence.What You’ll Learn in This EpisodeWhy Social Media Isn’t EnoughSocial media gives you visibility, but you don’t own the platform. I’ll explain why you need to build assets like your website and email list to support long-term business growth.Smart Marketing Channels to ExploreWe’ll talk through practical, non-social options, including:- Email marketing (including nurture sequences and abandoned cart flows)- Newsletters and platforms like MailerLite, Substack and LinkedIn- Guest appearances on podcasts, summits or blog posts- Digital billboards, radio and even old-school direct mailHow to Borrow Other People’s AudiencesSharing your expertise on other platforms is a great way to build trust and visibility. I’ll share how this works and how to find opportunities that fit your business.Why Multi-Channel MattersUsing more than one channel helps you build authority, stay visible and create stronger connections with your ideal clients, without relying on the algorithm.Key TakeawayMarketing is more than posts and reels. When you diversify your strategy, you create more control, more reach and more opportunity for your business to grow on your terms.Action StepChoose one marketing strategy mentioned in this episode, email sequences, guest podcasts, direct mail or newsletters, and make a plan to try it this month. Build it alongside your social media, not instead of it, and watch your reach expand.Ready to Get Support?If you’re ready to create a marketing strategy that goes beyond social media, here’s where to start:- Join the Business Business Business community (free!) https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to life https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/Loved this episode? Share your biggest takeaway or tag me with the strategy you’re going to try first. Let’s grow your business with clarity and confidence.Highlights00:00 Marketing Myth Busting00:58 The Power of Email Marketing02:16 Exploring Traditional Marketing Channels02:50 Leveraging Other People's Audiences03:27 Conclusion and Final ThoughtsResources Mentioned in the PodcastMailerLite https://snip.ly/mailerliteeg

View Details

Sustainable marketing is your business’s true growth strategy. In this Talk episode, I share the Marketing Tree concept I use to help business owners create long-term impact. You’ll discover how strong roots, a steady trunk, and intentional branches lead to fruit you can count on, without burning out or chasing every shiny object.This one’s for you if you’re ready to slow down, build with purpose, and finally feel confident that your marketing is working with you, not against you.What You'll Learn in This EpisodeThe Marketing Tree FrameworkMarketing is like a tree. It grows with time, care and the right conditions. In this episode, I break it down into four key parts:- Roots (your brand values, voice and message)- Trunk (your core marketing strategies)- Branches (your content channels)- Leaves and fruit (your results)Each part plays a vital role in building marketing that’s intentional, effective and built to last.Why Foundations Matter More Than TrendsYou’ll hear why chasing the next viral moment won’t serve your business long term, and why a deep, clear foundation creates resilience. When your roots are strong, one slow month or a social media change won’t knock your entire strategy down.Your Simple Marketing Tree Action PlanWe’ll walk through how to:- Define your brand roots- Focus on 2–3 consistent core strategies- Grow intentional branches to reach the right audience- Nourish your tree regularly through content and engagement- Celebrate every leaf and fruit along the wayYou’ll also hear practical examples and prompts to help you reflect, adjust and grow at your own pace.Key TakeawayMarketing is not about rushing. It’s about nurturing. A tree doesn’t grow overnight, and neither does a strong, sustainable marketing strategy. With the right focus and systems, your marketing can grow into something that consistently supports and fuels your business.Action StepTake time to assess your marketing tree:- What are your current roots?- Is your trunk stable and consistent?- Which branches are serving you well, and which need pruning?- How are you nourishing your tree, and are you celebrating the results?Choose one area to improve or strengthen this week.Ready to Get Support?If you’re ready to plant, grow and harvest your own marketing tree, here’s where to start:- Join the Business Business Business community (free!) https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/- Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstorming https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle- Or book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to life https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/Loved this episode? Share your biggest takeaway, or tag me when you plant your first marketing tree. Let’s grow your impact, together.Highlights00:00 Introduction to Marketing Trees01:10 The Roots: Building a Strong Foundation02:17 The Trunk: Core Marketing Strategies03:03 The Branches: Expanding Your Reach04:08 The Leaves and Fruits: Measuring Success04:54 Why a Marketing Tree?06:52 Action Plan: Growing Your Marketing Tree09:33 Conclusion and InvitationResources Mentioned in the PodcastProgress Tracking Tree: Track Your Goals and Celebrate Your Journey https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/courses/progress-colouring-tracking-trees-tracking-growth-in-business

View Details

In today’s crowded marketplace, standing out isn’t optional, but essential. That’s where your Unique Value Proposition (UVP) comes in. In this Talk episode, I walk you through what a UVP actually is, how to start creating your own, and how to weave it into everything you do.Whether you’re a new business owner or refreshing your brand message, this episode will help you get clear on what makes you unique and how to communicate it confidently.What You'll Learn in This EpisodeWhat Is a Unique Value Proposition?Your UVP is the clear statement that tells the world:What you doWho you serveHow you do it differentlyIt’s your answer to “Why should I buy from you?”, and it sets the tone for everything from your bio to your brand kit.Where Your UVP Comes FromWe’ll explore the foundations of a strong UVP:Your brand storyThe problems you solveHow you uniquely solve themWho you actually want to serveBy reflecting on your personal journey, your business values, and your methods, you’ll start to see patterns that shape your messaging and offerings.How to Craft a Simple, Clear UVPGreat UVPs are short, sharp and meaningful. I’ll share my own as an example (“I help you create impact by teaching you what I do”) and guide you through creating a statement that feels like you, because it is you.You’ll also hear how we approach this at Enever Group, where our UVP brings together strategy and impact in a cohesive brand message.What to Do With It Once You’ve Got ItOnce you’ve crafted your UVP, the next step is communicating it, clearly and often:Add it to your websiteInclude it in your social bios, email signature and pitch decksTrain your AI tools and automation systems using your UVPUse it when introducing yourself or your offersThis statement becomes the backbone of your messaging and a powerful way to attract the right people to your brand.Key TakeawayYour Unique Value Proposition isn’t just a tagline, it’s a tool. One that keeps your message clear, focused, and aligned with your purpose. When you know what you do and why it matters, you attract the people you’re truly here to serve.Action StepTake 10–15 minutes to journal or brainstorm:Who do you serve?What problem do you solve?What makes your approach or offer different?Then, start drafting your UVP and test it out in your bio, email signature, or website intro.Ready to Get Support?If you’re nodding along thinking, “I needed this yesterday,” here’s where to start:Join the Business Business Business community (free!)Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstormingOr book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to lifeLoved this episode? Leave a review and share your biggest takeaway. It helps us reach more business owners like you and grow a community built on clarity, impact, and messaging that truly connects.Highlights00:00 Introduction to Unique Value Proposition00:30 Understanding Your UVP01:11 Crafting Your Unique Value Proposition01:42 Identifying Your Target Audience02:00 Solving Unique Problems02:39 Writing Your UVP03:43 Communicating Your UVP04:20 Conclusion and Final ThoughtsResources Mentioned in the PodcastBusiness Business Business Community https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/ The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle Impact Brainstorming Session with Linda https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/ Consult with Me https://me.zulu.video/u/lindareedenever/

View Details

Creating content takes time, effort and strategy, so why let it go to waste after one post? In this episode of Talk, I’m diving into the power of content repurposing and how it can help you reach more people, expand your impact, and make the most of what you’ve already created.If you’ve ever felt like you’re on a content treadmill, this is your permission slip to step off and let your existing content do the heavy lifting.What You'll Learn in This EpisodeWhy Repurposing Is a Smart StrategyYour content is valuable. Repurposing gives it new life, helps you reach a wider audience, and ensures your hard work continues to work for you. Whether it's a blog, video, podcast or past presentation, there are plenty of ways to spin it into fresh formats.Easy Ways to Start RepurposingNewsletters: Feed your blog or podcast content into newsletters using platforms like MailerLiteBlog to Social: Break down blog posts into multiple social media captions or quotes using tools like MeetEdgarBlog to Video: Turn text into videos using AI tools like Pictory, and embed them back into your website with show notes and linksVideo to Podcast: Repurpose long-form videos as podcast episodes and vice versa, expanding where and how your audience can engage with you.Tools to Help You Do It FasterI share my go-to tools like Descript for editing, Opus Clip for short-form video slicing, Canva for branded graphics, and Designrr for creating ebooks from your blog content. These tools help you save time, stay visible, and stretch your message further.Don’t Forget Past PresentationsYour old presentations are gold. Use them to:Build a free or paid courseTurn them into ebooks or toolkitsPitch yourself at summits, webinars, or eventsCreate marketing assets that reach a brand-new audienceGo Where Your Audience IsRepurposing isn’t just about the format. It’s about distribution. Think Medium, Quora, Facebook groups, and Reddit. Answer questions, add value, and share your repurposed content in new spaces.Key TakeawayRepurposing isn’t recycling, it’s amplifying. You’ve already created amazing content. Now it’s time to give it legs and let it grow across platforms, formats, and new audiences.Action StepPick just one technique from this episode and try it this week. Whether it’s turning a blog into a social post or submitting an old presentation to a new audience, your content is worth seeing again and again.Ready to Get Support?If you’re nodding along thinking, “I needed this yesterday,” here’s where to start:Join the Business Business Business community (free!)Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstormingOr book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to lifeLoved this episode? Leave a review and let us know what idea you’re excited to try first. Your feedback helps us reach more business owners like you and grow a community that makes marketing easier, smarter, and more impactful.Highlights00:00 What is Content Repurposing00:50 Repurposing Blogs for Maximum Reach02:35 Leveraging Videos for Content Repurposing03:46 Repurposing Presentations and Webinars04:34 Final Tips and Action StepsResources Mentioned in the PodcastThe Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle Mailerlite https://snip.ly/mailerliteeg Quuu Promote https://snip.ly/quuu MeetEdgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar Pictory https://snip.ly/pictoryvideo Designrr https://snip.ly/designrr Opus Clip https://snip.ly/opusai Canva http://snip.ly/canva30pro Descript https://snip.ly/descript

View Details

You’ve probably heard the term evergreen content tossed around in marketing circles, but what exactly is it, and why does it matter?In this episode of Talk, we’re breaking it all down. From defining what evergreen content really means to showing you how to create and use it across your platforms, you’ll walk away with a solid strategy for building long-lasting content that continues to deliver value (and traffic) over time.What You'll Learn in This EpisodeWhat Is Evergreen Content?Evergreen content is timeless, relevant, and consistently valuable. Just like an evergreen tree keeps its leaves all year round, this type of content stays fresh and useful to your audience no matter when they find it.Examples include how-to guides, FAQs, tutorials, checklists, resource lists, testimonials, and step-by-step walkthroughs, all of which continue to serve your audience and your brand long after you’ve hit publish.Why It MattersLongevity: Evergreen content can be discovered months or even years after it's published, giving you long-term ROI.SEO Benefits: Because it's always relevant, search engines love it, and that means better visibility.Consistency: Having evergreen pieces in your content bank allows you to stay visible even when you’re short on time or inspiration.Repurposability: Evergreen content can be re-shared, reformatted, and reused to save time and increase reach.What Makes Evergreen Content Effective?To stand the test of time, your content should:- Focus on timeless topics that your audience will always care about- Provide real value, education, insight, or a clear answer- Use simple, jargon-free language- Be detailed and helpful, giving the reader or viewer a clear winFormats and ExamplesEvergreen content can live in many forms: blogs, videos, webinars, eBooks, toolkits, and even paid resources. Think FAQ pages, “how to” blog posts, testimonial videos, or digital products that help your audience solve consistent problems.For example, case studies, walkthroughs, and even your newsletter opt-ins can be evergreen, especially when supported by a content bank strategy and marketing tools that reshare and schedule them regularly.Getting StartedBegin by identifying your core topics, the things you want to be known for. Think about common client questions or recurring issues in your industry. Use those as inspiration to create blog posts, videos, or downloadable resources that speak directly to those needs.Once you’ve created your evergreen content, don’t forget to:- Optimise it for search (use keywords, clear titles, and headings)- Promote it using your marketing assets (like MeetEdgar for rescheduling)- Revisit and refresh it every few months to keep it current and valuableKey TakeawayEvergreen content is the reliable foundation of your marketing strategy. It keeps working even when you’re not, helping you show up consistently, build trust, and grow your visibility over time.Action StepDedicate time this month to mapping out 3–5 evergreen topics for your business. Start by answering your audience’s most common questions, and then build from there. The sooner you start depositing into your content bank, the more you’ll have to draw on when you need it most.Ready to Get Support?Join the Business Business Business community (free!)Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstormingOr book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to lifeLoved this episode? Head to your favourite podcast platform, leave a review, and share how this episode helped you get clearer on your content strategy or gave you the nudge to finally start that evergreen content plan. Your words make a difference and help us keep delivering ideas that spark impact.Highlights00:00 Introduction to Evergreen Content00:41 Defining Evergreen Content01:47 The Value of Evergreen Content03:13 Characteristics of Quality Evergreen Content04:28 Examples of Evergreen Content06:38 Creating Your Own Evergreen Content07:20 Optimising Evergreen Content for SEO08:12 Final Thoughts and EncouragementResources Mentioned in the PodcastThe Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle MeetEdgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar The Marketer’s Toolkit https://www.enevergroup.com.au/the-marketers-toolkit/

View Details

Let’s explore the beautiful balance between automation and authenticity. As busy business owners, there’s a mountain of marketing tasks to handle, and it’s easy to drop the ball. That’s where automation steps in. But how do we do it without losing the human touch that makes our brand unique?Let’s explore the systems, tools, and mindset shifts that help you automate the repetitive stuff, while keeping your personality and care front and centre.What You'll Learn in This EpisodeThe Purpose of Automation in MarketingWhy automation is essential for productivity and consistencyHow it helps reduce human error and ensures marketing doesn’t fall through the cracksWhat You Can AutomateVideo distribution: Upload once, distribute to multiple platforms using tools like Repurpose.ioSocial media scheduling: Tools like Metricool and MeetEdgar help you stay visible, even when you’re busyEmail marketing: Set up automated nurture sequences and newsletter feeds using MailerLite and RSSE-commerce workflows: Automate product updates and abandoned cart sequences to boost engagement and conversionsKeeping the Human TouchRemember: you're still the voice behind the contentAutomation frees you up to focus on strategy, service, and creativityTools like Descript help streamline your editing without removing your personalityBonus Tools & TipsUse Zapier to connect platforms and automate cross-tool workflows (like syncing bookings to your CRM)Automate timely follow-ups to stay responsive without being overwhelmedBuild your automation strategy step-by-step, and regularly check to ensure it's still aligned and effectiveKey TakeawayMarketing automation isn’t about replacing you, it’s about supporting you. When used wisely, it keeps your message alive and your audience engaged, even when you’re off doing the things that really matter.Action StepPick one repetitive marketing task this week and ask: Can I automate this? Then implement the first step using the tools mentioned, or dive into the AI Sync & Automation Hub for ready-made workflows and templates.Let’s make your marketing flow with heart and smarts.Highlights00:00 Introduction to Marketing Automation00:46 The Power of Automation in Marketing01:48 Automating Video Distribution02:35 Social Media Scheduling Tools03:27 Automating Email Campaigns04:33 Enhancing Human Touch with Automation04:56 Advanced Automation Tools06:22 Final Thoughts on AutomationResources Mentioned in the PodcastThe Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle AI, Async & Automation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/aaahub Metricool https://snip.ly/metricool MeetEdgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar MailerLite https://snip.ly/mailerliteeg Repurpose.io https://snip.ly/repurposeio Descript https://snip.ly/descript Zapier http://snip.ly/zapiereg

View Details

Course creation is exciting, but let’s not sugarcoat it, it’s a big project. It’s easy to get overwhelmed, even if you’re seasoned at sharing knowledge. That’s why in this episode of Talk, I’m pulling back the curtain on one of the most overlooked (but vital!) elements of building a successful course: your support network.Because course creation is not a solo sport, it’s a team effort. And the creators who make it to launch with their sanity intact are the ones who don’t do it alone.Why Your Course Creation Network MattersWhile everyone talks about content and tech, not enough people highlight the power of having people in your corner. Your network brings:Accountability to keep moving forwardPerspective from real learnersEncouragement when impostor syndrome hitsPractical support to fill in skills gaps like tech, visuals, and editingThese aren’t just nice-to-haves. They’re the fuel that keeps your course moving toward the finish line.Six Key People to Have in Your Course Creation CircleYou don’t need six separate people, but you do need these roles filled:The Brainstorming BuddyYour idea-shaper. Helps you clarify your audience needs, refine your content, and map out your course vision. Think business bestie, mentor, or a co-coach like me.The Accountability AnchorFor those days when Netflix seems more appealing than filming module three. They’ll keep you focused and celebrate wins, no matter how small.The Beta TesterEarly access users who give you valuable feedback, help you improve your course, and often become your strongest testimonials.The Tech WhispererTech doesn’t have to be terrifying. Whether it’s uploading videos or integrating platforms, this person helps keep things flowing smoothly.The Visual Support CrewDesigners, editors, proofreaders, and others who help your course look polished and professional, thereby boosting its value and trust.The Emotional Cheer SquadThose who remind you why you started, cheer you on, and pop the champagne with you when you launch. Never underestimate their power.How to Build Your Network (Without It Feeling Awkward)Join creator-friendly LinkedIn or Facebook groupsTap into my Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for regular support and accountabilityInvite former clients or peers to co-create or test with youSkill swap with other creatorsOutsource small tasks to boost your momentumShare the journey publicly, behind-the-scenes sneak peeks build excitement and community buy-inLetting your audience in on the process is a clever marketing move, too. They’ll feel part of the journey, and some of them will become your best students.Final ThoughtsThere’s a myth that doing it all yourself makes you more successful. Let’s bust that. Smart creators build networks. They lean on support, share wins, and ask for help when needed. And that makes them more effective, not less.Ready to Get Support?If you’re nodding along thinking, “I needed this yesterday,” here’s where to start:Join the Business Business Business community (free!)Step into the Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle for accountability, guidance, and brainstormingOr book a 1:1 discovery call with me and let’s bring your course idea to lifeLoved this episode? Leave a review and share how it helped you. It’s how we reach more creators like you and grow the network of support in the course creation world.Highlights00:58 The Importance of a Support Network01:50 Essential Roles in Your Course Creation Team05:50 Building Your Network07:03 Engaging Your Audience08:17 Ways You Can Network and Build SupportResources Mentioned in the PodcastBusiness Business Business Community https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/ The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle Impact Brainstorming Session with Linda https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/ Consult with Me https://me.zulu.video/u/lindareedenever/ Thinkific http://snip.ly/thinkific Course Creators Circle Guidebook https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-course-creators-circle-course-creation-guidebook-create-that-course/

View Details

Creating a course is just the beginning; getting people to complete it, stay engaged, and become loyal fans is where the real magic happens. And here's the truth: people don't just buy courses for the content. They buy for connection, support, interaction, and the reassurance that they’re not doing it alone. That, my friend, is where community steps in.I’m diving into the powerful role community plays in course creation, how it boosts engagement and completion, and most importantly, how to build a course community in a way that’s simple, sustainable, and totally aligned with you.Why Community Matters in Your CourseLearning in isolation can be lonely. When students feel disconnected, motivation drops, and so does course completion. But when you design a learning environment that goes beyond just lessons, your students are more likely to stick around, engage, and Your course is more than content, it’s a container for transformation. And community is what holds it all together. People forget slides, but they remember people. They remember the encouragement, the connection, and the experience. So let’s make space for that in every course we build.If you’ve enjoyed this episode, share it with a fellow course creator, leave a review, and don’t forget to subscribe to Talk so you never miss an episode.Highlights00:00 The Power of Community in Courses00:43 Why Community Matters in Learning01:14 Building Community: Strategies and Examples01:56 Practical Community Engagement Ideas03:17 Setting Boundaries and Managing Expectations03:50 Different Community Models for Courses04:57 Engagement Posts to Spark Interaction06:13 The Benefits of a Thriving Community06:48 Transform Your Course with CommunityResources Mentioned in the PodcastThe Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle Thinkific http://snip.ly/thinkific Course Creators Circle Guidebook https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-course-creators-circle-course-creation-guidebook-create-that-course/

View Details

We all want visibility, credibility, engagement, and, of course, conversions. But in a world full of tools, trends and algorithms, one of the most powerful strategies remains wonderfully human: community.In this episode of Talk, I’m diving into how building and engaging with communities can create real momentum in your marketing. This isn’t just about followers or email lists, it’s about genuine connection. I’m sharing actionable strategies, real-world examples, and practical tips to help you bring the power of community into your business growth game.Why Community is More Than Just a BuzzwordCommunity isn’t just a side-note to your marketing, it is marketing. It builds trust, fuels word of mouth, creates consistent engagement, and delivers long-term organic growth that can’t be taken away by algorithm changes. When your audience connects not just to you, but to each other, that’s when the magic happens.Marketing through community is human-first, values-led, and rooted in real relationships. And that kind of connection? It sells.Strategic Ways to Build Community Into Your MarketingLet’s get practical! Here are just some of the ideas I unpack in this episode:Human Connection is the Long Game (and It Pays Off)Community is your long-term marketing asset. It grows with you, supports your content, and reminds your audience that there’s a real human behind the brand. In a noisy world of automation and sales funnels, it’s the human touch that cuts through.You don’t have to do it all at once, and you don’t have to do it alone. Whether you’re building your own community or contributing to others, what matters is showing up with authenticity and value.Ready to Build or Tap Into Community Marketing?If this episode has you thinking about how to start (or elevate) your community strategy, let’s chat. I can help you find the approach that fits your time, goals, and energy. And if you’re looking for a DIY starting point, grab the Inspire, Engage, Connect Deck, it’s packed with prompts to help you show up, spark conversation and grow your community, one post at a time.If this episode lit a fire, share it with a fellow business owner and don’t forget to subscribe so you don’t miss the next one!Highlights00:39 The Power of Community Marketing01:51 Integrating Community into Your Strategy02:49 Creating and Managing Your Community03:13 Leveraging Community for Content and Offers03:55 Monetising Your Community04:36 Real-Life Examples and Best Practices05:12 The Human Element in Community Marketing05:26 Participating in Other Communities06:17 Final Thoughts and Next StepsResources Mentioned in the PodcastThe Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle Business Business Business https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/ Join our Networking Hour https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/networking-hour-tickets-1095025443579 Inspire Engage Connect Deck https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/inspire-engage-connect-on-social-media-inspiration-deck/

View Details

Marketing isn’t about chasing the next trend or bending to the algorithm’s will. It’s about showing up: real, raw, and ready to connect. In a world full of polished perfection, human-first marketing cuts through the noise. And the most powerful tool in your marketing kit? It’s you.In this episode, I’m diving into why your quirks, your voice, and your presence are your biggest marketing assets. We’re unpacking what it means to be authentic, how to use AI without losing your voice, and ways to stay human in your marketing, without burning out.If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by the pressure to “keep up” or unsure how to show up online without selling out, this episode is your permission slip to simplify, show your face, and just be yourself.Why Human-First Marketing WorksPeople buy from people. In an era of bots and auto-generated content, your humanity is what stands out. Human-first marketing is about connection, not perfection. It’s about leading with your values and sharing your story, not just pushing an offer.Yes, I love AI and automation (and teach it too), but they should support your personality, not replace it. Your content should feel like a conversation with you, not a robot.Ways to Add Authenticity to Your MarketingHere’s how we keep things human in a world full of tech:Be You, Loudly- Use your real tone of voice, cheeky, heartfelt, curious, and passionate.- Share behind-the-scenes moments, the messy middle, and the lightbulb wins.- Tell stories. Real stories. Not polished scripts.- Show your face, or if that’s daunting, use voiceovers, behind-the-scenes shots or even your hands at work.Work with AI, Not Against It- AI saves time, but it needs your tone.- Talk to your tools. Teach them your style.- Edit and tweak to sound like you.Create Presence, Not Just Content- Schedule and batch, yes, but leave room for spontaneous posts.- Jump in live. Comment. Be real in the moment.- A thoughtful selfie, a blooper reel, a raw voice memo, they all connect better than a perfectly produced post.Algorithms Want Realness TooWe tend to fear the algorithm, but guess what? Algorithms favour real, engaging, human content. They love laughs, expressions, and even less-than-perfect thumbnails. So when you show up as you, the algorithm isn’t fighting you, it’s actually cheering you on.Actions You Can Take Today- Review your marketing: does it feel like you?- Make space for more live or spontaneous content.- Leave a blooper or an unpolished moment in.- Align your content with your voice, not just your strategy.And if you need a little nudge to keep things fresh and human, grab the 5 Minute Marketing Ideas Deck or the Inspire Engage Connect Deck. They’re designed to help you market with heart.Want to go deeper? Inside The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle, we explore strategies like this together. We look at what works, what feels right, and how to market with impact and humanity. If that sounds like your kind of marketing, come join us.If this episode spoke to you, share it with a business buddy who needs the reminder: you are your best marketing asset. Highlights00:00 The Power of Authentic Marketing01:08 Human-First Marketing: Building Connections01:25 Balancing Automation with Authenticity01:43 Adding Personality to Your Content02:04 Embracing Imperfection in Marketing02:28 Leveraging Video and Voice in Marketing03:03 Effective Use of Automation Tools03:34 Examples of Human Marketing04:10 Understanding Algorithms and Authenticity04:48 Action Steps for Authentic Marketing06:18 Final Thoughts and EncouragementResources Mentioned in the PodcastThe Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle 5 Minute Marketing Ideas Deck https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-deck-5-minute-marketing-ideas/ Inspire Engage Connect Deck https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/inspire-engage-connect-on-social-media-inspiration-deck/

View Details

So you're thinking of creating a course, or maybe you've just launched one and you're wondering why it’s not quite hitting the mark. You’re not alone. Course creation is powerful, profitable, and incredibly rewarding… when it’s done right.In this episode, I’m diving into the top 10 mistakes I see course creators make time and time again. These are the ones that can trip us up, slow us down, and sabotage even the best of intentions. The good news is they’re totally avoidable.Grab a cuppa and your notebook because we’re covering the must-knows that will help you create a course that actually connects, teaches, and transforms.These are the top 10 Mistakes we see Course Creators MakeWhy not defining your target audience can derail your course from the start(And how to get crystal clear on exactly who your course is for)The importance of clear learning objectivesBecause content without direction equals overwhelm for you and your learnersHow to plan your course like a journeyFrom module mapping to lesson structure, we look at how to build a strong foundationWhy engagement isn’t optionalYour course isn’t a textbook. Mixing up delivery styles matters, and so does communityThe hard truth about course promotionCreating the course is only part of the job. Marketing it is a whole other beastOffering support that suits different learner typesWhy having a community or support pathway can be the difference between completion and abandonmentKeeping your course content relevantWhat worked a year ago might not work today. Here’s how I review and refreshThe danger of skipping the testing phaseBeta testers are gold. Don’t launch without themUnderestimating the time it takesThere’s no such thing as truly passive income. Let’s talk about batching, planning, and space to createGetting the balance of value rightMore content isn’t always better. Transformation is the goal, not information overloadCreating a course is never about being perfect. It’s about being purposeful. When we get clear on who it’s for, what they’ll achieve, and how we’ll support them through it, we’re setting everyone up for success.If you’re looking to create your own course, I dive into these strategies inside the Course Creators Guideboo, and we explore them in even more depth inside The Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle, where we build, refine, and bring ideas to life together.And if you’ve made one or more of these mistakes, don’t stress. We’ve all been there. You’ve got this.If this episode helped you, I’d love for you to subscribe, leave a review, or share it with another course creator who needs it. And of course, if you’re ready to bring your course idea to life, come join us inside the Circle.Highlights00:00 Why Your Course Isn't Hitting the Mark00:52 Mistake #1: Not Defining the Target Audience02:22 Mistake #2: No Clear Learning Objectives03:20 Mistake #3: Poor Planning and Structure04:16 Mistake #4: Forgetting to Be Engaging06:19 Mistake #5: Not Promoting the Course Properly08:05 Mistake #6: Not Offering Ongoing Support10:00 Mistake #7: Not Updating or Improving the Course11:20 Mistake #8: Not Testing Before Launch12:31 Mistake #9: Underestimating the Work Involved13:54 Mistake #10: Not Offering Enough or Offering Too Much Value15:13 Setting Yourself and Your Learners Up for SuccessResources Mentioned in the PodcastThe Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle Course Creators Guidebook https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/the-course-creators-circle-course-creation-guidebook-create-that-course/ Interact Quiz Maker https://snip.ly/interactquizmaker Wobo https://snip.ly/woboeg MeetEdgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar MailerLite https://snip.ly/mailerliteeg

View Details

Marketing isn’t just about catchy headlines or pretty graphics. It’s about understanding people. And when you tap into the psychology behind how and why people make decisions, your marketing becomes more than attention grabbing. It becomes action focused. And that’s what we need marketing to do. We need it to convert.If you’ve ever asked yourself why didn’t that campaign work or how can I connect more deeply with my audience, this episode is for you. We’re diving into the mindset of your customer, the hidden drivers behind decision making, and how to use psychology ethically and powerfully in your marketing strategy.What many listeners might not know is that I’m actually a trained teacher and my major was psychology. I’ve been fascinated by it since childhood, and I still use it every single day in business and marketing.Let’s start with the truth. Every buying decision is emotional first, logical second. People love features, benefits, and facts, but what actually drives a purchase is how something makes them feel. Whether it’s excitement, relief, trust, belonging, or transformation, emotion leads the way. Your marketing needs to speak to the heart before it speaks to the head.When you get this right, you move your audience from passive scrollers to engaged buyers.Here’s what we explore in this episodeReciprocityWhen you give first with value like free tips and helpful content, people naturally want to return the favour. That might look like a comment, a share, a referral or a sale. This is where lead magnets and free trainings really shine.Social ProofWe trust what others have tried. Think testimonials, case studies, and as seen in features. These all help reinforce trust and encourage decision making. People want to know others have walked the path before them.The Power of BelongingHumans are wired for community. When your brand feels like a space where people belong, they stick around, they engage, and they become ambassadors. That’s why community building, like what we do inside Business Business Business, isn’t fluffy. It’s strategic.Scarcity and UrgencyUsed well, real urgency creates action. But it must be real. No false countdowns or made up spots remaining. Trust is everything. Scarcity works when you’ve already built credibility.ClarityConfused people don’t buy. Clear messaging builds trust. Be simple, be direct, and always tell your audience what to do next. Whether it’s to click, buy, join or share.How to Use Psychology in MarketingThese psychological strategies are powerful. And with great power comes responsibility. This is not about manipulation. It’s about understanding people so you can serve them better. When your offer truly helps and your marketing reflects that, everyone wins.Once we understand the drivers behind decision making, we can put that knowledge into action. Tell storiesWe’re wired for them. Share behind the scenes, case studies, customer journeys, and your own story. Use short form video. Use real life examples. That emotional hook matters.Use real testimonialsDon’t make them up. That’s manipulative and you’ll get caught out. Real testimonials with specific outcomes build credibility and trust. Bonus points for video.Use you focused languageTalk to your audience, not just about yourself. Help them see themselves in your message.Clear benefits led to calls to actionDon’t just say click here. Say why it’s worth clicking. What’s in it for them Give them enough to make a decision, not so much that you overwhelm them.Inject emotionally driven contentWhat does your offer feel like for the person saying yes What’s the transformation What difference will it make to their lifeThe goal is to move someone from saying that’s interesting to that’s for me. And we do that through connection.Marketing psychology isn’t a trick. It’s empathy. It’s human. It’s about seeing the person behind the purchase and guiding them with intention.If you’d like to explore marketing psychology more deeply, come join me inside The Ideas Impact and Marketing Circle. Highlights00:00 Introduction to Marketing Psychology01:12 The Emotional Basis of Buying Decisions01:53 Key Psychological Principles in Marketing04:43 Ethical Considerations in Marketing05:11 Practical Applications of Marketing Psychology08:08 Conclusion and Further ResourcesResources Mentioned in the PodcastThe Ideas, Impact & Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

View Details

Marketing doesn’t have to be expensive to be effective. Some of the best marketing strategies cost little to nothing, it’s all about being creative, consistent, and strategic with your approach.This episode is packed with budget-friendly marketing strategies that actually work, plus the tools that make marketing easier and more efficient on a budget. So grab your notebook, and let’s get started!What We Cover in This Episode:- How to tap into the organic power of social media- The impact of word-of-mouth and referrals (and how to encourage them)- Why email marketing is still one of the best low-cost strategies- How to get free PR and media exposure- The benefits of collaborating and cross-promoting with other businesses- The free and low-cost marketing tools that save time and effort- The secret to repurposing content so you don’t have to start from scratchHighlights00:00 Introduction to Budget-Friendly Marketing01:01 Harnessing the Power of Social Media02:55 Leveraging Word of Mouth and Referrals04:05 Building and Utilising Your Email List05:08 Media and PR Opportunities06:02 Collaborating with Other Businesses06:44 Maximising Free Marketing Tools07:16 Repurposing Existing Content08:04 Conclusion and Next StepsResources- Businesss Business Business https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/ - The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle- Create Impact https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/ - Canva http://snip.ly/canva30pro - Descript https://snip.ly/descript - CapCut https://snip.ly/capcuteg - SourceBottle https://snip.ly/sourcebottle - MeetEdgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar - MailerLite https://snip.ly/mailerliteeg - ClickUp https://snip.ly/clickup - ChatGPT https://snip.ly/chatgpteg - AnswerThePublic https://snip.ly/answerthepub - Opus Clip https://snip.ly/opusai

View Details

Having followers is great, but having advocates is where the real magic happens. In this episode, I’m diving into how to turn your audience into loyal advocates- people who don’t just buy from you but actively promote, refer, and support your business.If you're tired of chasing likes and followers and want to build a community of raving fans, this episode is packed with actionable strategies to help you make that shift.What We’re Covering in This Episode:- The difference between a follower and an advocate (and why it matters)- How to engage and connect with your audience to build real relationships- Why showing up authentically is the key to building trust- The power of consistent value, how to educate, inspire, and entertain- How to build a community, not just an audience- Why recognising and rewarding your advocates strengthens brand loyalty- How to make advocacy effortless, so people naturally share your brandKey Takeaways and Actions:Show up and be authentic – People connect with people, not just businesses. Share your journey, challenges, and wins.Action: Share a personal story or behind-the-scenes moment today.Engage in real conversations – Don’t just broadcast, interact! Reply to comments, messages, and be part of the conversation.Action: Go and respond to 5-10 of your followers' comments with a meaningful reply.Deliver consistent value – Educate, inspire, and entertain. Give your audience something worth coming back for.Action: Plan out three high-value content pieces for the week.Build a community, not just an audience – People love being part of something bigger than themselves.Action: Think of one way you can bring your audience together today, maybe a live Q&A, a challenge, or a group.Recognise and reward your advocates – Give shoutouts, feature user-generated content, or create a referral program.Action: Publicly thank one of your top supporters today.Make advocacy easy – Give people the words, tools, and incentives to share your brand.Action: Set up a simple referral system (discounts, loyalty perks, or affiliate programs).What’s Next?Which strategy will you start with? Let me know, I’d love to hear how you’re turning followers into advocates!If you found this episode helpful, share it with a fellow business owner, and let’s create more brand advocates together. Make sure you’re subscribed so you don’t miss an episode, and as always, go out there and create impact!From branding to course creation, I help entrepreneurs build their impact and create lasting change. Book a discovery call with me https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-lindaWant more marketing tips? Join The Marketing Circle and let’s grow together https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircleHighlights00:00 Introduction: Turning Followers into Advocates00:59 Defining Followers vs. Advocates01:57 Building Authentic Connections03:10 Engaging with Your Audience04:24 Delivering Consistent Value06:10 Creating a Community07:55 Recognising and Rewarding Advocates09:22 Making Advocacy Easy10:14 Deepening RelationshipsResourcesBusinesss Business Business https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/ The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircleCreate Impact https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

View Details

We’re tackling a topic that often gets mixed up in business, and that is Customer Experience vs. Customer Service. While they work together, they’re not the same, and knowing the difference can completely change the way your customers engage with you.If you get this right, you don’t just build loyal customers, but create raving fans who spread the word about your business.Customer Service: The Moment of SupportCustomer service happens when a customer reaches out for help, whether it’s a question, a complaint, or a need for assistance. It’s about:- Responsiveness – How quickly do you reply?- Expertise – Are you giving the right answers?- Empathy – Do customers feel valued when they interact with you?It’s an essential part of your business, but it’s reactive as it only kicks in when the customer needs help.Customer Experience: The Bigger PictureOn the other hand, customer experience (CX) is everything. It’s the full journey a customer has with your brand, from the first time they find you to post-purchase interactions. It’s about:- First Impressions – Is your website easy to navigate?- Seamless Interactions – Is the buying process smooth?- Consistent Branding – Do all touchpoints feel aligned and clear?- Emotional Connection – Do customers feel valued at every step?Customer experience is proactive, shaping the way people engage with your brand before they even need customer service.Why Does This Matter?Here’s the key: you can have amazing customer service but still deliver a poor customer experience.If your website is hard to use, your checkout process is clunky, or your communication is inconsistent, customers may never even get to your service team, and they’ll leave before they need help.But when you focus on customer experience, you’re fixing issues before they arise and turning customers into brand advocates.How to Improve Both?- Map Your Customer Journey – Where are the friction points? Look at every touchpoint from the first interaction to post-purchase.- Empower Your Team – Every team member, from sales to admin, plays a role in CX. Make sure they understand how they impact the customer journey.- Gather Feedback – Use surveys, reviews, and analytics to spot opportunities for improvement.- Think Long-Term – CX isn’t just about solving problems, it’s about creating moments worth remembering.Your Next StepWhat’s ONE thing you can tweak today to improve your customer experience?- Is your website easy to navigate?- Is your buying journey seamless and frustration-free?- Are you engaging customers before and after they buy?Let me know, I’d love to hear your thoughts!If you found this episode helpful, share it with a fellow business owner, and don’t forget to subscribe so you never miss an episode of Talk with Linda Reed-Enever.From branding to course creation, I help entrepreneurs build their impact and create lasting change. Book a discovery call with me https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-lindaWant more marketing tips? Join The Marketing Circle and let’s grow together https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircleHighlights00:00 Customer Experience vs. Customer Service00:37 Defining Customer Service01:21 Understanding Customer Experience02:35 Why the Difference Matters03:51 Improving Both Customer Service and Experience05:29 Final Thoughts and TakeawaysResourcesThe Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircleCreate Impact https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/

View Details

We all know that marketing is about making connections and helping people see the value in what you do and inspiring them to take action. One of the most powerful ways to connect with your audience and inspire action is writing compelling descriptions that actually convert and tell them what is in it for them!Whether it’s your business bio, service description, social media caption, or product blurb, how you describe what you do can make the difference between someone engaging or scrolling right past. So, let’s make sure your words are working for you and that every description you create counts!Take Action TodayNow it is time to apply these tips to your own business. Take a look at your product, service, or website descriptions and ask yourself:- Is it clear?- Does it highlight the benefits?- Does it inspire action?If not, update just one description today using these strategies. Small improvements can lead to better engagement and conversions.If you need additional support, Enever Group offers expert copywriting services to help you craft descriptions that work. Alternatively, if you prefer a hands-on learning approach, join The Marketing Circle for expert guidance on improving your business messaging.Writing compelling descriptions is not just about words; it is about making connections and inspiring action. By refining your descriptions, you can create a stronger impact and covert with clarity and confidence.Highlights00:44 The Importance of Descriptions01:14 Crafting Business Descriptions02:00 Creating Course and Workshop Descriptions02:36 Effective Social Media Captions03:19 Service Descriptions That Convert04:08 Writing Event Descriptions04:45 Product Descriptions That Sell05:19 Tips for Writing Compelling Descriptions06:48 Conclusion and Next StepsResourcesBBB Networking Hour https://www.enevergroup.com.au/events/The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircleEnever Group Impact Team https://www.enevergroup.com.au/booking-linda/ How to Get More from Your Content https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/courses/getmorefromcontent

View Details

Launching a course successfully takes more than just opening enrolments and hoping for the best. The idea of "build it, and they will come" has never really applied to course creation. Instead, the key to a thriving course launch is building a strong pre-launch list, a warm audience that’s engaged, learning from you, and excited to buy when your course goes live. I’ll cover why a pre-launch list is essential, how to build one, and the best tools to streamline the process.Why a Pre-Launch List MattersIf you wait until launch day to start marketing your course, you’re already behind. A pre-launch list helps generate demand in advance, ensuring you’re selling to people who are already interested rather than cold audiences. Here’s why this is crucial:- Builds Trust Before the Launch: People need multiple touchpoints before they buy. Engaging with your audience beforehand through social media, email, and valuable content establishes trust.- Simplifies Marketing: Instead of relying solely on ads or cold outreach, you have a group of people already familiar with you and your expertise.- Improves Conversion Rates: Warm audiences convert significantly better than cold ones, making your launch more effective.- Validates Your Course Idea: If your pre-launch offers aren’t getting traction, it might be time to tweak your approach or refine your course topic.A pre-launch list is one of the most powerful tools in your course marketing arsenal. By building an engaged audience before launch day, you set yourself up for higher conversions, easier sales, and a more successful course launch overall.So, start today and create a valuable lead magnet, set up a compelling landing page, and start promoting it to your ideal audience. Your future course students are out there, waiting to learn from you!Highlights01:15 The Importance of a Pre-Launch List02:36 Creating an Effective Lead Magnet04:37 Building and Promoting Your Landing Page08:01 Engaging Your Audience with Email Sequences09:30 Tools and Tips for Automation11:21 Conclusion and Action PlanResourcesCourse Creators Toolkit https://www.enevergroup.com.au/the-course-creators-toolkit/ Course Creation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/coursecreatorscircle Course Creators Circle Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/coursecreatorscircle MailerLite https://snip.ly/mailerliteeg Thinkific http://snip.ly/thinkific Eventbrite https://snip.ly/egeventbrite Canva http://snip.ly/canva30pro Designrr https://snip.ly/designrr

View Details

Marketing is full of so-called ‘rules’ that, when put into practice, don’t always deliver the results they promise. As business owners, we’re constantly bombarded with advice, some of it gold and some of it sounds good in theory but doesn’t hold up in reality.In this episode of Talk, I am setting the record straight on five of the biggest marketing myths out there and, more importantly, looking at what works instead.Myth #1: Email Marketing is DeadMyth #2: More Content Equals More SalesMyth #3: SEO is DeadMyth #4: Paid Ads are the Only Way to GrowMyth #5: You Have to Go Viral to Be SuccessfulMarketing isn’t about following trends blindly, it’s about understanding what works for your business. By leaving behind these outdated myths and focusing on smart, strategic marketing, you’ll build a more sustainable, impactful presence that drives real results.So, which of these myths have you believed in the past? And what will you do differently moving forward? Highlights00:00 Introduction to Marketing Myths01:03 Myth 1: Email Marketing is Dead02:45 Myth 2: More Content Equals More Sales04:15 Myth 3: SEO Doesn't Work Anymore05:51 Myth 4: Paid Ads Are the Only Way to Grow07:06 Myth 5: You Have to Go Viral to Be Successful08:15 Recap and Final ThoughtsResourcesZapier http://snip.ly/zapiereg Repurpose.io https://snip.ly/repurposeio Answer the Public https://snip.ly/answerthepub MailerLite https://snip.ly/mailerliteeg

View Details

No matter what industry you're in, chances are you're not the only one doing what you do. But that doesn’t mean you can’t carve out your own space where your business shines. Standing out isn’t about being louder; it’s about being clearer, more strategic, and adding real value to your audience.Why Standing Out MattersMany business owners worry about competition, wondering how to convince customers to choose them over others offering similar products or services. The truth is, people don’t just buy based on price or features. They buy based on connection, trust, and value. Your uniqueness is already there. You just need to bring it to the forefront.Define What Makes You DifferentWhat makes you, your business, or your approach different? Get clear on this. Ask yourself:- What do I offer that others don’t?- What’s unique about my process, service, or experience?- What do my customers rave about?Your competitive edge isn’t just about what you sell—it’s about how you deliver it and the experience you create.Standing out isn’t about gimmicks or throwing money at ads. It’s about being clear, consistent, and strategic. When you refine your message, focus on your ideal audience, and position yourself as a trusted authority, the right clients will find you and choose you.So, which of these strategies will you implement first? Highlights00:00 Introduction to Standing Out in a Crowded Market01:07 Understanding the Importance of Uniqueness01:42 Defining Your Unique Selling Proposition02:16 Targeting Your Ideal Audience02:52 Strategic Visibility and Engagement03:41 Building Trust and Personal Connection04:16 Positioning Yourself as an Authority05:37 Actionable Steps to Stand OutResourcesBusiness Business Business https://www.businessbusinessbusiness.com.au/BBB Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/BusinessBusinessBusiness/

View Details

Creating a course is one thing, but marketing it successfully is an entirely different ball game. If you've ever felt like you're shouting into the void or wondering why people aren't enrolling in your course, you're not alone. Many course creators face this challenge. The good news is that with the right strategies, you can effectively market your course and attract your ideal students. Let’s break down do’s and don’ts of course marketing, helping you craft a strategy that delivers real results.Key Takeaways- Know your audience: Define your ideal student before marketing.- Educate, don't just sell: Provide valuable content.- Optimize for search: Use SEO best practices.- Focus on results: Highlight the transformation your course offers.- Use discounts strategically: Avoid constant price reductions.- Collaborate: Partner with others for wider reach.- Avoid common mistakes: Don't oversell, use spammy tactics, or hide key details.- Be consistent: Show up, refine your strategy, and provide value.Marketing your course effectively takes time and strategy, but when done right, it can lead to consistent enrolments and a thriving learning community. Remember, the key to success is consistency. Keep showing up, refining your strategy, and providing value. Your audience is out there, ready to learn from you!Highlights00:00 Introduction to Course Marketing01:04 Identifying Your Target Audience02:08 Leveraging Social Media and Email Marketing05:03 Optimising for Search Engines06:56 Effective Use of Discounts and Promotions07:44 Collaborations and Partnerships08:15 Common Mistakes to Avoid10:55 Final Tips and EncouragementResources- Marketing Circle https://academy.enevergroup.com.au/bundles/MarketingCircle- Opus Clip https://snip.ly/opusai - MailerLite https://snip.ly/mailerliteeg - Asnwer the Public https://snip.ly/answerthepub - Meet Edgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar - Repurpose.io https://snip.ly/repurposeio

View Details

The online learning space is expanding rapidly, and course creators are faced with the challenge of standing out in a sea of competition. With countless courses available to learners, how do you make yours the one they choose? The answer lies in building a strong personal brand. One that resonates with your audience and sets you apart as the educator of choice.The Power of a Personal BrandAs an educator, your personal brand isn’t just about a logo or a catchy tagline. It’s your identity in the marketplace, your teacher persona. Building a powerful brand is crucial because it helps establish trust and credibility, two key factors in successful course creation. People buy courses from those they trust, and your brand is the vehicle that communicates that trust.Moreover, a strong brand creates differentiation. In an ocean of content, what makes you stand out? What sets your teaching style apart from others in the field? Your personal brand answers these questions and helps you define your unique position.But it’s not just about the content. Your brand also shapes how your audience connects with you on a deeper level. It’s about building a relationship where your students feel they can trust you not just as a teacher, but as a mentor guiding them through their learning journey. And that connection extends beyond your free content to your paid courses, eBooks, and other educational offerings.Defining Your Unique Value Proposition (UVP)To build your personal brand, the first step is to define your Unique Value Proposition (UVP). This is the heart of your brand and what makes your teaching style different from others. Ask yourself:What problem do you solve? Be specific about the challenges your audience faces. Write down everything that comes to mind, even if it seems general at first.What makes your approach unique? Do you have a special method or framework you follow? Is storytelling a big part of your teaching style? How do you stand out in terms of how you teach?What experience do you have? Your time in the industry matters. Whether you’ve been teaching for a few years or have decades of experience, showcasing your background adds credibility to your brand.What transformation can your students expect? What results will your students experience after learning from you? Be clear about the outcomes, so students know exactly what they’re signing up for.Once you’ve nailed down your UVP, weave it into every part of your branding from your website to your social media posts and beyond. Consistently highlight the problems you solve, your unique teaching methods, and the transformations your students will undergo.Your Brand is Your SuperpowerAs an educator, your brand is your superpower. Your education, knowledge, and ability to teach are what set you apart. Use those to create a brand that resonates with your audience and helps you stand out in a crowded market.So, what’s next? Start by reviewing your UVP. If you don’t have one yet, take the time to create it. Then, develop a consistent content strategy to connect with your audience. Keep sharing your expertise, engage with your community, and build the trust that will take your brand to the next level.Course creation is more than just teaching; it’s about empowering others. Use your brand to make an impact and create a lasting legacy. Keep sharing your brilliance, and let your personal brand shine!If you need more guidance, explore resources and support in the Course Creators Circle Community Hub.Highlights00:00 Building Your Brand as an Educator00:45 The Importance of Personal Branding01:50 Defining Your Unique Value Proposition (UVP)03:38 Creating Free, Valuable Content04:52 Consistency in Your Brand05:45 Connecting with Your AudienceResourcesCourse Creators Toolkit https://www.enevergroup.com.au/the-course-creators-toolkit/ Course Creation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/coursecreatorscircle Course Creators Circle Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/coursecreatorscircle

View Details

Creating a course can be intimidating for busy entrepreneurs with many responsibilities. Yet, it’s a powerful way to scale your impact, share your expertise, and unlock new income streams. If you’ve been putting off creating a course that could transform your business or your audience’s lives, it’s time to rethink your approach.Let’s explore how to make time for course creation and move forward without feeling overwhelmed.Start With Your ‘Why’Understanding the purpose behind your course is crucial. When you connect with the impact it can create, prioritising it becomes easier.Here are three compelling reasons to focus on course creation:Revenue Growth: Courses can generate passive income by allowing you to teach many people at once, without requiring more of your time.Thought Leadership: A well-crafted course establishes you as an authority in your field, opening doors to speaking engagements, collaborations, and more.Increased Impact: Courses enable you to share your knowledge with a wider audience, including those who may never meet you in person.Ask yourself: What transformation do I want to provide my audience, and how will this course help them? Write it down and keep it visible. This will guide you through the process.Take the First StepYour course doesn’t have to be created in a single day. Start small: block an hour in your schedule to outline your course topics. From there, outline your first module.Course creation is a journey of growth, both for you and your audience. With a clear plan, focused action, and the right mindset, you can transform your expertise into a course that leaves a lasting impact.If you need more guidance, explore resources and support in the Course Creators Circle Community Hub.Let’s take action and share your brilliance with the world. You’ve got this!Highlights00:34 The Importance of Course Creation02:32 Overcoming Common Blockers04:11 Practical Strategies for Course Creation05:59 Staying Motivated and Making ProgressResourcesZapier http://snip.ly/zapiereg Meet Edgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar Course Creators Toolkit https://www.enevergroup.com.au/the-course-creators-toolkit/ Course Creation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/coursecreatorscircle Course Creators Circle Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/coursecreatorscircle

View Details

Storytelling has always been at the heart of human connection. It’s how we build trust, convey ideas, and make sense of the world around us. But in today’s evolving digital world, AI is transforming the way we create and share stories. The question is, how can we as business owners and content creators harness the power of AI while keeping our storytelling authentic and human?As an ideas and marketing strategist, I’ve always believed in the power of storytelling to inspire and connect. And now, with AI revolutionising content creation, we’re presented with an incredible opportunity to elevate our stories while staying true to our voice and purpose.Highlights00:13 The Power of Storytelling in the Age of AI00:49 Why Storytelling Remains Important01:22 AI's Role in Transforming Storytelling02:14 Balancing AI and Human Touch in Storytelling04:14 Practical Tips for Using AI in StorytellingResourcesThe AI, Async & Automation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/aaahub ChatGPT https://snip.ly/chatgpteg MidJourney https://snip.ly/midjourney Pictory https://snip.ly/pictoryvideo Claude https://snip.ly/claude Gemini https://snip.ly/gemini vidIQ https://snip.ly/vid-iq Opus Clip https://snip.ly/opusai Canva http://snip.ly/canva30pro Chatbase https://snip.ly/chatbase

View Details

When economic challenges arise, it can be a natural instinct for many business owners is to tighten the purse strings. And all too often, marketing is one of the first expenses to face the chopping block. But let’s rethink this approach. Pausing your marketing efforts during uncertain times is akin to switching off the “open” sign for your business. Instead of retreating, this is the moment to step up, stay visible, and build trust.Why Marketing Shouldn't StopEven when times are tough, people still buy. They’re just more discerning about their purchases. This shift in consumer behaviour creates an opportunity. If competitors scale back their efforts, you have the chance to stand out, remain top of mind, and position yourself as the reliable choice when customers are ready to make a decision.Marketing isn’t just about sales; it’s about connection. It reassures your audience that you’re here to stay, no matter the economic climate. In times of uncertainty, people seek reassurance, hope, and partnerships they can trust. By maintaining consistent marketing efforts, you can be that beacon of stability.The Power of ConsistencyIn marketing, consistency is everything, and this is especially true during uncertain times. Visibility requires repetition, and trust takes time to build. Your audience needs to see your message multiple times before it resonates, so keep showing up.A Final ThoughtEconomic uncertainty doesn’t have to mean retreat. With thoughtful adjustments to your strategy and a focus on connection, you can not only navigate challenging times but thrive in them. Remember, your audience isn’t just buying your products or services, they’re investing in the relationship they have with you. So be there, stay visible, and let them know you’re in this together.Marketing is the lifeline of your business. Keep it alive, and it will keep you visible, relevant, and resilient.Highlights01:04 The Importance of Marketing in Tough Times02:21 Adapting Marketing Strategies for Uncertain Times04:46 Maximising Your Marketing Budget07:17 Building Strong Customer Relationships08:32 Consistency and Momentum in MarketingResourcesVidIQ https://snip.ly/vid-iq Rank Math https://snip.ly/rankmath Repurpose.io https://snip.ly/repurposeio Zapier http://snip.ly/zapiereg

View Details

Staying ahead in marketing means finding fresh and impactful ways to connect with your audience. One such opportunity lies in harnessing the power of micro moments, those brief, intent-driven interactions that can help businesses build relationships and loyalty.What Are Micro Moments?Micro moments are those brief, intent-driven opportunities when people turn to their devices for answers, inspiration, or action. Think about the times you’ve quickly Googled a recipe, booked a service, or searched for a “how-to” video, those are micro moments in action.For business owners, these moments are pure gold. They’re your chance to provide exactly what your audience needs, right when they need it. Even better, these moments are the foundation for creating evergreen content that continues to provide value long after it’s published.Why Micro Moments MatterPeople want immediate answers. They’re not spending hours browsing; instead, they’re looking for quick, useful solutions. In fact, 82% of smartphone users consult their phones during decision-making. If you’re not showing up in these moments, your competitors likely are.When you do show up, you have the power to connect, inspire, and convert, often in under a minute. That’s the magic of micro content.Bringing Micro Moments to LifeMicro moments can take many forms, and here are a few of my favourites:PodcastsPodcasts are fantastic for micro moments. You can create themed episodes like “Three Tips in Three Minutes,” or repurpose podcast content into shorter clips using tools like Opus Clip or Headliner. Many people appreciate short bursts of information they can consume during a lunch break or commute.PollsSocial media polls are brilliant for engaging your audience while gathering valuable insights into your audience. They’re quick, interactive, and shareable.Q&A SessionsHost a 10- or 15-minute live Q&A on Instagram, Facebook, or LinkedIn. These sessions deliver value in seconds and foster engagement.How-To ContentActionable content like “How to Set Up a Budget in Five Minutes” or “Three Ways to Improve Your Morning Routine” is always popular. This content works across multiple formats: blogs, videos, and infographics.FAQsUse your website and social media to answer frequently asked questions. Chatbots like Chatbase can also provide real-time answers. Format these FAQs into short blog posts, carousel posts, or stories to deliver quick wins to your audience.Repurposing for Micro MomentsRepurposing longer content into micro moments saves time while increasing your reach. For example:Break down a blog post into short-form videos or carousel posts.Extract tips from a podcast or video for quick, shareable posts.Link these micro pieces back to the original content to continue the audience’s journey.Strategy is KeyTo make the most of micro moments, you need a solid strategy:Understand Your Audience: Use tools like Google Analytics, surveys, and direct feedback to learn your audience’s habits and preferences.Optimise for Mobile: Ensure your website and content are mobile-friendly with fast loading pages, concise copy, and responsive designs.Leverage Real-Time Engagement: Use live streaming or chatbots to engage in real-time.Automate Where Possible: Use tools like Meet Edgar to schedule and repurpose content. Or automate FAQs and booking calendars for seamless engagement.Micro Moments: A Fundamental ShiftMicro moments aren’t just a trend; they represent a fundamental shift in how consumers interact with brands. They’re about being present, being useful, and being quick. By embracing these moments, you build trust, loyalty, and deeper connections with your audience.Remember, it’s not just about being seen, it’s about being remembered. Micro moments allow you to create lasting impressions in seconds.Have a favourite micro moment? I’d love to hear about it. Let me know in the comments. Some of the links shared in this content may be affiliate links. This means the Enever Group may earn a small commission if you purchase through them at no additional cost to you. We only recommend products and services we trust and believe will benefit you. For complete information, see our terms of use.Highlights00:00 Introduction to Micro Moments00:39 Understanding Micro Moments01:09 Importance of Micro Moments01:49 Creating Content for Micro Moments02:48 Micro Moments in Podcasting03:29 Engaging with Polls and Q&A04:00 How-To Content and Visuals05:51 Optimising for Mobile and Real Time Engagement06:54 Leveraging Automation ToolsResourcesThe Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle Opus Clip https://snip.ly/opusai Headliner https://snip.ly/headlinereg Chatbase https://snip.ly/chatbase Google Analytics https://snip.ly/googleanalytics Meet Edgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar

View Details

In the world of coaching, education, and client service, setting clear boundaries is not just a good idea, it’s essential. Boundaries help protect your time, energy, and creativity, enabling you to deliver your best work while maintaining respectful and productive relationships. Boundaries are the framework that define how you work and interact with those you serve. Whether you’re running an online course, managing a membership group, or providing client services, clear guidelines ensure everyone knows what to expect. Boundaries help you:Avoid burnout by managing your workload.Protect your time and energy for focused, high-quality work.Provide a consistent and positive experience for all.Setting Boundaries with StudentsAs educators, it’s natural to feel deeply invested in your students’ success. However, without boundaries, you risk overextending yourself. This can lead to burnout and even resentment if students begin expecting constant availability.Here’s how to create boundaries that enhance the learning experience:Clarify Access LevelsDefine what support is available based on the course type. For example, live courses may include real-time Q&A sessions, while self-paced courses might come with a review call or feedback on assignments.Set Expectations EarlyCommunicate when and how students can seek help. For instance, let them know if questions should be posted in a forum or saved for scheduled sessions.Teach Respect for TimeStructure promotes effective learning. By modelling time management and setting clear processes, you encourage students to value both their time and yours.Guidelines for Membership GroupsMemberships often bring together individuals seeking community, resources, and expertise. While these groups can be incredibly rewarding, they can also become overwhelming if boundaries aren’t in place.Key strategies for managing memberships:Establish Codes of ConductDefine how members should engage with you and each other. This sets a tone of respect and professionalism.Designate Support ChannelsUse a monthly Q&A session or a dedicated group for questions. This creates structure while allowing members to feel supported.Offer Tiered SupportPaid memberships might include perks like live training, community access, or discounts, while free members enjoy more limited resources. Be transparent about these differences to manage expectations.By setting these boundaries, you create a sustainable environment where members can thrive without placing undue pressure on you.Navigating Boundaries with ClientsClients often require a higher level of interaction, but this doesn’t mean you should be on call 24/7. Clear boundaries ensure you can deliver exceptional value without compromising your own well-being.Tips for client management:Define Scope ClearlyUse contracts or service agreements to outline deliverables, timelines, and communication protocols.Address Scope CreepWhen clients request additional services, remind them of the agreement and discuss adjustments as needed. This keeps projects on track and stress levels low.Centralise CommunicationUse tools like ClickUp or other project management platforms to keep everyone aligned. Avoid informal channels like social media for professional discussions.Explain the “why” behind your processes. Clients are more likely to respect boundaries when they understand how these ensure quality and efficiency.Building Healthy and Productive RelationshipsBoundaries are more than just rules, they are a sign of mutual respect and professionalism. By implementing clear guidelines, you can maintain a healthy work-life balance, provide consistent and reliable support, and create positive experiences for everyone involved.Whether you’re managing students, members, or clients, setting and enforcing boundaries allows you to show up as your best self… energised, focused, and ready to make an impact!Start today by evaluating your current practices and identifying areas where boundaries could be strengthened. Remember, it’s not just about saying “no” but creating a framework that empowers everyone to succeed.Some of the links shared in this content may be affiliate links. This means the Enever Group may earn a small commission if you purchase through them at no additional cost to you. We only recommend products and services we trust and believe will benefit you. For complete information, see our terms of use.Highlights00:00 Introduction to Setting Boundaries00:57 Understanding Boundaries for Different Groups02:41 Setting Boundaries with Students05:02 Establishing Boundaries with Members07:34 Maintaining Boundaries with ClientsResourcesThe Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle AI, Async and Automation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/aaahub ClickUp https://snip.ly/clickup

View Details

Collaborative marketing is one of the most effective ways to foster these connections, not just with your audience, but with like-minded brands, influencers, and even your own customers. Let’s dive into how collaboration can supercharge your marketing efforts and help your brand grow.People crave authenticity, and they’re more likely to engage with brands that align with their values. Collaborative marketing taps into this desire, giving your audience the opportunity to be part of something bigger than just a transaction. It’s not just about selling a product—it's about creating an experience that resonates with people on a deeper level. This type of marketing invites your customers to be part of your story, creating stronger bonds and more meaningful engagement.Moreover, collaboration brings fresh ideas and new energy to your marketing efforts. By teaming up with others, you introduce new perspectives and skills into your business, which can invigorate your strategy and keep things exciting.

View Details

Content marketing isn’t just about putting words on a page or posting videos online it’s about creating genuine connections. It’s about showing your audience that you’re not just knowledgeable, but that you genuinely care about helping them succeed. Whether you’re a small business owner, a service provider, or an entrepreneur, content marketing is one of the most powerful tools you have to establish trust, showcase your expertise, and build relationships that last.In a noisy digital world, people are looking for authenticity. They want to work with businesses that provide value, solve their problems, and inspire them along the way. By consistently sharing your authenticity and expertise, you position yourself as the go-to authority in your space, the person or business they think of first when they need what you offer.

View Details

In a marketplace that's bursting with competition, putting your customers at the heart of everything you do can be your secret weapon, especially if you’re a small business going up against the giants.

A customer centric brand isn't just about excellent service. It's about understanding your customers so deeply that they feel seen, valued, and genuinely connected with your brand. They almost become part of the brand family.

So, what does it mean to be customer centric?

What Does It Mean to Be Customer Centric?Being customer centric means that every decision you make, from product development to marketing and service, is made with your customers’ needs in mind. This approach builds trust and allows your brand to become part of your customers' lives.

This can be transformative for businesses like coaches and course creators, as these industries are perfectly positioned to listen, adapt, and serve.

Why a Customer Centric Approach Leads to SuccessCustomer centric brands cultivate loyalty. When customers feel valued and heard, they’re more likely to return and recommend your business to others. A customer centric approach helps you build a following, one that can amplify your reach and help establish a positive reputation, especially on social media.

Consider Taylor Swift as an example; her fans, or “Swifties,” don’t just follow her – they advocate for her and actively promote her work. That’s the power of building a loyal customer base.

When customers feel a connection with your brand, they become more than just customers , they become advocates. They buy your products not just because they need them but because they trust you. Brands that consistently deliver on customer needs without sacrificing the business’s own sustainability become indispensable.

Ready to start building a customer centric brand? Here are three actionable steps to help you get there:Create Customer PersonasStart by creating detailed customer personas that outline your customers’ demographics, preferences, and challenges. These profiles will guide your messaging, products, and services. Remember to revisit these profiles regularly, updating them based on new data and customer feedback. If you serve multiple types of customers, create a unique persona for each to ensure you’re addressing everyone’s specific needs.

Seek Out Customer FeedbackGathering feedback is crucial to staying connected with your audience. Conduct surveys, send out feedback forms, or have one-on-one conversations to understand your customers’ needs. Listen closely for key insights and apply them to improve your brand’s approach and messaging. For course creators, feedback from live sessions can reveal exactly what students want to learn next, which is incredibly valuable.

Find a Quick Win in Customer ExperienceIdentify a small but impactful way to improve the customer experience. Whether it’s simplifying your website’s checkout process, responding faster to inquiries, or adding a personalised thank-you note post-purchase, small enhancements show that you care. These “quick wins” can go a long way in building trust and loyalty, showing your customers that their experience with your brand matters.

Measuring Customer Centric SuccessAs with any marketing effort, it’s essential to track how well your customer centric initiatives are working. Look at factors like referrals, positive reviews, and retention rates. These indicators show how well your brand resonates with your audience. Pay attention to your social media engagement as well – positive comments, shares, and tags show how much customers value your brand.

Avoiding Common Pitfalls in Customer Centric MarketingWhile a customer centric approach can transform your business, there are a few common pitfalls to avoid:

Making Unrealistic PromisesConsistency is key. Avoid setting expectations you can’t meet. Authenticity is central to customer centric marketing, and overpromising can quickly erode trust.

Relying Too Heavily on Data AloneWhile data provides valuable information, don’t overlook direct customer feedback. Personal conversations often reveal more than any survey or analytics report can.

Underpricing Your ProductsA sustainable customer centric brand requires proper pricing. If you underprice your offerings, you may struggle to maintain quality, hire the right people, or innovate. Price your products and services appropriately so you can invest in delivering the best customer experience without sacrificing the business.

Building a Customer Centric Brand is a CommitmentCreating a customer centric brand is an ongoing journey. It requires empathy, adaptability, and a deep understanding of your customer’s needs. The rewards, however, are worth every effort. When customers feel valued and connected, your brand stands out – and for all the right reasons.

Our customers are the heart of every successful brand. By making a genuine commitment to serve their needs, we don’t just create customers; we create advocates. Here’s to building a brand that people love, remember, and recommend.

Highlights* 00:57 Defining Customer Centricity * 02:20 Benefits of a Customer Centric Approach * 03:24 Practical Steps to Become Customer Centric * 04:19 Gathering and Using Customer Feedback * 05:08 Quick Wins for Customer Experience * 05:47 Measuring Customer CentricEfforts * 06:37 Pitfalls to Avoid in Customer Centric Marketing * 07:45 Sustaining a Customer Centric Brand

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle * The Marketing Planner https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-planner/

View Details

"Personalised marketing" might sound like a buzzword, but make no mistake – it’s essential to successful marketing. Customers crave relevance and connection, and with a personalised approach, we can cut through the noise, build trust, and create that all-important “know, like, and trust” factor that makes a brand memorable.

If you’re ready to move beyond generic messaging and start creating experiences that resonate with your target audience, you’re in the right place! Let’s explore why personalised marketing matters and how you can implement it in practical, authentic ways.

Why Personalised Marketing is EssentialSo, why all the fuss about personalisation? It’s not just a trendy concept; it’s foundational to building a loyal customer base. Studies show that 80% of customers are more likely to make a purchase when a brand offers a personalised experience. Why? Because it makes them feel valued, understood, and like they’re part of a two-way relationship, not just another transaction.

When customers feel like a brand “gets” them, they’re more likely to engage, trust, and stick around. In today’s competitive landscape, that connection can make all the difference between a one-time sale and a loyal, repeat customer.

Practical Tactics for Personalised MarketingNow that we understand why personalisation matters, let’s dive into some practical tactics to make it happen.

Audience Segmentation

Start by grouping your audience based on what they have in common – demographics, interests, purchase history, or pain points. This segmentation allows you to move away from blanket messaging and deliver content that feels relevant to each group. Quizzes and targeted lead magnets are fantastic tools for segmenting and personalising your messaging.

Data-Driven Content

While marketing can seem like magic, successful personalisation relies on data. Use insights from tools like Google Analytics or your social media platforms to see which content resonates with your audience. Once you know what works, double down on it! Even better, you can use AI tools like ChatGPT to help brainstorm additional ideas for content that will appeal to specific segments.

Dynamic Email Campaigns

Email is one of the few channels you truly own, making it a powerful tool for personalisation. For example, if a customer browses your online store but leaves without purchasing, send them a gentle reminder through an abandoned cart email. Or, if they’ve made a purchase, follow up with product suggestions that fit their interests. This type of behavior-based personalisation isn’t intrusive; it’s timely and relevant.

Personalised Product Recommendations

If you’re in e-commerce, personalised product recommendations are essential. Think about how Amazon suggests items based on your browsing history – it’s incredibly effective because it feels tailored. You can do the same by suggesting products or services on your website, through emails, or with retargeting ads that match customers’ past purchases or interests.

Tailored Landing Pages

If your product appeals to multiple audiences, consider creating personalised landing pages for different segments. The content might be similar, but by addressing specific challenges for, say, business owners versus healthcare workers, you’re showing you understand their unique needs. This can lead to stronger connections and, ultimately, more conversions.

The Role of Authenticity in PersonalisationPersonalisation is powerful, but only when it’s done authentically. Today’s customers are incredibly savvy; they can quickly spot insincere marketing tactics, which can backfire. Approach personalisation as a way to genuinely enhance the customer experience, not just to drive sales. Be transparent about any data collection, letting customers know how it will improve their experience.

Getting Started with Personalised MarketingPersonalised marketing doesn’t have to be overwhelming. Here’s a quick roadmap to help you get started:

Identify Key Segments: Start by identifying three or four segments based on age, location, interests, or where they are in the customer journey. Don’t overcomplicate it!
Create Targeted Content: Use the information you gather to create meaningful, targeted content. Whether it’s a blog post, social media content, or an email sequence, tailor it to each group’s interests.
Start Small and Build: Implement one or two personalised tactics, like dynamic emails or segmented social media campaigns, and expand from there.
Monitor and Adjust: Personalisation is an ongoing process. Test your strategies, gather feedback, and adjust based on what resonates with your audience. Remember, even evergreen marketing needs periodic check-ins to ensure it’s still relevant.

Building a Tailored Customer JourneyA key part of personalised marketing is crafting a journey that feels customised from start to finish. Draw customers in with tailored content and follow through with thoughtful touches, like a follow-up email with tips on how to use a purchased product.

For instance, my Marketing Planner, include tutorials or tips to help customers make the most of it. This kind of attention to detail creates a memorable experience and increases customer loyalty.

Personalisation Isn’t Just a Marketing Tactic

Personalised marketing is about creating a customer experience that feels unique and relevant. When customers feel understood and valued, they’re more likely to engage, buy, and stay loyal. So take some time today to learn more about your audience, gather data to guide your strategy, and always keep your approach authentic.

Some of the links shared in this content may be affiliate links. This means the Enever Group may earn a small commission if you purchase through them at no additional cost to you. We only recommend products and services we trust and believe will benefit you. For complete information, see our terms of use.

Highlights* 01:00 The Importance of Personalised Marketing * 01:57 Effective Tactics for Personalisation * 02:50 Leveraging Data for Personalised Content * 03:41 Dynamic Email Campaigns and Product Recommendations * 05:01 Creating Personalised Landing Pages * 05:36 Authenticity in Personalised Marketing * 06:49 Getting Started with Personalised Marketing * 07:59 Creating a Tailored Customer Journey

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle * The Marketing Planner https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-planner/

View Details

We’ve just launched The 2025 Marketing Planner, and the journey of creating the Marketing Planner always gets me thinking about what’s next in marketing for the year ahead.

While I don’t have a crystal ball, I do have a pretty good eye and instinct for what’s on the horizon. So, let's dive into a few key trends I foresee for the rest of this year and 2025.

The Continued Rise of AI and Automation2023 and 2024 saw the explosion of AI tools and automation, and 2025 will take it even further. AI has dramatically increased efficiency, giving small business owners and marketers access to tools that help automate tasks like video editing in Descript and building chatbots.

In 2025, we’ll see AI becoming even more embedded in marketing strategies—think predictive analytics, chatbots, and automated ad creation. These tools will allow us to learn from past campaigns, predict outcomes, and personalise our content at an even deeper level.

Now, I’m all for AI as long as we keep the human touch. It’s crucial to maintain your brand’s tone and personality, even when automating tasks.

Video Marketing: Still DominatingVideo marketing is here to stay, and it's only growing. Short-form content like TikToks, Instagram Reels, and YouTube Shorts are booming, but don't count out long-form video. Webinars, live streaming, and interactive videos will continue to be essential for building deeper relationships with your audience.

If you haven’t jumped on the video bandwagon yet, start small. Short-form videos are a great entry point. Tools like Repurpose.io can help you repurpose your content across different platforms, maximising your reach without overwhelming your schedule.

First-Party Data is KeyWith the end of third-party cookies on the horizon, collecting first-party data will be more important than ever. You need to own your data—this means having solid opt-in forms, loyalty programs, and quizzes to help you gather meaningful insights from your audience. Tools like Interact are great for creating AI-based quizzes that help you collect this valuable data.

Ethical and Sustainable MarketingPeople want to know that the brands they support are transparent, sustainable, and ethical. This isn’t just a trend; it's becoming the norm. If you're authentic and doing things the right way, you’re already on track. Make sure your marketing reflects your values because customers are paying attention.

The Power of Micro-InfluencersMicro-influencers are becoming increasingly important. They may have smaller followings, but their engagement is high, and they build meaningful relationships with their audience. The days of focusing only on influencers with huge followings are shifting – authentic connections matter more.

E-commerce and Seamless Mobile ExperiencesE-commerce is evolving fast with chatbots, abandoned cart reminders, and integration with platforms like TikTok. One of the most critical areas of focus for e-commerce in 2025 will be ensuring seamless, mobile-friendly shopping experiences. More than ever, people are shopping from their phones, and the easier you make it for them, the more likely they are to convert.

Voice Search and Conversational MarketingVoice search isn’t going anywhere. As voice assistants like Alexa and Siri become more common, businesses need to adapt their content for spoken queries, not just typed ones. Conversational marketing is a natural extension of this. Chatbots and customer service tools should feel human, helping guide users through a friendly conversation, not just a transaction.

Personalisation is EverythingAI allows us to offer deep personalisation in a way we couldn’t before. You can use tools to personalise ads, emails, and content based on user behaviour, making your marketing feel more relevant. This shift toward personalised marketing will make your audience feel seen and heard, increasing engagement and loyalty.

Repurposing Content for Maximum EfficiencyWith the rise of AI, content repurposing is easier than ever. You can take long-form content like webinars or podcasts and turn them into bite-sized pieces for social media or blog posts. Tools like Pictory, Descript, and OpusClip can automate this process, making it even easier to ensure your content reaches every corner of the internet.

Omni-Channel ExperiencesCustomers expect a seamless experience across all your platforms – online and offline. It’s time to ensure your brand message is consistent everywhere your customers interact with you. This doesn’t just apply to big businesses; even smaller brands should review their marketing strategy to ensure alignment across all channels.

The Human ConnectionWith all this focus on technology, it’s easy to lose sight of the human element, but don’t! In 2025, authentic storytelling, behind-the-scenes content, and customer testimonials will continue to be essential. Plan to ask for reviews and create content that showcases the real people behind your brand.

These are just a few of the trends I see coming for 2025. While it’s impossible to predict everything, being proactive and planning for these shifts will set you up for success.

Make sure you’ve got a plan in place for the first quarter of 2025 – whether you're using the 2025 Marketing Planner or your own system, start thinking about the content you want to create and how you'll reach your audience.

Highlights* 00:54 AI and Automation Trends for 2025 * 03:00 The Rise of Video Marketing * 04:10 First Party Data and Ethical Marketing * 05:33 Micro Influencers and E-commerce * 06:24 Voice Search and Conversational Marketing * 07:19 Personalisation and Omni-channel Experience * 08:39 Content Repurposing and Human Connection * 10:22 Emerging Platforms and Technologies * 11:17 Final Thoughts and Planning for 2025

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle * The Marketer’s Toolkit https://www.enevergroup.com.au/the-marketers-toolkit/ * Ai, Sync, Automation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/aaahub * The Marketing Planner https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-planner/ * Meet Edgar https://snip.ly/meetedgareg * Metricool https://snip.ly/metricool * Descript https://snip.ly/descript * Pictory https://snip.ly/pictoryvideo * OpusClip https://snip.ly/opusai * Repurpose.io https://snip.ly/repurposeio

View Details

When we talk about measuring the success of a business, financial metrics like revenue, profit, and ROI often steal the spotlight. But while those numbers are crucial, they don’t tell the whole story. As business owners, it’s easy to get caught up in the bottom line, but success is about more than just financial performance. To truly understand how well your business is doing, and to ensure long-term success, you need to look beyond the balance sheet and consider a wider range of metrics.

In my early career as a business troubleshooter, I learned that a company’s success isn’t just about what’s on paper.

Sure, profit margins matter, but so do the people, culture, customer experience, and even the company’s impact on the world. These factors offer a more comprehensive picture of a business’s overall health. And, as the business world evolves, it’s becoming increasingly important to measure success through alternative metrics.

Let’s dive into some key alternative metrics you can track to get a fuller understanding of your business’s impact and drive sustainable growth.

Customer Satisfaction and LoyaltyA business’s ability to retain customers is one of its greatest strengths. Are you tracking how long customers stay with you? What about their lifetime value? Loyal customers don’t just bring in repeat business; they’re your best advocates. A satisfied customer is more likely to recommend your business to others, driving growth through word-of-mouth referrals. One way to measure this is through tools like Net Promoter Score (NPS) or customer satisfaction surveys.

Tip: Pay attention to customer feedback. Regularly ask for reviews and measure customer retention rates. Word-of-mouth remains a powerful marketing tool, and it’s vital to understand how your customers feel about your products and services.

Employee Engagement and Well-BeingYour team plays a massive role in your business’s success. If your employees are engaged and motivated, they’re more productive, creative, and loyal. On the flip side, high employee turnover can signal deeper issues that could eventually impact your bottom line. Metrics like employee satisfaction surveys, turnover rates, and productivity levels give insight into how well your business supports its most valuable resource—your people.

Tip: Keep an open dialogue with your team and ensure their well-being is a priority. When employees feel valued and supported, it reflects in their work and how they interact with customers. Happy employees create a positive ripple effect throughout your business.

Social and Environmental ImpactToday’s consumers care about more than just your products—they care about the values your business represents. Social responsibility and environmental sustainability are becoming increasingly important metrics for success. Are you giving back to your community? What about your environmental footprint? Metrics such as carbon emissions, sustainability initiatives, and community involvement are not just good for the world, but they also strengthen customer loyalty and brand reputation.

At Business Business Business, we give back to the small business community, and that aligns deeply with who we are and what we stand for. It’s not just good for business; it’s good for the world.

Tip: Track your company’s social impact. Whether you’re sponsoring local events, donating to causes, or implementing sustainability practices, these efforts build trust and loyalty with your audience.

Brand Reputation and Public PerceptionYour brand’s reputation isn’t just what you say; it’s what others say about you. Public perception is key to building trust with your customers and the wider community. Monitoring review sites, social media mentions, and media coverage can give you a real-time picture of how people view your brand.

Tip: Set up Google alerts for your business and keep an eye on what’s being said. Celebrate the wins and, when necessary, address any issues head-on to maintain a positive public perception.

Innovation and LearningA successful business is one that’s always evolving. Are you launching new products or services? Investing in research and development? Tracking innovation metrics, like the number of new offerings or patents filed, is crucial to staying competitive in a fast-paced market. It’s not just about what you’re doing now—it’s about preparing for the future.

Tip: Invest in ongoing learning for yourself and your team. Whether it’s training, upskilling, or trying new things within the business, staying innovative ensures you remain at the forefront of your industry.

How to Implement These Alternative MetricsNow that we’ve talked about the importance of alternative metrics, how do you get started?

Start Small: Don’t feel overwhelmed. Pick a few key metrics that resonate with your business goals and begin tracking them. Whether it’s customer satisfaction, employee engagement, or brand reputation, focus on the areas that matter most to your business.

Review Regularly: Just like you review financial statements, make it a habit to assess these alternative metrics. The more you track and adjust, the more insight you’ll gain into your business’s true impact.

Balance Financials with Impact: While it’s essential to measure financial success, these alternative metrics provide a fuller picture of how your business is performing overall. An integrated approach ensures long-term sustainability and a positive impact on your community, customers, and team.

Going Beyond the Bottom LineSuccess isn’t just about the numbers on your financial reports—it’s about creating a lasting, positive impact through your business. By considering these alternative metrics, you’ll not only drive sustainable growth but also build a business that’s valued by your customers, your team, and the community around you.

So, what alternative metrics are you tracking in your business? I’d love to hear from you—drop a comment, and let’s keep the conversation going. If you find this post helpful, don’t forget to share it with others who might benefit from it.

Until next time, keep making an impact and measuring what truly matters!

Highlights* 00:22 Beyond Traditional Financial Metrics * 01:19 The Role of Alternative Metrics * 03:05 Key Metrics for Business Success * 03:41 Employee Engagement and Wellbeing * 04:34 Social and Environmental Impact * 05:23 Brand Reputation and Public Perception * 05:59 Innovation and Learning * 06:34 Implementing Alternative Metrics

View Details

I absolutely love marketing because it's such a creative space, but what makes it truly powerful is the strategy behind it. And when you deliver creativity while balancing it with implementation, that’s when marketing enters its genius zone.

There are often two types of people in marketing. There are those who are very strategic and those who are very creative. And when those two teams come together, they create amazing results in harmony.

However, as business owners, we often don’t have the luxury of separating those roles. You need to wear both hats, creative and strategic to achieve success.

In this episode of Talk, we discuss how we can efficiently balance our creativity with our strategy to have more success in marketing.

The Role of Strategy in MarketingStrategy is all about creating a structured approach. This approach should help us meet specific objectives, but it also needs to be flexible enough to allow us to adjust as we go. A strong marketing strategy involves setting your target audience, choosing your channels, and outlining your goals.

Whether you’re aiming for a specific number of calls or selling a certain number of products, it’s important to be realistic. And remember—strategy takes time. It can take anywhere from three to six months to see the full results of a solid strategy.

The Fun Side: Creativity in MarketingOn the flip side, creativity is where the fun happens. It’s where the unique ideas, compelling stories, and content that’s true to your brand come to life. Creativity shapes how customers perceive your brand and how they engage with your content. Do they share it? Do they comment on it? Both creativity and strategy are essential in today’s marketing.

The Perfect Blend of Creativity and StrategyThe role of creativity is to capture attention and engage your audience. The role of strategy is to guide your efforts toward measurable goals, ensuring you’re moving toward long-term success.

So how do we align the two?

Well, one of my favourite things to do is host brainstorming sessions, either solo or with a team. That’s where I unleash my creativity, and batch content creation comes into play. It’s all about getting those ideas flowing.

Afterwards, I take each idea and ask myself, “How can we strategically implement this?” How can we turn that creative spark into something with clear, measurable objectives?

Brand Consistency is KeyWhen it comes to marketing, there’s another element we must balance: brand consistency. No matter how innovative or creative our ideas are, they need to be aligned with our brand.

If your audience doesn’t recognise your messaging, they won’t associate it with you, and that’s a missed opportunity. Brand consistency makes your marketing memorable, crucial for building long-term customer relationships.

Tools for Achieving Marketing BalanceSome of my go-to tools and techniques for achieving this balance include brainstorming sessions and creative workshops. Whether it’s a content planning retreat or just a day on the whiteboard, I love the process of bringing ideas to life.

The Marketing Circle is an amazing platform for bouncing ideas off one another. The marketing planner is another favourite for setting monthly themes and working through content creation in a structured way.

Maintaining that balance between creativity and strategy often comes down to regular reviews. Sometimes, we even dedicate whole days to focus on creating specific content types, then follow that with days for implementation. This keeps everything organised and flowing.

Conflicting Priorities and Resource LimitationsOf course, it’s not always smooth sailing. Balancing creativity with strategy can lead to some conflicting priorities, especially when it comes to resource limitations. We all have big ideas—like skywriting your brand message in fireworks. But let’s be honest, we might not have the budget or the team to pull off such grand plans.

In these cases, we need to be more realistic and resourceful. For example, instead of launching a massive live campaign, we might focus on creating educational, evergreen content. This allows us to drip-feed information over time, which can be just as impactful but much more manageable with limited resources.

Consistency is CriticalAnother challenge is maintaining consistency. We could be creative and plan three-day video shoots, but if we can’t maintain that consistency over time, it becomes a problem.

Instead, aim for something sustainable, like consistently producing two to three videos a month, then repurposing that content for different platforms. That’s where balance truly shines.

Practical Balance in Marketing GoalsAt the end of the day, creativity and strategy must go hand in hand. Both are necessary to set and achieve practical marketing goals. If you’re feeling a bit stretched in one direction or another, it’s time to conduct a marketing audit or SWOT analysis. Identify the gaps, set SMART goals, and regularly review your progress to ensure you haven’t leaned too far toward either the creative or strategic side.

The Recipe for Marketing SuccessThink of marketing like baking a cake. Too much flour and it will crumble, too much water and it won’t hold together. The same goes for marketing—too much creativity without strategy won’t get the job done, and too much strategy without creativity will be uninspired.

So, the next time you’re planning a campaign, allow yourself time to be creative, then come back and implement it strategically. You might find that these two “opposing” forces work best when they’re brought together for that final piece of marketing magic.

Highlights* 00:24 Balancing Creativity and Strategy in Marketing * 01:05 The Role of Strategy in Marketing * 01:28 The Role of Creativity in Marketing * 02:10 Aligning Creativity with Strategy * 03:15 Tools and Techniques for Marketing Balance * 04:23 Overcoming Resource Limitations * 05:41 Maintaining Consistency in Marketing * 06:51 Final Thoughts

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle * Content Marketing Working Retreat https://www.enevergroup.com.au/quarterly-content-marketing-working-retreats/ The Marketing Planner https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-planner/

View Details

If you're a business owner looking to grow, scaling your marketing is a must.

But hold on, scaling doesn't mean doing more of the same stuff.

It's about doing things smarter, getting the most out of your efforts, and reaching more people.

The goal is to make sure that all that extra work pays off big time.

Now, you might be wondering, "When's the right time to scale?"

Well, there's no one-size-fits-all answer, but here's a few things to consider:

Signs You’re Ready to Scale:Several key indicators suggest you’re ready to scale your marketing efforts:

Consistent Revenue Growth: If you’ve been experiencing steady growth, it’s a clear sign that your current strategies are working, and it may be time to amplify them.
Strong Brand Presence: A robust brand presence and increasing audience demand can indicate that you're outgrowing your current marketing strategies.
Resource Assessment: Before scaling, assess whether you have the necessary resources—budget, manpower, and tools—to handle increased efforts without overwhelming your team.

Key Considerations Before Scaling:Scaling requires careful consideration of both capacity and budget. You’ll need to ask yourself:

Do we have the capacity to manage an increase in inquiries and customer engagement?
Can our team handle the additional workload without burning out?
Do we have the budget to support larger campaigns, including ad spend, production, and technology?

Scaling doesn’t always mean working harder but rather working smarter by leveraging technology and strategic marketing planning.

Setting SMART Goals for Scaling:Once you’ve determined that you’re ready to scale, it’s important to set SMART goals—Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound objectives that provide a clear roadmap for success.

For example, instead of saying, "I want to grow my email list," a SMART goal would be: "I want to grow my email list by 20% in the next six months using targeted emails and automated sequence responses."

This approach helps you stay focused and gives you measurable outcomes that you can track along the way.

Leveraging Technology for ScalingIn today’s digital age, technology is your best friend when it comes to scaling. Automation tools can help streamline your efforts, saving time and ensuring that your marketing runs smoothly.

Meet Edgar: Ideal for scheduling evergreen content, Meet Edgar helps maintain a constant online presence.
Metricool: A tool that provides detailed statistics and performance metrics to track the effectiveness of your social media campaigns.
MailerLite: An excellent email marketing tool that allows for automated sequences, making it easier to engage with your audience on autopilot.
Zapier: This tool connects different apps, automating various marketing tasks seamlessly.
Acuity: Used for managing bookings, Acuity helps automate customer appointments.
ClickUp: A project management tool that keeps your team on track by automating internal processes and tasks.

Each of these tools can help streamline different aspects of your marketing, from customer onboarding to content creation and social media scheduling.

Data and Analytics: The Driving Force:Data and analytics are crucial for making informed decisions and ensuring your scaling efforts are on track. By using tools like Google Analytics, Google Search Console, and Metricool, you can measure key performance indicators (KPIs) and track audience engagement. This data-driven approach allows you to pivot quickly if something isn’t working or double down on what’s successful.

Repurposing Content: Get More from What You Have:A key strategy for scaling your marketing without doubling your workload is repurposing content.

For example:

Turn a blog post into a video series.
Extract takeaways from a podcast episode and create a blog post.
Use clipping tools to break down long-form content into bite-sized social media posts.

By doing this, you not only maximise the value of each piece of content but also cater to different audience preferences—some might prefer reading blogs. In contrast, others might prefer watching videos or listening to podcasts.

Scale StrategicallyScaling your marketing is about making smart, informed decisions. It’s about leveraging technology, using your resources wisely, and setting clear goals.

When done strategically, scaling your marketing can lead to significant growth. The journey is an exciting one, and, when done right, it can transform your business.

If you’re interested in seeing the tools we use, you can visit The Marketer’s Toolkit. And remember, scaling is a step-by-step process, so add a little bit at a time and watch your marketing efforts grow.

Highlights* 00:00 Introduction to Scaling Your Marketing * 01:05 Identifying the Right Time to Scale * 01:28 Assessing Resources and Capacity * 02:38 Setting Clear and Achievable Goals * 03:26 Leveraging Technology and Automation * 05:50 Maximising Content Strategy * 07:09 Conclusion and Final Thoughts

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle * The Marketer’s Toolkit https://www.enevergroup.com.au/the-marketers-toolkit/ * Ai, Sync, Automation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/aaahub * Meet Edgar https://snip.ly/meetedgareg * Metricool https://snip.ly/metricool * MailerLite https://snip.ly/mailerliteeg * Acuity https://snip.ly/acuity Zapier https://snip.ly/zapiereg

View Details

Marketers and business owners face the ongoing challenge of navigating between traditional and digital marketing strategies. With the rise of AI and a plethora of new technologies, finding the right marketing mix has become increasingly critical.

There's no one-size-fits-all approach; the right strategy varies depending on the business, industry, and audience. In this podcast episode, I will share with you that the key lies in striking a balance between traditional and digital marketing to maximise reach, build trust, and ultimately drive business success.

The Enduring Power of Traditional MarketingWhen we talk about traditional marketing, we're referring to tried-and-true methods like print ads, direct mail, billboards, and in-person events. These strategies have stood the test of time for a reason—they work!

Traditional marketing excels in building brand recognition and trust. Consider a well-placed billboard on your daily commute or receiving a beautifully designed postcard in the mail. These tangible experiences leave lasting impressions that digital methods often can't replicate.

Despite the perception that traditional marketing is outdated, it remains a powerful tool, especially for targeting local audiences or creating a tangible connection with customers. As businesses increasingly shift their focus to digital channels, traditional methods can actually help a brand stand out in a crowded market.

The Reach and Precision of Digital MarketingOn the other hand, digital marketing has become the go-to strategy for many businesses due to its low cost, ease of use, and ability to reach a global audience. Digital marketing includes strategies such as social media, email marketing, pay-per-click advertising, search engine optimisation (SEO), and content marketing.

One of the biggest advantages of digital marketing is its ability to target demographics with pinpoint accuracy and provide real-time analytics to measure the success of a campaign.

Social media, for example, allows you to engage directly with your audience, create conversations, and build communities around your brand. Email marketing, in particular, offers the opportunity to nurture leads and maintain relationships with customers by delivering personalised content straight to their inboxes. SEO also plays a critical role in ensuring that a business's website appears in search engine results, driving traffic and generating leads.

However, while digital marketing offers immense potential, it is not a silver bullet. It must be integrated into a larger strategy to be truly effective.

Why Balance Is KeyFocusing too heavily on one strategy while neglecting the other can limit a business's reach and impact. For instance, relying solely on digital marketing might mean missing out on opportunities to connect with audiences who prefer traditional media. Conversely, sticking exclusively to traditional methods could result in missing out on the vast potential of digital platforms.

The magic happens when businesses find the balance between the two. An integrated approach leverages the strengths of both traditional and digital marketing. For example, traditional methods like print ads can drive traffic to digital platforms, while digital channels can promote in-person events or sales.

Practical Tips for Integrating Traditional and Digital StrategiesHere are some practical ways to start integrating traditional and digital strategies into your marketing efforts:

Cross-Promotion: Use traditional marketing efforts to promote your digital channels and vice versa. For instance, include your social media handles on print materials or mention your website in a radio ad. This ensures that your audience knows where to find you online, even if they lose your business card or print material.
Consistent Branding: Maintain consistent branding across both traditional and digital channels. Your brand voice, visual identity, and messaging should be cohesive, whether your audience encounters your brand in a magazine, on a billboard, or on social media.
Integrated Campaigns: Plan campaigns that leverage both traditional and digital elements. For example, launch a new product with a series of print ads supported by a social media campaign and an email blast. Ensure that all parts of the campaign work together towards a common goal.
Real-World Examples: Consider businesses that have successfully integrated traditional and digital strategies. For example, a local restaurant might use direct mail to send out menus with a QR code linking to an online reservation system, offering discounts to those who book online. This approach reaches customers in their homes while driving online engagement and building loyalty.

Budget Considerations and ROI TrackingWhile we all dream of having an unlimited marketing budget, the reality is that most businesses need to balance budget constraints and allocate resources wisely. Tracking ROI can be challenging, especially with traditional marketing, which lacks the immediate feedback loop that digital marketing provides. However, by prioritising based on the target audience, testing different approaches, and monitoring inquiries, businesses can effectively measure the impact of their marketing efforts.

The Necessity of a Balanced ApproachBalancing traditional and digital marketing strategies is not just a trend—it's a necessity in today's business landscape. By integrating both, businesses create more comprehensive campaigns, broaden their reach, and drive greater success. This balance allows businesses to stand the test of time, grow, and thrive in an ever-evolving market.

Take Action:

Evaluate your current marketing strategies to identify any imbalances.
Explore ways to integrate traditional and digital strategies to enhance your reach and impact.
Invest in tools and resources to manage your campaigns effectively.

Final ThoughtsBalancing these strategies isn't just about covering all bases—it's about creating a cohesive, powerful approach that resonates with your audience across multiple channels. By doing so, you're not just keeping up with the competition but setting the stage for long-term success.

Highlights* 00:00 Introduction to Marketing Strategies * 01:08 Exploring Traditional Marketing * 02:03 The Power of Digital Marketing * 03:48 Balancing Traditional and Digital Strategies * 04:53 Practical Integration Tips * 06:18 Real-World Examples * 07:29 Budgeting and ROI * 08:18 Actionable Tips and Conclusion

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

View Details

Storytelling is a term you've likely heard in the marketing world. It's not just a trend; it has been a fundamental aspect of marketing for many years. The essence of storytelling is to create a human-to-human connection, which is crucial for building trust in your brand. People seek authenticity and relatability, and storytelling delivers just that.

Human Connection through StoriesHuman connection is at the core of storytelling. We've been telling stories for centuries to communicate, teach, and entertain. In marketing, stories engage people by making them feel part of your journey. This engagement is what drives them to connect with your message and your brand.

Types of Stories to Use in BusinessCustomer Success Stories

These stories highlight the positive experiences of past customers. They can take the form of reviews, testimonials, interviews, or before-and-after showcases.

Examples: Dental clinics showing before-and-after photos, software companies sharing case studies, and haircare brands featuring customer transformations.

Origin Stories

Origin stories focus on how your brand was founded and its journey over time. They highlight your brand's values, mission, and the unique path you've taken.

Examples: Craft breweries sharing their homebrewing roots, family-owned businesses discussing generational history, and tech startups explaining the frustrations that led to their innovations.

Brand Stories

These stories emphasise the brand's identity, values, and unique selling propositions. They often incorporate elements of origin stories but focus more on the brand's personality.

Examples: Luxury fashion brands discussing sustainability efforts, car manufacturers highlighting safety innovations, and music streaming services emphasising artist support.

Educational Stories

Educational stories aim to inform your audience about your products, industry tips, or how to use your services. They position your brand as a knowledgeable and trusted source.

Examples: Cooking blogs offering gourmet meal guides, financial institutions sharing saving tips, and health companies providing wellness advice.

Humorous Stories

Humour can create a strong connection by making your audience laugh and feel good about your brand. It's particularly effective if it aligns with your brand's personality.

Examples: Pet grooming businesses showcasing funny pet moments, fast-food chains creating parody videos, and finance blogs using humorous scenarios to explain concepts.

Emotional Stories

These stories aim to evoke strong emotional responses and create a deep connection. They are often used in press releases and marketing campaigns to highlight human interest angles.

Examples: Charities sharing impactful service stories, healthcare brands featuring testimonials, and sports equipment companies promoting athlete sponsorships.

Creating Your Brand's StoryWhen crafting your brand's story, ensure it aligns with your brand message and resonates with your target audience. Consider the format and distribution channels to effectively reach your audience. By creating engaging and authentic stories, you develop trust and a deeper connection with your audience.

Storytelling in marketing is about making your audience feel part of your journey. Whether through customer success stories, origin stories, brand stories, educational stories, humorous stories, or emotional stories, the goal is to create a connection that fosters trust and loyalty.

Highlights* 00:41 The Importance of Human Connection * 00:57 Overcoming Marketing Jargon * 01:36 Crafting Compelling Stories * 02:37 Customer Success Stories * 04:17 Origin Stories * 06:49 Brand Stories * 08:58 Educational Stories * 10:29 Humorous Stories * 11:38 Emotional Stories * 13:20 Tips for Using Storytelling in Business

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle * Evergreen Content and Story Ideas https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/evergreen-content-and-story-ideas How to Write a Media Release https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/how-to-write-a-media-release

View Details

Marketing often demands a continuous flow of fresh ideas and innovative strategies. As business owners, we often have untapped marketing potential within our daily operations.

Hidden in daily interactions, customer inquiries, and existing content are numerous opportunities to enhance and diversify our marketing efforts. By tapping into these underutilised resources, we can create engaging and evergreen content that resonates with our audience.

In this episode, I’ll share exercises and steps to help you repurpose, reshare, and discover ideas to enhance your marketing efforts.

Keep a Notebook HandyIf you run a physical location business, have a pen and paper by the phone. When clients call with inquiries, jot them down. These questions can become blog posts, videos, social media content, or YouTube tutorials.

Leveraging FAQsYour FAQ page is a goldmine for social media content, short videos, and blog posts. FAQs make great evergreen content that can be shared continuously through social programming tools like Meet Edgar. This ensures your answers are always available when customers search for related information.

Repurposing Blog ContentYour blog holds a wealth of knowledge. Repurpose old posts by going live, creating new series, or developing social media posts from key statements. Tools like Canva can help create engaging social images. Additionally, consider compiling several blog posts into an ebook or physical book using tools like Designrr.

Creating Tutorial VideosTutorials are excellent for showing customers how to use your products or services. These can be shared on Facebook, YouTube, and other platforms. Tutorials not only help current customers but also attract potential buyers by demonstrating the value of your offerings.

Maximising Hidden Marketing OpportunitiesUncovering hidden marketing ideas within your business not only saves time and resources but also maximises the potential of the content and interactions you already have. By systematically capturing customer inquiries, repurposing existing content, and creating educational materials, you can continually engage your audience and reinforce your brand’s value.

Keep exploring and repurposing content to keep your marketing fresh and engaging. Embrace these techniques to transform your daily business activities into marketing opportunities, ensuring your business remains vibrant and responsive in a competitive marketplace.

Highlights* 00:00 Introduction to Hidden Marketing Ideas * 01:21 Leveraging Client Interactions * 02:50 Utilising Frequently Asked Questions * 03:59 Repurposing Blog Content * 05:40 Creating Tutorials and Final Tips

Resources* Meet Edgar https://snip.ly/meetedgareg * Repurpose.io https://snip.ly/repurposeio * Canva http://snip.ly/canva30pro * Designrr https://snip.ly/designrr * The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle * The AI, Async, & Automation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/aaahub

View Details

Brainstorming is an essential tool for any business looking to innovate and solve problems. As an idea strategist, I love generating and implementing ideas, and brainstorming is one of the best ways I come up with such ideas.

In this episdoe, I will share with you some insights on why brainstorming is essential when running your business and how to make the most of your brainstorming sessions.

What is Brainstorming?At its core, brainstorming involves getting ideas out of your head and into a format where they can be evaluated and acted upon. For solo business owners, this might mean jotting down ideas on pen and paper or using post-it notes. This method allows for the free flow of ideas without any particular focus, making it ideal for content and marketing planning or problem-solving.

Why Brainstorming is EssentialBrainstorming is more than just a buzzword; it's a method to extract and organise knowledge from our minds or a collective group. Whether you're a solo entrepreneur or part of a large organisation, brainstorming can help solve problems, plan courses, and explore new opportunities. If you've had negative experiences with brainstorming in the past, don't let that deter you—it's a valuable process worth revisiting.

Techniques for Effective BrainstormingPen and Paper with Post-it Notes

One effective way to brainstorm is by using pen and paper combined with post-it notes. This method allows you to write down ideas without any specific focus and use post-it notes to organise thoughts visually on a window or board. It’s especially useful for content planning, marketing planning, and problem-solving.

Electronic Brainstorming

In the digital age, electronic brainstorming is another powerful tool. Utilise digital platforms to gather and organise ideas. Engaging with groups or online communities can provide diverse perspectives and collective intelligence to brainstorm solutions and opportunities.

Group Brainstorming

Collaborating with your team, colleagues, or partners can significantly enhance brainstorming sessions. Having discussions in a conducive environment, away from distractions like computers, can lead to more productive and creative sessions. Whether it's a casual conversation over coffee or a structured meeting, group brainstorming leverages multiple viewpoints to refine and develop ideas.

Tips for Successful BrainstormingChange of Environment

Sometimes, taking yourself out of your usual workspace can spark creativity. Going to a café which is one of my favourite ways to brainstorm or a quiet place with a dedicated notebook for brainstorming can lead to new insights and ideas.

Collaborate with Others

If you're stuck, brainstorming with friends, family, or professionals in your network can be incredibly helpful. Engaging in conversation can help refine and develop ideas that might have been difficult to articulate alone.

Use Technology

AI tools like ChatGPT, Claude and Gemini can help generate ideas by providing prompts and suggestions based on your input. This can be particularly useful for content creation, product development, and other brainstorming activities.

Practical ApplicationsBrainstorming can be applied to various aspects of business:

Product Development: Generate new product ideas and solutions by brainstorming. This can lead to innovative offerings that meet market demands and stand out from the competition.

Content Creation: Plan and create content that resonates with your audience by brainstorming different topics, formats, and strategies.

Problem-Solving: Tackle business challenges by exploring different options and solutions through brainstorming. This can lead to effective strategies and approaches to overcoming obstacles.

Steps to a Productive Brainstorming SessionDefine Your Objective: Clarify what you aim to achieve—whether it's solving a problem, creating a product, or generating content ideas. Having a clear objective sets the direction for your brainstorming session.

Gather Ideas: Collect ideas from everyone involved, ensuring no idea is dismissed prematurely. This fosters an open and inclusive environment where creativity can flourish.

Evaluate Ideas: Assess the ideas based on feasibility, alignment with your business goals, and your capacity to implement them. This step helps prioritise the most promising ideas.

Implement Strategies: Develop a plan to put the best ideas into action, using workflows and practical steps to achieve your goals. Implementing these strategies effectively can lead to significant business growth and development.

Brainstorming is a powerful tool for driving innovation and growth in your business. Whether you're using pen and paper, digital tools, or group discussions, tapping into the collective brainpower around you can lead to amazing results.

Join us in The Marketing Circle to brainstorm together and take your ideas to the next level.

Highlights* 01:24 What is Brainstorming? * 01:32 Methods of Brainstorming * 02:08 Collaborative Brainstorming * 02:43 Tips for Effective Brainstorming * 04:18 Using AI for Brainstorming * 05:00 Steps to Set Up a Brainstorming Session

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle * The AI, Async, & Automation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/aaahub

View Details

Collaboration is an art and is a powerful strategy for growth and innovation in business. Whether you're co-creating a course, partnering for an event, or working with other business owners, effective collaboration can unlock tremendous potential, in growth and reach.

Let’s explore the essential elements of successful collaboration and provide actionable tips to help you build strong, productive partnerships.

The Essentials of Successful CollaborationClear CommunicationThe cornerstone of any successful collaboration is clear and open communication. Without it, misunderstandings and conflicts can derail the best of intentions. Here’s how to ensure effective communication in your partnerships:

Setting Expectations: From the outset, it's crucial to document the goals, expectations, and outcomes for all parties involved. This helps align everyone’s efforts towards a common objective.
Choosing Communication Channels: Decide on the most effective ways to communicate, whether through email, project management tools, or chat apps. Consistency in communication methods helps keep everyone on the same page.
Active Listening: Make sure each party feels heard and valued. This builds trust and facilitates better collaboration.
Feedback Mechanisms: Establish clear ways to give and receive feedback. Constructive feedback helps improve processes and outcomes continuously.

Defining Roles and ResponsibilitiesTo avoid confusion and ensure that tasks are completed efficiently, clearly define each party's roles and responsibilities:

Create Job Descriptions: Outline specific tasks and designate who is responsible for each. This clarity helps prevent overlaps and gaps in responsibility.
Set Expectations: Clarify what each party is expected to deliver, including deadlines and outputs. This is especially important in collaborations involving guest speakers or shared promotional efforts.
Handle Overlaps: Have a plan for managing overlapping responsibilities or changes in scope. Decide in advance how to address these situations to avoid conflicts.
Value Contributions: Recognise and appreciate each member’s efforts. This fosters a positive and productive partnership.

Flexibility and AdaptabilityIn any collaborative effort, things may not always go as planned. Flexibility and adaptability are key to navigating these changes:

Be Open-Minded: Stay flexible and willing to adjust plans as needed. This openness can help you overcome unforeseen challenges.
Plan for Changes: Anticipate possible shifts in needs or resources. Having a contingency plan can help you adapt quickly.
Respond to Needs: Adjust to new information or circumstances that affect the collaboration. This might involve changing strategies or reassigning tasks.

Trust and RespectA foundation of trust and respect is essential for any successful collaboration:

Build Trust: Choose partners you trust and who share your values. Trust facilitates smoother interactions and a greater willingness to collaborate.
Maintain Transparency: Keep open lines of communication and be transparent about processes and decisions. Transparency builds credibility and reliability.
Respect Time and Effort: Value the time and contributions of your partners and their teams. Acknowledge their hard work and respect their input.

Accountability and Follow-ThroughEnsuring that the collaboration stays on track requires accountability from all parties:

Track Progress: Use project management tools or spreadsheets to monitor tasks and responsibilities. Regular check-ins help keep everyone accountable.
Meet Deadlines: Ensure that all parties are meeting their commitments and timelines. Meeting deadlines demonstrates reliability and respect for the partnership.
Communicate Updates: Regularly update partners on progress and any needs or changes. This proactive communication prevents misunderstandings and delays.

Celebrations and ReflectionsAcknowledging successes and reflecting on the collaboration’s progress helps maintain momentum and morale:

Celebrate Wins: Recognise and celebrate both small and large successes. Celebrations boost morale and reinforce the value of the collaboration.
Reflect on Learnings: Take time to reflect on what worked well and what could be improved. This reflection helps optimise future collaborations and build on strengths.

Finding and Initiating CollaborationsIdentifying and starting new collaborations can significantly expand your business network and opportunities:

Leverage Existing Networks: Consider people and businesses you already interact with. Existing relationships can be a great starting point for new collaborations.

Explore Online Communities: Look for opportunities in Facebook groups or other online platforms. These communities often have members looking for partnerships.

Connect with Influencers: Reach out to podcasters, bloggers, or other influencers who align with your business. Influencers can help you reach new audiences.

Collaborate with Publications: Offer to contribute articles or content to industry publications. This can enhance your visibility and credibility.

Participate in Events: Offer your expertise at webinars, summits, or other events. Speaking engagements provide a platform to showcase your knowledge and network with potential collaborators.

Final TakeawayCollaboration is a powerful tool for growth and innovation in business. By focusing on clear communication, defined roles, flexibility, trust, accountability, and celebration, you can build strong, productive partnerships that enhance your business’s reach and impact.

Take the time to seek out and nurture collaborative opportunities, and watch your business flourish through the power of working together.

Highlights* 00:00 Introduction to Collaboration * 01:13 The Importance of Clear Communication * 02:21 Defining Roles and Responsibilities * 04:05 Flexibility and Adaptability in Collaboration * 05:16 Building Trust and Respect * 06:01 Accountability and Follow Through * 06:45 Celebration and Reflection * 07:07 Finding Collaboration Opportunities * 08:18 Final Tips for Successful Collaboration08:45 Conclusion and Next Steps

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

View Details

Humour isn't just about making people laugh; it's a form of engagement that can significantly enhance our marketing efforts. When executed well, humour grabs our audience's attention, creates positive associations with our brand, and makes our content more memorable.

Humour also allows our personality to shine through, helping people connect with the human behind the brand. By eliciting laughter and smiles, humorous content can encourage shares and generate the kind of engagement every marketer dreams of.

We know that humour can be a powerful engagement tool, but when and how should it be used? Let's explore some tips and tricks on the best practices for using humour effectively in our marketing strategy.

When Humour Works—and When It Doesn’tHumour can be tricky; what one person finds hilarious, another may find offensive. To avoid these pitfalls, ensure that your humorous content aligns with your brand's ethos and values.

Here are some best practices to consider:

Know Your Audience: Understand who your target audience is and what type of humour they appreciate. Aligning your content with their preferences can make your campaigns more impactful.

Align with Your Brand: Your humour should align with your brand’s values. For example, if your motto is "If you can't say anything nice, don't say anything at all," avoid humour that tears others down.

Enhance Your Message: Ensure that the humour used in your marketing enhances, not detracts from, your overall message. Avoid using humour merely for entertainment; it should support your campaign’s objectives.

Tasteful and Relatable: Keep your humour lighthearted and inclusive. Avoid offensive, derogatory, or controversial humour, as it could alienate parts of your audience. Instead, aim for content that is relatable and brings people in on the joke.

Test Your Content: Before launching a full-scale humorous campaign, test your content with a small group of trusted clients or peers. Make necessary adjustments based on feedback to ensure your humour resonates with your larger audience.

Other Tips for Using Humour in MarketingBe Original: Avoid rehashing old jokes. Be original and bring your unique brand of humour to your marketing.

Be Tasteful: Always err on the side of caution. If a joke might be crossing a line, it's better to leave it out.

Don’t Be Afraid to Fail: Not every humour attempt will land perfectly, and that's okay. Use these failures as learning opportunities.

If in Doubt, Leave It Out: When unsure about a piece of humourous content, it's better to exclude it rather than risk potential backlash.

Humour, when used strategically and aligned with your brand, can be a fantastic way to engage your audience. I challenge you to observe marketing campaigns around you and see where humour is applied effectively.

If you're already incorporating humour into your marketing, share your experiences in the comments—what’s worked for you?

Highlights* [00:00:41] Humour as Engagement * [00:01:25] Humour and Algorithms * [00:01:40] Subjectivity of Humour * [00:02:11] Aligning with Brand Values * [00:02:31] Know Your Audience * [00:03:12] Reflecting Brand Personality * [00:03:50] Enhancing the Message * [00:04:20] Keeping It Tasteful * [00:04:46] Testing Humour * [00:05:08] Avoid Offensive Content * [00:05:29] Brand Image Consistency * [00:06:41] Power of Research * [00:07:20] Examples of Effective Humour * [00:10:05] Learning from Failures * [00:10:18] Final Tip: Err on the Side of Caution

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

View Details

Understanding and defining your core values and non-negotiables are crucial for business if you want to thrive in your business. Too often, we push these aside, thinking we need to please and be something different for our clients. But knowing who we are, who we want to work with, and what our non-negotiable values are can have a significant impact on our business and our clients.

If everyone wanted a cookie-cutter, robot approach to business, we would have automated everything by now. But people seek you out for your unique way of doing things and the values behind your business. Defining your core values clarifies who you are and how you operate, making you more attractive to clients who resonate with your approach.

So in this episode of Talk, I will run you through an exercise to help you define your core values and the types of people you want to work with.

Why Did You Start Your Business?Start by reflecting on why you got into business in the first place. What motivated you? Was it the desire for more freedom, more time with loved ones, or a different way to serve people than you could as an employee?

Understanding your original motivation is key to defining your core values.

Identify Who You Don't Want to Work WithThink back to when you worked for someone else. Who were the people you didn't enjoy working with? This list is just as important as the list of people you do want to work with. These are the clients you'll say no to, even when times are tough. Write down their characteristics, maybe even give them a name and a face. Recognise them when they come along, and don’t work with them.

Identify Your Ideal ClientsNow, consider the people you do want to work with. Many will guide you through creating a client persona, but you might have several types of ideal clients. For example, I work with small business owners, course creators, and organisations on systems and procedures. My core defining goal is helping people create impact. What's yours? Write it down and discuss it with your team to get their input.

Determine Your Work ScheduleOne core value is deciding when you want to work. If you’re a morning person, schedule your work for the mornings. If you work better at night, do that. You don’t have to stick to a 9-to-5 schedule unless required by your business location. This flexibility is one of the perks of owning your business and one that should be communicated clearly with your clients.

Time for Working on the BusinessSet aside time to work on your business. This practice is highly impactful. If you haven’t already, check out my episode on the different hats you wear as a business owner on The Business Owners Podcast. It’s essential to allocate time for strategic planning and development.

Non-Negotiables Like Family Time and TravelConsider your non-negotiables, such as family time and travel. When I started travelling for business, I had a rule of no more than two nights away from my family unless they came with me. This ensured my young daughter felt secure and reduced pressure on my husband. Your non-negotiables might evolve, but setting them early helps maintain a work-life balance.

Payment TermsLastly, define how you want to be paid. Decide on your payment terms: in advance, upon completion, part payments, or automated payments. This clarity prevents confusion and ensures you're compensated fairly and timely.

Growing and Evolving ValuesAs your business grows, your core values and non-negotiables will evolve. You'll develop more services and refine your values. Regularly revisit and update these to ensure they align with your business growth and personal development.

By defining and adhering to your core values and non-negotiables, you create a strong foundation for your business. Review these regularly to stay on track and true to yourself.

Highlights[00:00:34] Embracing your unique approach

[00:00:56] Why did you start your business?

[00:01:12] Identify who you don’t want to work with

[00:01:42] Identify your ideal clients

[00:02:08] Determine your work schedule

[00:02:42] Time for working on the business

[00:03:15] Non-Negotiables: Family time and travel

[00:04:15] Growing and evolving values

[00:04:44] Payment terms

ResourcesThe Business Owners Podcast

View Details

In business, efficiency is key to success. AI and automation are powerful tools that can transform how businesses operate, making processes faster and more efficient while maintaining a personal touch.

On a recent flight to Sydney, I struck up a conversation with a Melbourne University professor about how she is using AI in the health space while I use it in the business and marketing spaces. Our exchange highlighted a critical point: AI should not be seen as a threat to jobs but as a tool that can enhance productivity and innovation.

By embracing AI, businesses can unlock new opportunities and efficiencies without compromising job security. So in this episode of the Talk Podcast, I am delving into the myriad ways that AI and automation can be leveraged to streamline business operations and boost productivity.

Practical Applications of AI Tools for Business and MarketingStreamlining Workflows with Zapier

Zapier is a tool that connects different website applications to automate workflows. By linking various platforms, businesses can create seamless processes that save time and reduce manual effort.

Generating Ideas with ChatGPT and Other AI Ideation Tools

AI tools like ChatGPT can assist in generating content ideas and planning. These tools help businesses come up with creative solutions and streamline their ideation process.

Visualising Workflows with Whimsical

Whimsical is an excellent tool for visualising workflows and processes. With AI integrations with ChatGPT, it becomes easier to design mind maps, workflows, and other visual representations of complex ideas, enhancing clarity and communication.

Enhancing Marketing Personalisation

AI can personalise marketing efforts by tailoring responses based on user interactions. For instance, Netflix’s show recommendations and Facebook’s targeted ads demonstrate how AI can interpret data to predict user behaviour and preferences.

AI in Human Resources and Financial Automation

AI is also revolutionising human resources by automating tasks like screening job applications and writing job ads. These tools ensure that businesses attract the right candidates efficiently.

In the financial realm, automation can handle invoicing and financial transactions, ensuring accuracy and saving time. Tools like Zapier can connect financial data to accounting systems like Xero, streamlining financial operations.

Remote Working Technologies

The rise of remote work has highlighted the need for effective tools to manage remote teams. AI-powered tools like Zoom and Tactiq can generate meeting transcripts and summaries, facilitating better communication and collaboration. Automated scheduling and calendar management further enhance productivity in remote working environments.

Content Creation and Management

Content creation can be time-consuming, but AI tools can simplify the process:

Meet Edgar automates content distribution from blogs to social media.
Opus Clip converts long-form videos into short clips for diverse content distribution.
Canva Bulk Create automates image creation using templates, similar to a mail merge.
Descript uses AI to edit videos and podcasts, making it accessible for business owners to produce professional audio and video content.

AI and automation are transforming business operations, making them more efficient and productive. By embracing these technologies, we can unlock new opportunities and stay competitive in a rapidly evolving market. The journey of technological advancement is a collective one, so I encourage you to share your favourite AI and automation tools and your experiences using them in your businesses.

Highlights* [00:00:47] Debunking AI job loss myth * [00:01:03] Streamlining workflows with Zapier * [00:01:21] AI ideation with ChatGPT and more * [00:01:37] Visualising with Whimsical * [00:01:50] Marketing personalisation * [00:02:07] AI and automation in human resources and finance * [00:02:51] Remote working technologies * [00:03:07] Content creation and management tools * [00:03:41] Embracing AI and Automation in your business

Resources* The AI, Async, & Automation Hub * Zapier * ChatGPT * Whimsical * Zoom * Tactiq * Meet Edgar * Opus Clip * Canva * Descript

View Details

There's a quote I love: "Success is walking from failure to failure with no loss of enthusiasm." And let me tell you, this is especially true in marketing. In this episode of talk, I want to share some tips on how you can walk from failure to failure without losing enthusiasm along the way.

As you navigate the marketing world, you'll create all sorts of content: blog posts, social media content, and email campaigns. And a lot of what we do and create is all about learning what works for our business. Some of it will resonate with your audience, while some of it won't. That's just the way it goes! The key is to track everything you do, successes and failures alike.

Every flop is a chance to learn. It tells you what you can improve on and what tweaks you can make to better connect with your audience. And every win? That shows you what's working and what kind of content strikes a chord.

Here's the thing: failure shouldn't be scary. It's a stepping stone to success. Think about how kids learn: by trying things out, making mistakes, and figuring out what works for them. That's exactly how business owners, especially marketers, should approach their work.

The goal is to keep walking that path, learning from every misstep, all while holding onto your enthusiasm. Because that enthusiasm is what fuels your creativity and your determination to keep trying new things and working until you get it right.

Reflecting on my early days in the call center, I recall the invaluable lesson I learned: every rejection, every "no," brought me one step closer to a "yes." Each interaction, whether fruitful or not, provided me with valuable feedback and helped me better understand my target audience. It's a mindset I carry with me to this day—one that sees failure not as a setback but as a necessary part of the journey towards success.

Celebrate every "no," every less-than-stellar campaign result because it means you're actively putting yourself out there, trying new things, and getting closer to that marketing magic.

In the age of social media, it's easy to get disheartened by negative feedback or a lack of engagement. But I've realised that these moments are not indicators of failure but rather opportunities for growth. Losing a subscriber or receiving criticism may sting, but it also means we're refining our audience and honing in on those who truly resonate with our message.

Moreover, I've learned to celebrate even the smallest victories along the way. Whether it's reaching a handful of people or millions, each interaction is a chance to connect with our target market and further our goals. It's about reframing our definition of success and recognising that it's not always about the numbers but the quality of engagement.

Here are some additional tips to keep in mind:

Data is your friend! Track everything you do in your marketing efforts to see what resonates and what doesn't.
Don't be afraid to experiment. Creativity thrives on trying new things, and you never know what might work until you try it.
Embrace your failures as learning opportunities. Analyse what went wrong, adjust your approach, and keep moving forward.
Celebrate your wins, big and small. Reaching a marketing goal is a fantastic achievement, and acknowledging your successes keeps you motivated.

I hope this episode gives you a newfound perspective on failure—one that sees it not as a roadblock but as a stepping stone towards success. By embracing setbacks with enthusiasm and unwavering determination, we can navigate the challenges of entrepreneurship with resilience and optimism.

In the end, perhaps what we perceive as failure is simply a necessary part of the journey—one that ultimately leads us to greater heights if we approach it with the right mindset.

Highlights* [00:00:00]Reflecting on a powerful quote about success * [00:01:02] Learning from successes and failures in marketing * [00:02:12] Every "no" brings us closer to a "yes” * [00:02:51] Reframing failures as opportunities for growth

View Details

Are you a busy business owner struggling to find time for marketing? Don't worry, you're not alone.

Many business owners find it challenging to prioritise marketing amidst their daily operations. But fear not, because I've got you covered.

In this episode, I'll share with you five quick and effective marketing strategies that you can implement in just five minutes each day. These strategies are designed to help you make the most of those short bursts of time and create valuable marketing content for your business.

Before we dive into the strategies, let's talk about the concept of five minute marketing. The idea behind it is to leverage those small pockets of time throughout your day and turn them into opportunities for marketing. While you may not be able to create a masterpiece in just five minutes, you can still accomplish a lot.

Short-form videos, for example, are an excellent way to utilise these brief moments. Simply grab your phone, share a few tips and tricks related to your business, and voila! You have a valuable piece of marketing content.

Now, let's get into the five minute marketing strategies:

ResearchOne of the best ways to make use of those five-minute time slots is by doing some research. There are several options for research in the realm of marketing. You can explore relevant hashtags, identify potential advertising opportunities, or search for guest posting prospects. One useful technique is to type in the website or keywords you want to target, along with phrases like "article submission" or "guest post," and see what comes up in the search results. Bookmark the sites that catch your interest and return to them later to submit your articles.

Additionally, you can look for journalists seeking sources, explore platforms like SourceBottle, or join communities and meetups to promote your business. The best part is that most of these research activities can be done conveniently on your phone.

Ask QuestionsQuestions are a powerful tool for engaging with your audience and building your profile. Take advantage of those five-minute intervals to ask questions on various social media platforms, such as Facebook groups, your own pages/profiles, YouTube shorts, or Instagram reels. You can even tap into the collaboration features available on Instagram to collaborate with others in creating posts and stories.

Be sure to come back later to answer those questions in another five-minute time slot. Engaging with your audience and showing a genuine interest in their opinions can foster meaningful connections and improve your online presence.

Check Your ProfilesTaking a few minutes to review your social media profiles is essential. Ensure that your website link is up to date and that your profiles accurately reflect what you and your business are all about. You don't want to miss out on any potential opportunities because of outdated or incomplete profiles. Pay attention to your description, contact links, and profile/header images.

Social media platforms often change their formatting, so make sure your images still look appropriate. By regularly maintaining your profiles, you present yourself professionally and increase your chances of making a strong impression on potential customers.

Social Media ProgrammingThis five minute marketing strategy involves using tools like Meta Business Suite, TikTok, Meet Edgar, Later, Missing Letter, or Metricool to schedule your social media posts in advance. By dedicating a specific time slot to program your posts, you can create a consistent flow of content without constantly having to think about it.

These tools offer features such as batch creation and variations, allowing you to save time and keep your platforms active and engaging. For instance, you can connect your blog's RSS feed to platforms like Missing Letter and Meet Edgar to automatically share your blog posts with customized variations across your social media channels.

Convert Blog Posts into Videos:If you have a well-performing blog post, especially one that ranks well on search engines, consider transforming it into a video using tools like Pictory or Lumen5. By utilising the text-to-video feature, you can repurpose your blog content and create a brand new piece of video content. Simply input the URL of your blog post, let the video tool work its magic, and in just five minutes, you'll have a new and engaging form of content to share. Video content is highly engaging and can help you reach a wider audience.

In conclusion, these five-minute marketing strategies are designed to help busy business owners like you make the most of their limited time. By incorporating these strategies into your daily routine, you can consistently produce valuable marketing content and stay connected with your audience. So, embrace those short bursts of time and start implementing these strategies today. Remember, small steps can add up to significant marketing results!

I hope you found these five-minute marketing tips helpful. Let me know which one is your favourite and if you have any other strategies to add to the mix.

Highlights* [00:00:00] The time constraints business owners face * [00:00:36] The challenge of finding time for marketing amidst daily business operations * [00:00:56] What is the Five-Minute Marketing? * [00:01:08] Bonus Tip: How to use short-form video for quick and impactful marketing content creation * [00:01:43] Finding Five-Minute Slots: How to identify short breaks in the day for marketing activities * [00:01:55] Research * [00:02:58] Asking Questions * [00:03:39] Checking Profiles * [00:04:42] Social Media Programming * [00:05:17] Repurposing Blog Content * [00:05:50] The importance of impactful marketing in business

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast* 5 Minute Marketing Deck https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-deck-5-minute-marketing-ideas * MissingLettr https://snip.ly/missinglettr * Meet Edgar https://snip.ly/meetedgar * Pictory https://snip.ly/pictoryvideo Lumen5 https://snip.ly/lumen5

View Details

Whether you're new to working with the media or an experienced business owner, mapping out your media year is a valuable activity. It helps you plan ahead, use proactive techniques, and tap into potential events. In this blog post, we will explore the steps to mapping out your media year and provide tips to stay ahead of the game.

Flag Dates for Evergreen ContentStart by going through a calendar and flagging dates for evergreen content. Depending on your industry, these could include holidays, awareness days, and other significant events. By identifying these dates, you can plan your content strategy around them.

Identify Industry Bodies and ReportsWhile flagging key dates, also consider any industry bodies or reports that are going to be released. These can provide valuable opportunities for your PR strategy. Stay updated and be prepared to write responses or articles related to these releases.

Flag Proactive Business ActivitiesNext, go through your business activities for the year and identify events that can be proactive for your press release content. This can include product launches, sales, changes in premises, events, conferences, and awards processes. By flagging these events, you can align your PR efforts with your business objectives.

Take Advantage of Reactive PR OpportunitiesWhile reactive PR usually revolves around current news, there are specific times throughout the year when you can capitalise on certain topics. Add dates of industry body and annual meetings, upcoming elections, and federal or state budgets to your calendar. Also, note the publication dates of reports that can be used for media commentary.

Create an Article BankDuring quieter times for your business, such as January or February, focus on creating an article bank. Generate ideas and stories that can be shared with your audience in the form of press releases or other content. This way, you'll have a ready-to-use content bank when you need to reach out to the media.

Map Out Publication DeadlinesTo effectively plan your PR efforts, map out the publication deadlines of relevant media outlets. Download advertorial calendars or check when advertorial submissions are due. This will give you an idea of how far in advance you need to work on your stories to align with publication deadlines.

Build Relationships with JournalistsMaintaining good relationships with journalists is crucial for successful PR. Reach out to your contacts and have conversations about their upcoming stories. Offer your help and expertise where possible. By nurturing these relationships, you'll have a better chance of getting your stories published.

Seek New OpportunitiesContinuously seek new opportunities to expand your PR efforts. Look for new journalists to connect with, submission sites to get involved with, and places where you can contribute as a podcast guest or guest writer. Utilise your content bank and pitch yourself to various publications to increase exposure.

By mapping out your media year and planning ahead, you can be proactive in your PR strategy. Take advantage of evergreen content, be prepared for industry releases, and leverage reactive PR opportunities. Create an article bank, map out publication deadlines, and build relationships with journalists. Embrace new opportunities to expand your reach.

Congratulations on taking the first step towards a successful PR year!

Highlights* [00:00:00] How to plan for media engagement, whether for beginners or experienced business owners * [00:00:31] The need to plan for the year ahead, using evergreen and proactive techniques * [00:00:53] How to flag dates for evergreen content, such as holidays and awareness days * [00:01:31] Mapping out business activities for the year, including product launches, sales, premises changes, and events * [00:02:42] The importance of creating a spreadsheet and a list of ideas for press releases across the year * [00:03:16] Mapping out publication deadlines by downloading advertorial calendars. * [00:03:44] How to reach out to journalists to discuss proactive media strategies * [00:04:34] Tthe search for new journalists, submission sites, and opportunities for guest contributions in podcasts and articles

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast* The Marketing Planner https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-planner * How to Write a Media Release for Your Business https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/how-to-write-a-media-release

View Details

In this episode of the Talk podcast, we'll explore five educational marketing strategies that you can use to empower your clients and grow your business.

Share Your Expertise Through BloggingBlogging is a great way to share your knowledge and insights with a wide audience. When you create informative and engaging blog posts, you can attract potential clients who are interested in learning more about your area of expertise.
Guest on Podcasts and Contribute to Other SitesAppearing as a guest on podcasts and contributing guest posts to other websites is a great way to expand your reach and connect with new audiences. This is a great opportunity to share your expertise with a wider audience and establish yourself as an industry thought leader.
Create Short-Form Video ContentShort-form video content is a great way to capture attention and share your message in a concise and engaging way. Platforms like TikTok, Instagram Reels, and YouTube Shorts are ideal for sharing quick tips, tutorials, and behind-the-scenes glimpses into your business.
Develop an E-Book or Lead MagnetCreating an e-book or lead magnet is a great way to attract new subscribers and build your email list. Offer a valuable resource, such as an e-book, tip sheet, or cheat sheet, in exchange for an email address. This will allow you to nurture leads and keep them informed about your latest offerings.
Answer Questions in Online CommunitiesParticipating in online communities and forums is a great way to connect with potential clients and answer their questions. By providing valuable insights and expertise, you can establish yourself as a trusted resource and build relationships with potential clients.

Take Action and Empower Your ClientsRemember, educational marketing is all about sharing your knowledge and empowering your clients. By implementing these strategies, you can attract better-informed clients, build trust, and grow your business.

What educational marketing strategy are you going to use today? Share your thoughts in the comments below!

Highlights* [00:00:00] The importance of educational marketing and the need for effective strategies * [00:00:36] Strategy 1: Blogging - Advice on using blogs to share tips, answer questions, and the need to humanise content in the competitive AI era * [00:01:26] Practical Exercise: Brainstorm five topics for educating their market * [00:02:25] Strategy 2: Guest Appearances on Podcasts - The importance of creating a strong available-for-interview profile * [00:03:31] Strategy 3: Guest Contributions on Medium - How to share blog posts on Medium * [00:04:21] Strategy 4: Short Form Video - Creating quick and simple short-form videos to engage and educate the audience. * [00:04:55] Strategy 5: Ebooks as Lead Magnets - How to use lead magnets to build an email list * [00:05:36] Strategy 6: Answering Questions - How to create content based on the questions to meet the audience's needs. * [00:06:17] What else to include in content

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast* The Marketing Planner https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-planner * AI, Async, Automation Hub https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/aaahub * Answer The Public https://snip.ly/answerthepub * How to Create an Available for Interview Profile to Pitch to the Media https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/availableforinterviewprofile * MissingLettr https://snip.ly/missinglettr * Medium https://medium.com

View Details

As business owners, we all want our businesses to be featured in the news. It's a powerful way to build credibility, trust, and attract more customers. But in today's digital age, getting your business in the news is not limited to traditional media outlets like the six o'clock news. There are plenty of other opportunities to explore. In this blog post, I will share four steps to help you get your business in the news and boost your visibility.

Step 1: Have a Newsworthy StoryTo capture journalists' attention, you need a story that is both interesting and relevant to their target audience. This means identifying what makes your business unique, whether it's a new and innovative product, a significant milestone, or an industry-specific challenge you've overcome.

You can also leverage existing trends in the news and provide your expert opinion or share a human interest story related to your business. The key is to ensure that your story stands out and resonates with the target audience.

Step 2: Target the Right Media OutletsNot all media outlets are created equal, and not all stories will appeal to every outlet. It's essential to research and identify the media outlets that are most likely to be interested in your type of story.

Start by targeting smaller outlets where you have a higher chance of getting coverage and building your profile. This could include local newspapers, online publications, or industry-specific blogs.

As you gain more experience and credibility, you can then aim for larger and more prestigious outlets.

Step 3: Build Relationships with JournalistsOnce you have identified the right media outlets, it's time to build relationships with journalists. Take the time to research their work, understand their interests, and tailor your pitch accordingly. Personalise your communication to show that you have done your homework and genuinely believe that your story would be a good fit for their audience.

Remember to be professional, polite, and responsive when interacting with journalists. Building these relationships will increase your chances of getting coverage in the future.

Step 4: Craft a Compelling Pitch and Follow UpTo grab a journalist's attention, you need to have a well-crafted pitch. Your pitch should be clear, concise, and persuasive. Highlight the newsworthiness of your story, why it is important, and why the journalist's audience should care.

Include all relevant details, such as dates, times, and locations if applicable. It's also crucial to be proactive and follow up with journalists if you don't hear back from them within a week or two.

A polite and well-timed follow-up could make all the difference in getting your story in the media.

Getting your business in the news is a valuable strategy to build credibility and attract more customers.

By having a newsworthy story, targeting the right media outlets, building relationships with journalists, and crafting compelling pitches – you can increase your chances of getting coverage and boosting your visibility.

Remember to be patient, consistent, and helpful throughout the process. Good luck in your PR journey!

Highlights* [00:00:00] Getting a business in the news for building credibility and trust * [00:00:38] Changing Landscape of News * [00:01:03] Expanding News Strategies * [00:01:46] Step 1 - Newsworthy Story * [00:02:51] Step 2 - Targeting the Right Outlets * [00:03:54] Step 3 - Building Relationships * [00:04:09] Step 4 - Crafting the Pitch * [00:05:16] Follow-up with journalists * [00:06:22] Encouraging businesses to tap into online media for greater visibility

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast* My Book of PR Tips https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/my-book-of-pr-tips-putting-pr-within-reach * The Marketing Planner https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-planner

View Details

In the world of the internet, we own two things: our website and our email list.

Email marketing, when executed thoughtfully, offers a direct line of communication between us as businesses and their customers, fostering meaningful relationships and driving brand loyalty.

Its effectiveness lies in its ability to deliver personalised messages to a captive audience, nurturing leads, promoting products and services, and ultimately boosting sales

As business owners, how can we use email marketing to strengthen our brand?

Benefits of Email Marketing

Email marketing is a powerful tool that can be used to build relationships with potential and current customers, promote your products or services, and drive traffic to your website.

There are many benefits to email marketing, including:

Increased brand awareness: By creating opt-ins, lead magnets, and newsletters, you can attract people to your email list and nurture them into customers.
Improved customer engagement: Email marketing allows you to stay in touch with your customers and build relationships with them.
Increased website traffic: By including links to your website in your emails, you can drive traffic to your site and increase sales.
Improved customer retention: Email marketing can help you keep your customers engaged and prevent them from churning.

How to Enhance Your Brand Through Email Marketing

Here are a few tips for enhancing your brand through email marketing:

Create strong opt-ins: Your opt-ins should be something that your target audience will value and want to sign up for.
Follow up on your lead magnets: Make sure that you follow up with people who sign up for your lead magnets. This could involve sending them a series of emails or providing them with access to exclusive content.
Add value to your customers' purchases: Send your customers emails that are relevant to their purchases and interests. This could include product recommendations, tips on how to use your products, or updates on your company.
Be consistent with your newsletters: Send your newsletters out on a regular basis. This will help to keep your brand top of mind with your customers.
Test your forms regularly: Make sure that your opt-in forms are easy to use and that they are converting at a high rate.
Continue to share, market, and promote your lead magnets: Don't just create lead magnets and then forget about them. Continue to share and promote them so that you can attract new subscribers to your email list.

Remember that email marketing is a marathon, not a sprint. Building a strong email list and nurturing relationships with your subscribers takes time and consistent effort. Don't get discouraged if you don't see immediate results; focus on delivering valuable content that resonates with your audience, and you'll reap the rewards over time.

Email marketing, when executed with creativity, personalisation, and planning, can be an invaluable asset in your brand enhancement journey. It allows you to cultivate meaningful connections with your audience, build brand loyalty, and drive business growth. So, embrace the power of email marketing, and embark on a journey of brand enhancement and customer engagement.

Highlights

[00:00:00] Importance of email marketing for businesses
[00:01:14] Benefits of email marketing for business owners
[00:03:49] How to use email marketing to increase brand awareness
[00:05:23] Strategies for enhancing your brand through email marketing
[00:07:32] Conclusion

Resources

The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle
The Formula of a Newsletter https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/the-formula-of-a-newsletter
Build Your Profile with Webinars https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/buildyourprofilewithwebinars

View Details

As entrepreneurs, we wear multiple hats and juggle a myriad of tasks. We often find ourselves stuck in a cycle of monotony and burnout. Therefore it’s not uncommon for business owners to be stuck in a creative rut from time to time.

In this episode of the Talk Podcast, we are going to explore effective strategies to reignite creativity break free from creative blocks and get you back to running your business without interruption.

Understanding the Creative Rut

A creative rut is a state where business owners feel overwhelmed, uninspired, and stuck in repetitive tasks. Unfinished projects and unachievable goals often contribute to this cycle. The key to breaking the rut lies in breaking down large goals into manageable tasks, celebrating small wins, and maintaining momentum.

Identifying the Root Cause

Identifying the cause of the creative block is crucial. It could stem from being overwhelmed, burnout, lack of motivation, or self-doubt. Journaling and seeking feedback from peers can provide clarity.

Additionally, developing and going back to your established processes and strategies is vital to maintaining a creative flow within your business.

Changing the Environment and Cultivating Inspiration

Changing your environment can trigger creativity. Whether by rearranging your workspace, listening to music, or working in a different setting like a café, altering your surroundings can rekindle inspiration.

Tools like mind mapping and setting deadlines can also help you in brainstorming ideas and projects.

The Power of Collaboration

Effective collaboration often leads to innovative solutions and renewed motivation.

Collaborating with others, attending workshops, and participating in communities or memberships like The Marketing Circle can provide you with fresh perspectives.

Sharing ideas, giving and receiving feedback, and teaching others can also invigorate your creativity.

Utilising Available Tools and Embracing Imperfection

Using tools like The Marketing Planner can help you streamline tasks, allowing you to focus on creative endeavours.

Embracing imperfections and accepting that not everything needs to be perfect can alleviate self-doubt. Feedback from the audience often proves that what might seem imperfect to the creator resonates positively with others.

Practicing Self-Kindness and Consistency

Taking breaks, practising mindfulness and meditation, setting realistic goals, and understanding your limitations are essential acts of self-kindness.

Moreover, staying consistent, minimising distractions and time-blocking tasks can enhance your focus and productivity, ultimately aiding in overcoming creative ruts.

Conclusion

Remember, creative ruts are a natural part of the entrepreneurial journey. Being kind to yourself, seeking inspiration through diverse experiences, and utilising available resources are vital steps in overcoming these challenges.

By embracing imperfections, collaborating with others, and staying consistent, you can successfully navigate through creative ruts, rekindle your creativity, and continue to thrive in your business endeavours.

Highlights

[00:01:27] What is a creative rut and how it affects entrepreneurs
[00:02:57] Strategies for identifying the root causes of creative blocks
[00:04:16] Tips for breaking free from a creative rut
[00:06:23] Tools to streamline tasks and focus on creative activities
[00:08:54] Other strategies to avoid overwhelm
[00:09:25] Final takeaway on how to be creative when stuck in a creative rut

Resources

The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle
The Marketing Planner https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-planner/
The 5 Minute Marketing Deck https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/marketing-deck-5-minute-marketing-ideas/

View Details

Feedback is a crucial tool that helps us achieve success by identifying our strengths and areas for improvement. However, receiving feedback can be difficult for many business owners.

In this episode of Talk, we will discuss the who, why, what, and how of receiving feedback.

The 'Who' of FeedbackWhen we think of feedback, our customers naturally come to mind. Their insights are invaluable in understanding what's working, what needs improvement, and how we can grow.

However, feedback doesn't stop at the customer's doorstep. It can also come from our peers, colleagues, employees, and even suppliers.

Each source provides a unique perspective, offering a holistic view of our business performance. It's crucial to seek feedback from all these stakeholders, as it can uncover hidden opportunities for growth and improvement.

The 'Why' Behind FeedbackFeedback isn't just a tool for growth; it's also a means of preventing complacency. It keeps us agile and adaptable, encouraging continual improvement both professionally and personally. On a personal level, feedback helps us develop our careers, boost self-awareness, and foster a commitment to lifelong learning.

As business owners, we can sometimes become so engrossed in our operations that we fail to see the areas where feedback is essential for improvement. That's why actively seeking feedback is critical—it's the driving force behind our journey towards progress.

The 'What' of FeedbackNot all feedback is created equal. Some are constructive, while others are merely negative and destructive. When analysing feedback, it's essential to differentiate between the two.

Constructive feedback is specific, actionable, balanced, and doesn't just point out flaws—it also recognises positives. Asking for feedback in the right way often yields this type of valuable insight.

Moreover, as business owners, we should also be prepared to provide constructive feedback to others. Instead of simply stating shortcomings, we can frame our feedback in a way that suggests improvements, fostering a more productive environment.

The 'How' of Receiving FeedbackReceiving feedback effectively is a skill that requires finesse. It begins with active listening. It's easy to become defensive or interrupt when receiving feedback, especially when emotions run high. However, it's crucial to understand the perspective of the person providing feedback.

Once we've listened, we should reflect on the feedback, separating it from our emotions and personal identity. Asking for clarification and expressing gratitude for the feedback can help create a positive environment for future discussions.

Our Target Market One key aspect of receiving feedback is evaluating its source. Is the feedback coming from your target market? Business owners often make the mistake of accepting feedback from individuals who are not even their ideal customers, leading to misguided decisions. Ensure that the feedback you receive aligns with your target audience's needs and expectations.

Final TakeawayIn conclusion, mastering the art of receiving feedback in business is a continuous process. It involves seeking feedback from various sources, understanding its importance for growth, differentiating between constructive and destructive feedback, and adopting effective listening and evaluation strategies.

Ultimately, feedback is a valuable tool that can propel your business toward success, but only if you know how to harness its power. So, embrace feedback, learn from it, and watch your business flourish.

Highlights* [00:00:00]: Receiving feedback in business and its importance * [00:00:48]: Which feedback to implement and which to disregard * [00:01:07]: Who should provide feedback in business * [00:02:00]: Why feedback is essential in business * [00:02:59]: The types of feedback, specifically constructive feedback * [00:03:48]: How to provide feedback that highlights both strengths and areas for improvement * [00:04:05]: How to receive feedback * [00:04:44]: The importance of getting feedback from our target market * [00:04:58]: How to ask for constructive feedback

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

View Details

In the world of marketing, where larger corporations often dominate the landscape with their widespread brand recognition and massive budgets, small business owners possess an often underestimated superpower.

That superpower is none other than the business owners themselves—YOU.

While giant corporations rely on their logos and slogans, small businesses thrive on the personal rapport, authenticity, and direct connections that you, as the business owner, establish with your customers. In this article, we'll delve into why YOU are the pivotal element in the marketing strategy of your small business.

The Power of Personal ConnectionAt the heart of impactful marketing for small businesses lies the power of personal connection. Larger corporations may have the resources to create slick ad campaigns, but they can never replicate the authenticity and trust that you, as a small business owner, bring to the table.

When you become the face of your brand, you provide that essential human element that people seek in marketing. Customers buy from brands and individuals they trust, and as the face of your business, you foster that trust with every video you produce, every piece of content you create, every call you make, and every connection you establish.

Personalised Service and SupportSmall business owners have the unique ability to provide a level of personalised service and support that larger companies simply can't match. You know your customers by name and remember their preferences, their families, and their pets.

This personal touch enables you to offer tailored recommendations and referrals based on your deep understanding of their needs. Your customers are not just entries in a database; they are individuals you genuinely care about. This personalised service sets you apart and keeps customers coming back.

The Art of StorytellingEvery small business has a story to tell, and storytelling is something that small business owners excel at. Your journey, the challenges you've overcome, your passion, knowledge, and the "why" behind your business resonate with customers on a deep level.

Sharing these stories creates a stronger connection between you and your audience. You can also use storytelling to engage your audience, showcase your products or services, and even inject some humour or personality into your brand. Your unique story and how you serve your customers become your distinct selling point.

Flexibility in ActionSmall business owners have the superpower of adaptability. You can pivot quickly, respond to market changes, and listen to customer feedback without the layers of bureaucracy that larger companies face.

This flexibility allows you to make rapid adjustments to your marketing message and offerings, ensuring that you remain relevant and responsive to your customers' needs. It's a competitive advantage that comes with being part of a smaller team.

Community EngagementEngaging with your local community is another superpower of small business owners. Hosting local events, sponsoring local teams, and supporting community causes create goodwill and foster positive associations with your brand.

Locals often prefer to support businesses that actively participate in the community. Make sure to showcase your community involvement to strengthen your brand's reputation.

Niche FocusWhile large corporations aim for mass appeal, as small businesses we can focus on specific niches. This ability to tailor your products or services to cater to specific groups enables you to create a strong and loyal customer base.

Identifying your niche and building your customer base around it is a superpower that can drive long-term success.

Direct CommunicationAs Small business owners, we offer direct communication with customers. There are no layers of bureaucracy to navigate. This direct line leads to faster resolutions, more meaningful feedback, and deeper client relationships.

Encourage customers to reach out to you directly and take advantage of this unique aspect of your business.

Innovation and UniquenessSmall businesses often need more marketing budgets, which requires them to be creative and innovative. This can lead to the development of unique products, services, and marketing strategies that larger competitors may miss. Don't be afraid to take risks and distinguish yourself from the crowd.

Building Long-Term RelationshipsSmall business owners build long-term relationships by being the face of their brand. Repeat business, referrals, and strong word-of-mouth marketing are common because customers remember you personally and you have that know-like and trust factor.

Connect with your customers through newsletters, personal gestures like handwritten cards, and by genuinely valuing your relationships.

The Power of PassionPerhaps the most potent superpower of small business owners is their passion and dedication. Your enthusiasm for what you do is infectious and draws customers in. Your unique approach and genuine commitment to your brand make customers feel connected and engaged.

As a small business owner, you possess a set of superpowers that larger corporations don’t Your personal connection, personalised service, storytelling ability, flexibility, community engagement, niche focus, direct communication, innovation, and passion are your secret weapons in the world of marketing.

Embrace these superpowers, you are the heart and soul of your brand, and that's a superpower no one else can replicate.

Highlights* [00:00:00] The importance of business owners in marketing for small businesses * [00:00:46] Personal rapport and authenticity of small business owners * [00:01:01] Positioning yourself as the go-to expert * [00:01:24] The human element in marketing and how it fosters trust * [00:02:01] How small business owners can provide personalised service and support * [00:02:38] The power of storytelling for small business owners in marketing * [00:03:32] The flexibility to adapt quickly to market changes * [00:04:24] Community engagement and supporting local initiatives * [00:05:26] Focusing on specific niches and building a loyal customer base * [00:06:01] Direct communication with customers and faster resolutions * [00:07:06] Experimentation and unique offerings * [00:07:46] Personal connections and unexpected gestures * [00:08:42] The infectious passion and dedication of small business owners * [00:09:17] Authenticity, unique strengths, and emotional connections

Resources* The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

View Details

The ability to communicate your ideas clearly and compellingly is an invaluable skill. Whether you're presenting in a boardroom, lecturing in a classroom, speaking to a large audience, or even preparing course content, your message's impact relies on your presentation skills.

To help you convey your ideas like a seasoned professional, we’ve covered seven essential presentation tips in this podcast that will improve your chances of making a lasting impression on your audience.

1. Know Your Audience

The foundation of any successful presentation is a deep understanding of your audience. Start by creating customer personas or profiling your students to grasp their interests, expectations, and knowledge levels. Tailor your message accordingly to ensure it resonates with your audience.

If you're unsure about your audience, consider conducting surveys or feedback sessions to gather insights and address their needs effectively.

2. Structure Is Key

Effective presentations follow a clear and concise structure. Begin with a compelling hook, such as a startling question or a fascinating fact, to engage your audience from the start.

Organise the body of your presentation into three main points or sections, as people tend to remember information presented in sets of three.

Conclude by summarising your key points and offering a compelling call to action or a memorable final thought.

3. Utilise Visual Aids Wisely

Visual aids, such as slides, charts, infographics, and images, can enhance your presentation's impact. However, use them judiciously and ensure they are simple, relevant, and free of clutter.

Visual aids should complement your message, not overshadow it. Consider tools like Canva or PowerPoint for interactive elements but don't let them dominate your presentation. Engage your audience by incorporating drawings or interactive elements that connect with your message.

4. Make Eye Contact

Establishing eye contact with your audience is crucial for building credibility and connection. It allows you to gauge your audience's understanding and adjust your delivery based on their reactions.

Encourage engagement through questions and interactive sessions, which not only keep your audience involved but also provide valuable insights for improving your presentation.

5. Rehearse Thoroughly

Practice makes perfect. Familiarise yourself with your material, test your technology, and present with confidence. Practice your presentation aloud, paying particular attention to any challenging sections.

If possible, rehearse in front of a trusted colleague or a small audience to gather feedback. Familiarity and practice breed confidence and improve your overall performance.

6. Manage Nerves Effectively

It's natural to feel nervous before a presentation. Instead of letting anxiety overwhelm you, channel that energy into enthusiasm. Listen to motivating music, practice deep breathing, or engage in calming activities to ease your nerves.

Remember, the focus should be on your message and how it benefits your audience, not on your own anxiety.

7. Handle Questions with Confidence

A successful presentation often leads to questions. Be prepared for them by anticipating potential questions and having confident responses ready. Listen attentively, and if you don't know the answer, commit to following up with a concise and compelling response. Guide your audience towards further resources or information as needed.

Conclusion

In conclusion, mastering the art of effective presentation is an essential skill that can open doors to countless opportunities. By knowing your audience, structuring your content, using visual aids effectively, making eye contact, rehearsing thoroughly, managing nervousness, and handling questions confidently, you can elevate your presentation game and leave a lasting impact on your audience.

Remember that presentation skills are continuously evolving, and seeking feedback after each presentation is key to improvement. Whether you're speaking to a large audience or connecting with a small group, each presentation is a valuable chance to refine your skills and make a meaningful impact on your audience.

Highlights

[00:00:34] Introduction to the seven tips for presenting ideas effectively.
[00:00:47] Tip 1: Know your audience, including understanding their interests, expectations, and knowledge level.
[00:01:08] Tip 2: Emphasise the importance of structuring your presentation with a hook, three main points, and a compelling conclusion.
[00:02:43] Tip 3: Use visual aids such as slides, charts, and photos to illustrate key points effectively.
[00:03:37] Tip 4: Make eye contact with your audience, establish credibility, and engage with them through interactive sessions.
[00:04:27] Tip 5: Rehearse your presentation, familiarise yourself with the material, and practice in front of trusted colleagues or small audiences.
[00:05:04] Tip 6: Manage nervousness by transforming it into enthusiasm through various techniques like music, deep breathing, and focusing on the message.
[00:05:54] Tip 7: Handle questions effectively, be prepared for questions, listen attentively, admit when you don't know the answer, and commit to follow-up.

Resources

Canva http://snip.ly/canva30pro
PowerPoint https://snip.ly/Microsoft365
The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

View Details

Effective marketing strategies play a pivotal role in determining business success. In this episode of the Talk Podcast, we will learn the five essential steps that can transform your marketing approach from ordinary to extraordinary and help you find your marketing mojo.

Leveraging Strengths and Passions The first step in this journey is centred around leveraging your strengths and passions. Create content that reflects your expertise and showcases your unique qualities. By tapping into your personal strengths and passions, you can create authentic, engaging content that forges a genuine connection with your audience. This approach will set you apart from your competitors and embeds a sense of authenticity in your marketing efforts.

Build a Strong Network Networking is part of successful marketing. The power of expanding your professional network through various avenues is important in business. Engaging with like-minded individuals across social media platforms, attending industry events, and cultivating in-person relationships are essential as you build your network. Building a diverse network not only opens doors to collaborations but also provides a supportive community for mutual growth and learning.

Establish Thought Leadership Sharing expertise through education marketing sets your business apart and makes you a credible authority in your field. By utilising platforms such as social media, blog posts, and guest contributions, you can demonstrate your knowledge and provide valuable insights. Using tools like Answer The Public and addressing common concerns within the industry fosters engagement and positions you as a go-to resource. Becoming a thought leader boosts your credibility and opens doors to exciting opportunities.

Seeking Guidance When Needed In business, it is essential to embrace a mindset of continuous learning. Whether these are joining relevant communities, enrolling in courses, or connecting with coaches, this approach of seeking help is not a sign of weakness but rather a testament to a proactive commitment to growth. Collaborating with like-minded individuals and gaining insights from experienced mentors provides invaluable perspectives that contribute to refining your marketing and business strategies.

Embracing Patience Results don't materialise overnight. By understanding that the impact of marketing efforts takes time to manifest, you can cultivate a sustainable, long-term perspective of improvement. Establishing a strong network, becoming a thought leader, and reaping the rewards of a comprehensive marketing strategy demand consistent effort and a patient approach over time.

Final Takeaway By capitalising on strengths, building a strong network, establishing thought leadership, seeking guidance, and embracing patience, your business can craft a powerful marketing mojo that resonates and yields lasting results for your business

Highlights * [00:00:00] Five steps for effective business marketing * [00:00:38] Strengths and passions in content creation to create an emotional connection * [00:02:21] Expanding skills through networking * [00:03:10] Becoming a thought leader by sharing expertise through education marketing * [00:04:13] Seeking help from communities, courses, mentors, and resources * [00:05:04] Practicing patience in marketing * [00:05:56] Allow time for marketing efforts to take effect show

Resources * Answer The Public https://snip.ly/answerthepub * The Marketing Circle https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/bundles/MarketingCircle

View Details

In this episode of the Talk Podcast, we'll be diving into the importance of celebrating those mini wins and small steps in our business that ultimately lead to our biggest successes.

As entrepreneurs, it's easy to get overwhelmed with all the tasks and lose track of our progress. In a previous episode, I introduced the concept of "progress trees," a resource to track our progress in manageable steps. Just like how we celebrate every milestone when teaching our kids to walk, we often forget to celebrate the small milestones in our business journey.

Set up a project manager An effective strategy that we use here at Enever Group to track and celebrate our mini wins is to have a project manager that helps us break down overwhelming tasks into smaller, achievable steps. We also utilise resources like The Marketing Planner and The Strategic Planner to stay organised and focused.

Celebrating mini wins: an example Let me give you an example from our recent experience. We were updating our event calendars, and along the way, we celebrated various mini wins. Finding the right tool for the job was a significant achievement. Then, we celebrated the cost-saving we achieved by choosing the new tool. Each step, like installing it successfully, setting up images, and adding events, was a cause for celebration.

Your mini wins matter Whether you're just starting in business or are well-established, remember that every small achievement is significant. Don't expect immediate success, instead, break your tasks into small chunks and celebrate each milestone. It can be as simple as ticking off your to-do list or treating yourself to something you enjoy.

Future planning and reviewing results In addition to celebrating mini wins, it's crucial to focus on future planning and reviewing the results of your efforts. Create quarterly marketing plans and goals, and use tools like Metricool, Meet Edgar, Google Analytics, and VidIQ to assess your content's impact.

Join our celebration Inside the Business, Business, Business Facebook Gropu, we have a weekly "yay and win" day, where we share and celebrate our wins, no matter how big or small. Let me know in the comments what your latest mini win is. Remember, each small step adds up to the big win, and your progress deserves to be celebrated!

Highlights [00:00:00] Celebrating mini wins and small steps in business.
[00:00:25] Pprogress Trees resource
[00:00:56] Parallel with celebrating milestones
[00:01:53] Strategies to track and celebrate mini wins
[00:02:43] Example of celebrating mini wins throughout the process
[00:03:58] How to break tasks into small chunks
[00:05:01] Importance of future planning and reviewing results to celebrate growth
[00:06:11] Join us in BBB to share and celebrate your wins each week

Resources * For planning, The Marketing Planner and The Strategic Planner * For workflows, The AI, Async and Automation Hub * To check stats and celebrate wins, Metricool, Meet Edgar, VidIQ * Download your free copy of the Progress Tracking Tree: Track Your Goals and Celebrate Your Journey.

View Details

I get it as business owners entrepreneurs and course creators there is so much for us to do and sometimes we get a little bit stuck.

There are the day-to-day things that are mundane and we maybe don't want to do. There are the marketing things, there are the hats that we wear and along the way, there are roadblocks that pop up that are going to stop us from moving forward so in this episode of talk that's what we're going dive into.

Just like you I get stuck too so it is time to share with you the five methods that I personally use when I feel stuck or in need of creative inspiration.

Changing things up and exploring new locations To boost creativity, I work outside of my home office to change things up. I find I am a lot more productive in another space.

Working outside of your typical workspace can be beneficial for your creative process.

A change of scenery, such as a café, can aid in concentration and inspire new and innovative ideas.

And good coffee doesn’t hurt.

Journaling and writing ideas down I always keep a notepad with me to write ideas when they come.

It's a good idea to keep some tools handy, like a pen and paper, or scribble pads, to jot down any ideas that pop up during the day.

This way, you can come back to them later when you're feeling stuck and need some inspiration.

Talk things out A helpful way to generate ideas and inspiration is to use voice-to-text apps on your phone to have a conversation with yourself.

Speaking your thoughts out loud can often lead to finding solutions and new insights.

And it makes a good start for blogs and content to be in your tone of voice.

Immerse in colouring, drawing, or art to find new ideas Participating in a creative activity, such as colouring in an adult colouring book, can redirect attention away from work and stimulate a different area of the brain and then guess what ideas start following.

Take a break If you're feeling uninspired or stuck, it can be helpful to take a break from your current task. Whether it's a weekend off, a day off, or just a short walk or coffee break, stepping away for different amounts of time can provide a fresh perspective and renewed focus.

This can make it easier to find inspiration and complete your work and we all know an overwhelmed head gets us nowhere.

Trying a new approach or strategy One way to reignite passion and creativity for your business is by exploring new marketing techniques or trying out new activities outside of work.

By stepping outside of your comfort zone and trying something different, you may discover a fresh source of inspiration.

Highlights [00:00:00] Introduction of the Talk Podcast
[00:00:30] How to find inspiration by changing things up
[00:01:12] Importance of taking breaks and getting away from daily routines
[00:01:58] Value of journaling and writing ideas down
[00:02:48] Talking things out as a way to have a conversation
[00:03:26] Immersing oneself in colouring or drawing to tap into another part of the brain
[00:04:16] Need for breaks and the importance of stepping away from work
[00:05:07] Trying a new approach to find fresh inspiration and ignite enthusiasm

Resources * Download your free copy of the Progress Tracking Tree: Track Your Goals and Celebrate Your Journey.

View Details

This is our first Talk episode back after a long break, and that break was necessary for myself and our businesses. This episode is all about not feeling guilty about prioritising self-care and the needs of our businesses. Sometimes, we need to slow down and acknowledge that maintaining the status quo is enough for a period of time.

In my personal journey, halfway through 2022, I contracted Covid and developed long Covid. This forced me to take a step back from doing everything, including recording Talk episodes. However, I could still support our businesses, clients, and teams. During that time, I realised that being physically present wasn't always necessary, and meeting the basic needs was sufficient.

In this episode, I am sharing valuable lessons I learned about honouring time, setting boundaries, and taking care of my energy.

Incorporating routines Firstly, I incorporated routines into my phone to establish boundaries. For example, on Saturdays and Sundays, I disabled notifications from Facebook and LinkedIn, only allowing calls and messages from my close contacts. This boundary allowed me to recharge without constant interruptions.

Honouring energy levels Secondly, I learned to honour my energy levels. As business owners, we often feel the need to take on excessive workloads. However, it's essential to recognise when we're not at our best and adjust accordingly. If I didn't feel up to being in front of the camera or engaging with people, I allowed myself to step back. It's okay to prioritise self-care and do activities that rejuvenate us instead.

Tracking time Additionally, I started tracking my time meticulously. Using tools like ClickUp, I monitored how I spent my time within our business. This helped me identify areas that could be outsourced, such as house cleaning, so I could focus on what indeed required my attention. By delegating certain tasks, I could honour my energy and invest quality time into supporting my clients and my teenage daughter.

Honouring boundaries Lastly, I emphasised the importance of honouring boundaries. Whether working from home or within a business setting, people may assume they can interrupt us at any time. Communicating our work hours and personal time is crucial to avoid unnecessary distractions. Respecting these boundaries allows us to maintain a healthy work-life balance and prevent burnout.

Takeaway In conclusion, remember that you are the driving force within your business. Just like any well-functioning machine, you need proper maintenance and occasional breaks. No one can do everything at once, and it's perfectly okay to take time off when you're feeling overwhelmed.

Prioritise self-care, honour your energy and establish boundaries to ensure your long-term success and well-being. If you're currently feeling overwhelmed, give yourself permission to take that much-needed break.

Highlights [00:00:00] Introduction to the Talk podcast
[00:00:18] Importance of taking time for oneself and one's businesses
[00:01:02] Dealing with Covid and the need to prioritise health and basic business functioning
[00:01:54] The importance of putting routines into place and setting boundaries
[00:02:59] Honouring one's energy and recognising when it's necessary to step back
[00:03:58] The value of time tracking and outsourcing tasks that can be delegated to others
[00:04:32] The significance of honouring boundaries, both in terms of personal and professional relationships, to maintain focus and avoid burnout
[00:06:00] Conclusion and reminder that breaks and self-care are essential for everyone

View Details

Whether it’s the upcoming holidays, summer vacation, or any season in between, businesses have seasonal marketing opportunities. For some, this might mean marketing around holiday-specific promotions or sales. For others, this would be industry-specific dates like tax seasons or the end of the financial year.

Seasonal marketing is a good opportunity to change things up a little. It's a good opportunity to tap into a trending topic, which we want to when we're doing marketing, and it's a good opportunity to connect with our audience in relation to a season or a topic that they are passionate about and connected with.

No matter which season affects your business, creating a marketing strategy specific to that time is an important part of capitalising on those busiest periods.

If you’ve decided that a seasonal marketing strategy is right for your business, here are some top tips on tapping into the power of seasonal marketing:

Identify your key seasons Before we go through this and explore the opportunities that you have with seasonal marketing, I want you to grab your marketing planner and go through it month by month and note the key seasonal dates that might affect your business.

You might look at specific holidays like Christmas or Valentine’s or you might look at seasons like spring or summer. You want to make sure that you've jotted all of these dates down in your diary or your marketing planner.

Plan in the off-season When you’re in the midst of your busy season, who has time to think about marketing? Fortunately, the off-season is the perfect time to put together your seasonal marketing campaign.

So if we're looking at Christmas campaigns, September is definitely the time you want to be ramping up any of your marketing and PR campaigns for Christmas.

You also need to make sure that we've got the inventory and the stock to cope with the demand that comes with the marketing campaigns.

This is the perfect time to write and design meaningful content related to that season. And you can schedule them to be shared during your busy months, so you’re not scrambling to create blog posts, videos, and podcasts after long, busy days.

Adjust the tone and style of your message The next thing when it comes to seasonal marketing is looking at the tone and style that people tend to relate with, and does that match your business tone and style, or are we going to have to flex a little to get into that seasonal messaging?

Take, for example, Black Friday and Cyber Monday deals. They're all about online shopping and helping people get a good deal. But if you're going to run a bargain, is that going to devalue your brand or product down the track? You've got to look at that and go, is that going to work?

For me, my approach, particularly to Black Friday or Cyber Monday sale, is to launch something new and do it at a discounted price throughout the launch. You might be able to attract new customers by jumping into that seasonal marketing trend where people are looking for those amazing deals over Black Friday and Cyber Monday.

Another scenario of seasonal marketing when you might need to adjust your message is if you're going to close your business over a specific season, the last thing you want to be doing is ramping up your marketing.

The key here is forward planning, looking at key dates, and then working backwards.

Tap into the seasonal trends Seasonal marketing is about going with the trends. We tap into the trends and we tap into the tone. We combine or adjust our messages depending on the season.

The other thing is, the seasons also often come with colours. If your marketing campaigns can tap into the colours, then that allows you to visually connect with your people using the right colours that would match the season.

Evergreen seasonal marketing Where does seasonal marketing fit in with evergreen marketing? Well, hopefully, if your seasonal campaigns work really well, you can repeat them again and again.

It’s about using categories to group your seasonal campaigns, then using social programmers like MeetEdgar to schedule them out and drop them in and out. I love using MeetEdgar for being able to drop in a campaign or drop one out and being able to track results and see what works this year and then repeat them in the following seasons.

There are so many seasonal opportunities on the calendar. It's all about noting them down, making the most of them, and then writing good evergreen content that you can use year on year to tap into seasonal marketing for you and your business.

Highlights: 0:00 Introduction
0:18 It's time to work on seasonal marketing
0:40 Making most out of seasonal marketing for your business
1:10 Use the marketing planner to identify key seasons
1:40 Plan in the off-season
2:20 Adjust the tone and style of your message
3:57 Tap into the seasonal trends
4:18 Evergreen seasonal marketing
4:50 There are so many seasonal opportunities on the calendar
5:17 Subscribe to the Talk Podcast

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: * The Marketing Planner * MeetEdgar

View Details

In today’s digital marketing landscape, we know that content is king, but we have also become aware that we can no longer simply create content for content’s sake.

Our time is now spent trying to capture an audience by creating something imaginative and unique that will help build a following and encourage more traffic and conversions.

Simply put, if we want to generate more leads and more engagement, we need to make sure that we have value in our content.

But what does that mean? Marketers are out there all the time saying to create valuable content. How do we actually add or provide value to the content we create?

It means that you need to provide your audience with information that they can use, they can appreciate, and they value. And if you can provide your audience with information they can use, appreciate, and value, then they become more likely to click through and become leads for conversion.

Before we delve into some of the ways that we can create engagement and add value to our content, we need to talk about our target audience first.

How to make sure we are targeting the right audience Research your audience If you're brand new to this, research the people that you're talking to. Have a look at your Google Insights and take a look at the demographics of your audience, see who they are, what countries they’re coming from, and what life they're in.

And if you want to go that step further, you could run a survey and poll them about who they are, what they do for a living, what publications they read, and other related questions you need to know about.

You need to know who your audience is so you can write for them. If you're trying to create content for everyone, you're not going to engage with anyone because no one's going to be able to connect with the message that you're putting out there.

So make sure that you are writing for that specific audience—the people that you want to work with

Think about what your audience needs and wants Now that you know who your audience is, the next thing is to think about what they need and want. What are their pain points? What are they trying to learn or solve? What are they searching for on Google?

AnswerThePublic is a great tool to find what your audience is typing in search engines, the problems they have, and the things that they need and want to learn about.

If you're already using social platforms, you have the opportunity to ask your people, what would you like to see me create? What information, resources, and tips would you like me to create?

Stick to a format and style And then most importantly, before we go into what we're actually going to put together, we want to stick to a format and style.

How are you going to talk to your people on social media? Is it relaxed? Is it formal? What format are we going to use?

And make sure that you have set up brand templates when you're creating videos or social posts so you’re always easily recognized by your audience.

Now, let’s cover some of the ways that we can create engagement and add value to our content with our people.

Ways to add value to your content Give your audience valuable tips and insights Help your audience learn something new. Give them something that will solve their problem.

These can be insights you've gained about your industry or your business. You can give them insights about how they can use your product or how your product will solve their needs.

Another form of insight can be about your experiences going through the same journey as them. What got you to this point within your journey and the things that you've learned along the way?

Share stories about you and your brand Stories create a different level of connection with your audience. Humanise your brand. Humans connect with humans. They want the know, like and trust factors as we talk about in marketing.

These could be things about what you did on the weekend, the latest products you’re working on, or how your week has been going. You could do a short little Q and A session with your staff or loyal customers and share it online. You can talk about your favourite coffee, your hobbies, or other interesting facts about yourself.

By humanising our brand and sharing real stories from our journey, our customers, and our employees, you allow that emotional connection that most people are seeking. That creates value for you and your audience.

Write for your readers, not yourself Write in a way that's clear and concise. Don't assume that they understand your industry jargon. Explain your industry jargon. Don't assume they know the basics. Make sure that you are recovering the basics when you're writing for your readers.

You are in a completely different stage than that of your audience. The way that you would receive information is not the way your people receive information. You need to take a step back and remember what that was like to be in their shoes and make sure that you connect with them.

Check what they are engaging in and what they are liking and commenting on social media. What are they engaging with? What are they watching for the most period? Get information on that and tart to write content pieces based on those data.

Use images to break up your text Another component is to use images to break up your text. This is especially important for blog content. We've got different learners out there. And images and videos will break up your text. It will not only increase engagement but also create a visual connection to the information that you're sharing.

Create video content Algorithms love video. The more video that you can possibly put out there, whether it's a short-form or a long-form video, the more algorithms are loving it. They're suggesting it within feeds.

Videos are a great way for you to be able to share those stories, write those insights, teach those how-tos, and make sure that you're providing value that will give your people a win.

Make sure that when you get to the end of your video, you include a call to action, whether it's a like or a follow, or whether it's to ask them to comment and share their own journey.

How do we measure the value of our content? The question that I get asked often is what's a good way to measure the value of my content?

Check your data, insights, and engagement Now, there is no one-size-fits-all answer to this question, but measuring engagement and click-through rates is one of the first things you can do to measure success. We can do that by checking on Google Insights whether the efforts you’re employing are working.

The other thing is to have a look at whether people are engaging with your content. Are people commenting, liking, or sharing your content? Are you getting more followers? Are they reaching out to you because of your content?

Competitor research It’s also a good practice to research your competitors and see what content they are putting out. For videos, VidIQ is a great tool for you to check your competitor’s videos.

Pop a competitor’s YouTube or TikTok channel and see what they're talking about, who's their audience, who they’re engaging with, and what keywords they’re using so that you can include them in your own content as well.

How can you boost your content’s performance? There are a number of things you can do to boost your performance. You can adjust the style and format of your content to suit your audience’s preference. Remember it’s important to survey them so you can ask what they really want.

We can also adjust the time that our content is being delivered. We can make sure that we got it in front of the right audience at the right time. We can try different strategies such as using images, infographics, or videos.

But when we look at the numbers, rather than looking at viral content or anything like that, look at whether it is actually attracting customers to your business.

Are they mentioning the content that you’re putting out there? Are they engaging? Are you getting bookings when you put this content out there? Are you getting sales? Sometimes the metric that we're actually using to see if our content performing is a vanity metric and it's not a business-related metric.

Final takeaway In the world of social media, organic reach is great, but organic reach is not going to be 100% of your audience. It's most probably going to be less than 50% of your audience. But be grateful that you reach out and keep sharing that message again and again.

By creating value through our content, we are able to create engagement. And then by creating engagement, we are then able to see lead conversions and purchases.

Highlights: 0:00 Introduction
0:20 How to add value to your content
0:30 What does value in our content mean
1:05 Think about what your audience needs and wants
1:40 Research your audience
2:20 Stick to a format and style
2:41 Ways to add value to your content
2:50 Give your audience valuable tips and insights
3:15 Share stories about you and your brand
3:55 Write for your readers, not yourself
4:56 Use images to break up your text
5:15 Create video content
5:50 How do we measure the value of our content?
6:00 Check your data, insights, and engagement
6:50 Competitor research
7:15 How can you boost your content’s performance?
8:10 Final takeaway

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: * AnswerThePublic * Google Insights * VidIQ

View Details

Viral content can be good and it can be bad for your business. For me personally, as a Marketing Strategist, I’d rather have our content not go viral, but on message, on brand, and connects with our audience.

Connection and engagement with the right audience are more important than going viral. Viral is excellent for building profile and it is excellent for reach, but only if it's the right people you are reaching.

The Bad Side of Viral Content You’re not seen by the right audience Let’s say you’ve had a viral video and hit 20 million views. It's great. But my question would then be, are these people your target market or did you just chase viral to say that you got those views?

Because even if you've only got 100 people who are following you, but those 100 people were greatly engaged with your content, they love what you did, they bought and engaged with you, then they are your people. They are the people you’re going to serve, and the people you want more of.

However, if you chase a viral outcome, you’d need to break through hundreds of thoousands of people to reach your target market of 100 people that were engaged and ready to buy from you.

Think about that before you start going to chase viral. Just remember, big doesn't convert sales. Engagement converts sales. Engagement grows your business.

Opening yourself up to the trolls Another thing when it comes to viral business, is that viral opens up the door for trolls. Trolls are individual beings of their own. They come after people. They don't care about the person behind the brand.

Now, that is part of social media. And yes, we can all share our comments and opinions, but people trolling with negativity can come. So when you're looking to be viral, ask yourself what are the reasons you want to be viral. And if you’re going to be viral, can you take it?

Most of you know that we run a community called Business Business Business. We have 33,000 business owners there. We're not viral in a sense, but we've got a fair amount of reach. I can tell you from personal experience that when the trolls come out, they come out in force. So make sure that if you want to go viral, you are comfortable with what comes with it.

The Good Side of Viral Going Viral with the Right Audience The positive thing about going viral, especially if you build the right audience, is that you are seen by more of the right people. You are seen by the people that you need to be seen by. They're connected and they're engaged.

Engagement will trump viral every time. If we've got an engaged audience, we've got an audience who's watching our products and who’s following us.

Algorithms deliver more of what we feed it Search algorithms will deliver us what we feed it. We want to make sure that we are feeding amazing content. Amazing content that will reach our people. And rather than chasing a viral video, a viral social post, or a viral piece of content, we chase engagement.

Stop chasing viral. Chase engagement instead. When you’re putting your content plan together, stop chasing viral. But if you do go viral, go viral for the right reasons. So when you’re putting your content plan together, always look at it with engagement in mind.

Rather than looking at the numbers, look at the statistics instead. What are the statistics showing you? Have you got 10% of your audience engaged? Have you got 20% of your audience engaged? Have you got 30% of your audience engaged?

If you are hitting at that 30% to 40% mark, then congratulations to you. If you're 50% above, amazingly well done and great work because that means that you're getting in front of your audience at the right time when they need to see you.

Tools to help increase engagement Get those search insights Tools like Insights can show you from search algorithms when your audience is online, to see what content they're relating to, and make sure that you're sharing more of that content with them on a regular basis.

Optimise your keywords Make sure that you've optimised your content by putting in the right keywords and tags, using tools like vidIQ.

Develop the right keywords Using great content development and keyword tools like Bramework allows you to connect with your audience using the terms that they're going to put into search.

Be grateful for the audience that you have Instead of chasing viral content, be grateful for the audience that you already have. Be grateful for the people that are already following you. Be grateful to see them turn up on social media.

Gratitude will go a long way for you to attract more of the right people.

Highlights: 0:00 Introduction
0:20 The viral side of social media
0:50 The bad side of viral
1:00 You’re not seen by the right audience
2:35 Opening yourself up to the trolls
4:10 The good side of viral
4:15 Going viral with the right audience
4:45 Algorithms deliver more of what we feed it
5:15 Stop chasing viral. Chase engagement instead.
5:48 Tools to help increase engagement
6:20 Be grateful for the audience that you have

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.) * Insights * vidIQ * Bramework

Other Resources Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products
Join The Marketing Circle
Book a Coaching Session with Linda
Contact Linda

Follow Linda: Website
Facebook
Twitter
Instagram

About Linda Reed-Enever: Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.

She draws on both her educational background and over 20 years of experience in the marketing and public relations industry to help businesses and individuals through one-on-one coaching, courses, webinars, training, and other tools.

Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.

She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

Blogging is an incredible tool when it comes to creating content for our business. It allows us to educate our market and it allows us to have a personalised magazine that connects with our customers on our website.

Blogging also has some major superpowers when it comes to SEO points of view. If we're writing around our keywords and our topics, then that's going to help drive website traffic, promote our products and services, and build trust with our potential customers.

Here are the most commonly asked blogging for business questions I get from my audience: What is the purpose of a blogging campaign? A blogging campaign is a series of posts you make to promote your business or knowledge. You publish these updates regularly on your blog. These blog posts create a relationship with your customers. When you put opt-ins with your blog, they help you generate leads.

Blogging also helps you from a search engine point of view as blogs help rank your websites. When you put helpful content for your audience, they keep coming back to your website. And that's what you want to do. You want them to come back to your website so that they can find value in your products or services.

How do I start blogging? The first thing to do in a blogging campaign is to come up with a goal. Ask questions like, What do you want the content to be? How often are you going to put it out there? What is the goal of your blog post?

You need to have a couple of goals for your blog post. It will be things like book a discovery call, buy a product, build authority, download a lead magnet, or simply to just connect and build awareness. These are all goals that you will have for your blogging.

Then figure out what type of tone do you want to use in your blogs? Personally, I like to use a positive encouraging tone. Some businesses like to use a professional tone. You might want to make it more personal. That is up to you, but these are the components of starting a blogging campaign.

If you want to delve into this more, sign up for our Blogging for Business course.

What tools do I need to start a blog? Tools to start a blogging campaign are as simple as using a WordPress or Blogger website. There are also websites Squarespace and Wix that now have blogging platforms in them.

If you've got a website, look at the opportunity of being able to build a blog into your website. Use tools like Google AdWords to do some research on your keywords, or AnswerThePublic to help you find questions or topics that your type of audience is asking.

If you're a little bit stuck on how to come up with content ideas, there are tools like Bramework that will help you create a structure for your blog post. And then you can fill in the rest of the details.

What content should I write about? The content you write on your blog should relate to your clients. It could be instructional on how to use your product or service. It could be the questions that they ask before they work with you. It could be your most frequently asked questions. The best thing you can do with your blog is to educate and empower your customer to either use your product or service or book a call with you.

You want to have content that will appeal to them. Think of things like your top ten tips or your top five strategies. Look at your FAQs. Look at the questions that your people are asking on a regular basis.

The content you should write about should be useful to your audience. Your website is there to promote you. Your blog should support the service offerings of your business.

How often should I post content to my blog? “How long” is a piece of string question. However, it depends on what time you have. It includes the scope of your business.

If you've got a talented team of writers, you might be able to get a post or two out a week. But generally, if we can get a post out once a month, then that means we're providing new content for our audience.

Also, blog posts don't always have to be written. Some of them can be episodes of a podcast. You can also look at using videos. You just want to make sure that you're touching base regularly.

My rule of thumb is if we can touch base with our clients on our blogs at least three times a month, then we're doing well. And bearing in mind that as you start to blog, you might look at guest blogging as well because getting in front of others’ audiences is a very successful part of blogging campaigns as well.

How do I write effective blog posts? One of the most important factors in writing a blog post campaign is making sure you have your content effectively.

Don’t assume that people know anything and that it's easy to read Make sure that you introduce the topic properly and use bullet points where it’s needed. Use images where you can to create a visual connection with the text you’ve written. And use headings not only to make it easier to read but also helps Google index what's important.

Keep your blogs free of jargon. They are my key tips for writing an effective blog post. And remember, it's a skill you will learn over time.

In Blogging for Business, we have the full structure in there. Or if you've got a Marketing Planner, I've got the full structure in there too.

How do I generate traffic to my blog? One of the key things is making sure that you've done your search engine optimization. We use a tool called Rank Math that allows us to make sure that we've got the right keywords. We've optimised the images and we're using the categories that are important.

And then we make sure we share that blog post on our social media and newsletters. Helping people within Facebook groups and answering questions in places like Quora and Reddit then linking back to your blog post help bring traffic to your website too.

How do I promote my blog on social media? Now social media is one of the most popular ways to attract new followers to your latest blog posts. One of the key things that we do is we do an RSS publication directly to our social media platforms.

We use a tool called Zapier to publish directly on Facebook and LinkedIn, whenever a new blog post goes live. We also make sure that we have our blog post RSS feed go into two tools to make sure that we've got posts going out on social media regularly.

One is called MeetEdgar. MeetEdgar will draw on a social media campaign again and again. So if you've written a good evergreen blog post, it will be re-posted on social media again and again for people to connect with that post.

The other is Missinglettr. Missinglettr will create nine posts for your blogs. We also use Missinglettr for its Curate feature which allows us to have our content shared by other people.

How do I use email marketing to boost our blog traffic? If we're sending a newsletter on a regular basis using tools like Mailerlite, you'll be able to bring in a blog RSS feed directly into your newsletter template. And you should be doing that. It gives a little bit of an excerpt, the image and a key summary to your audience about what's going on with your blog.

You might also want to use an email marketing campaign to take a series of blog posts and run a challenge. Email marketing to boost your blog is about letting people know that it's there, and sending updates to clients that might benefit from that latest blog post. It's about making sure that the blog reaches the people it was intended for.

What sort of advertising should I use for my blog? I'm a big organic girl. However, if I've got a blog that I want to have a high amount of traffic, which I often reserve for podcast episodes and videos, I will use Google AdWords, Facebook, Twitter, or LinkedIn ads to promote it.

When we run ad campaigns, we need to make sure we've got all our organic stuff working first. We need to make sure we've got all the optimisation on our website done first so that we benefit from that ad campaign.

You want to make sure that your images are great, your keywords are great, people can opt into your newsletter, and you've got everything else before you start sending paid traffic.

What should I do if my website and blog traffic go down? Website traffic ebbs and flows on the Internet. No matter what time of year it is, it will ebb and flow. Of course, you need to note that there are times like Christmas or school holidays when people just aren't there.

If our traffic has gone down, you need to ask yourself, how consistently have you written a blog post? Have you optimised? Have you done all the things that you need to promote your blog?

If our traffic consistently drops on a regular basis, then maybe we've gone off message. Maybe we have to look at reviewing where we are.

The last thing is that some people tend to only look at the statistics of their blogs. Now, remember, we want good, engaged and connected people reading our content, not thousands of people reading our content and not taking any action from it.

How do I measure my blogging success? Like with all marketing, your blogging success comes down to consistency. Are you consistently getting inquiries? So it’s important to get those how did they find us surveys.

Looking at our Google Analytics is also a good place to measure your success. Our marketing mix comes down to how many sales are we getting, how many comments are we getting on the blog post, and how many inquiries are we getting. They're the things that measure our success, but they're all part of a mix.

Make sure that our activity is generated to help people find us. My key factors for measuring the statistics of my blog are looking at my Google Search Console, seeing if I'm ranking for the right keywords, making sure that we are still attracting more traffic to our website each month, and making sure that the top performing blog posts that work well for Google Search Console are the ones that we write more content about.

Final takeaway There you go. These are the most popular questions I get asked often when it comes to blogging for business. If you've got more questions about blogging for business, please ask me.

If you are looking for more blogging tips, get our Blogspiration Deck. If you want to learn more about blogging, sign up for our Blogging for Business.

If you really want to dive deep into the world of marketing with me, then come and join us in The Marketing Circle. We would love to see you there.

Highlights: 0:00 Introduction
0:30 What blogging does for our business
0:45 Blogging for SEO
0:55 Most commonly asked blogging for business questions I get from my audience
1:08 What is the purpose of a blogging campaign?
1:44 How do I start blogging?
2:23 What tools do I need to start a blog?
3:07 What content should I write about?
3:52 How often should I post content to my blog?
4:51 How do I write effective blog posts?
5:55 How do I generate traffic to my blog?
6:35 How do I promote my blog on social media?
7:35 How do I use email marketing to boost our blog traffic?
8:25 What sort of advertising should I use for my blog?
9:07 What should I do if my website and blog traffic go down?
10:24 How do I measure my blogging success?
11:13 Final takeaway
11:25 Blogspiration Deck, Blogging for Business, The Marketing Circle

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.) * Blogging for Business * Blogspiration Deck * The Marketing Circle

Other Resources Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products

Join The Marketing Circle

Book a Coaching Session with Linda

Contact Linda

Follow Linda: Website

Facebook

Twitter

Instagram

Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.

She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

Webinars are an outstanding way to engage people whether they are your existing or potential audience. And FREE webinars are an excellent way to build your profile and list.

Running a free webinar is all about the exchange, the exchange of information where people give you an email address and they register to attend that webinar.

Offering free webinars allows you to grow your business and foster relationships between your brand and customers. When your reach more people through a webinar, you’ll get more leads.

The process of creating a webinar used to require a substantial amount of technical knowledge and complex setups, but today you can run a free webinar with just a few simple tools.

Here we are going to provide you with a simple guide that will show you how to host a webinar for free and the benefits of a free webinar for your business.

Live vs. Evergreen Webinars Webinars can be run live which gives you a chance to get to know the people you're talking to, or they can be run evergreen.

We use Restream for running live sessions and broadcast them to Facebook and YouTube. We make an event page that lets people opt-in to make sure that we're getting the most of that free webinar.

If you're pushed for time, evergreen webinars are a really good way of running a free webinar. Tools like eWebinar and Webinar Ninja allows you to run pre-recorded webinars and have an evergreen webinar within your marketing cycle.

What’s the purpose of a free webinar? Webinars provide valuable information to recipients so that they will then take the next step in your lead journey. Essentially, webinars are a lead magnet. It allows people to get a glimpse of who you are and what you do. It is a great way to showcase your expertise and give them a taste of what it's like to work with you.

Running a free webinar is a great vehicle for you to encourage your audience to take the next step, whether that is to opt-in for another product, download an ebook, enrol in a course, or even book a consulting along the way.

What are the benefits of running a free webinar? A free webinar allows you to get into a wider audience, especially those who are maybe at the interest or the seed component of your marketing tree.

Webinars allow for higher engagement and rate of conversion because these participants have actually put aside the time to attend your webinar or training. You can answer questions and get through the barriers that people might have in taking the next step.

And it's about building your profile and exposure. People talk about webinars after they've attended and they can talk and share the insights they’ve gained from your webinar with other people.

Return on investment (ROI) of webinars Webinars tend to have an increased ROI on investment. It doesn't cost a lot to run a webinar, but it does get your message out to a wider group of people. It allows you to increase your marketing effort around that activity, and get a better level of conversion once you've got the people in the webinar.

Webinar attendees are interested attendees. They are hot attendees because they have taken the time to attend your webinar. And that is the difference between anyone who watches a YouTube video or reads a blog post.

Final takeaway Running a free webinar is a great way to get your message out to a wide audience. So here are some tips for you:

Make sure that you are marketing your webinar. We like to have a four-week window to make sure that we've actually got enough time to market our webinar. Make sure that you create a good event page. We love Eventbrite for creating events and sharing them on our social media platforms like Facebook and LinkedIn.
Make sure that you've run through your presentation and prepared yourself throughout that process. Don't assume that your webinar attendees know you so introduce yourself and what you do.
Make sure that your audience is feeling encouraged to ask any questions. This encourages them to engage with you.
And then make sure that your webinar has a strong follow-up sequence. Remember, not all of our leads are going to be ready to buy at the time we run our webinar so you need to nurture them on a journey until they are ready to make the purchase.

Highlights: 0:00 Introduction
0:20 Best practices, purpose, and benefits of running a free webinar
0:47 What is a free webinar?
0:55 Live vs recorded webinars
1:10 Using Restream to run a live webinar
1:21 Other tools to run a free webinar like eWebinar and Webinar Ninja
1:36 The purpose of running a free webinar
2:08 It's about gathering leads
2:30 Nurturing your leads on a journey
2:40 Benefits of running a webinar
3:30 Free webinar have good return on investment (ROI)
3:50 Characteristics of free webinar attendees
4:10 Running a free webinar gets your message to a wider audience
4:15 Marketing your free webinar
4:35 Preparing for your webinar
4:45 Following up your leads after a free webinar
5:00 Some ideas for a free webinar
5:24 Don't forget a call to action after your webinar
5:41 Thank you for listening and subscribe to the Talk Podcast

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.) * Restream * eWebinar * Webinar Ninja

Other Resources Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products
Join The Marketing Circle
Book a Coaching Session with Linda
Contact Linda

Follow Linda: Website
Facebook
Twitter
Instagram

Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.

She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

Social media is a powerful tool for businesses of all sizes. It can be a great way to connect with customers, build brand awareness, and promote your products or services. But if your posts are not effective, then you can be left wondering what am I doing.

Gone are the days when we actually have to pay a newspaper or advertising agency to promote our business. Social media puts that right within our hands.

There's an expectation now that business owners are connecting with their customers on social media. But as a business owner, there are so many things that you've got to do alongside marketing your business. Sometimes you can be left thinking, is social media actually worth it?

Your posts, if created in the right way, can help you build brand awareness, promote your products and services, and make sure that you're connecting with your customers in the right methods.

Here are some tips to help you get results on social media: Choose the right platforms Make sure that you have your social media handles and profiles.

Talk to the people you already work with, and find out where they hang out. Talk to your prospective customers, and find out where they hang out. And then have a look at your competitors, what social platforms are they using and what is working for them.

The idea is that being on the right platform is half the battle when it comes to getting engagement.

Write for your audience not for you It is so easy for business owners to want to write for themselves. We are not our clients. We are not the person who is going to be looking at buying our product or service. So we need to write for our audience. We need to motivate them. We need to talk about the pain points. We need to share ideas that will inspire and engage them.

Use visuals and brand your posts Use visuals and images. Use photos of your face to create that human-to-human connection through the screen. All the algorithms love a face because it's a human connection and it's also what people stop and they look at. So when you are using visuals, make sure you're connecting with emotion.

Brand your posts so that people recognize them. You can use tools like Canva to make some really good branded visuals.

Use video to educate and inspire your audience The journey of social media isn't sell, sell, sell. If you can educate your audience on how to use your product or inspire them with a top tip or give them a mini win that allows them to take an action and see some results, then that's going to really help your people.

Make sure that when you are using video, you are putting in your descriptions, explaining what's in the video and catering to all the learning styles by putting a transcript or show notes.

Use relevant hashtags Hashtags link things together in social media so they become this little web link. the secret to hashtags is to do a little bit of research. Go to places like Display Purposes and see what hashtags are relevant to your industry.

When you start to put content together, start to look at the right keywords and the right hashtags so you can increase your chances of being found within the search.

Share your content Sharing your content allows people to find more about you and takes them to your website. The aim of social media is to connect with your audience online. But connecting with them offline as well through opt-ins and lead magnets.

Get the timing right Make sure you are using your insights. Find out when your audience is online and deliver your message on social media at that time when your people are present and most likely to see your posts.

You can do that by using a social scheduling platform like MeetEdgar or Missinglettr to help you schedule your posts on your social channels.

Final takeaway Social media is a great way for us to promote our business. Start building your presence profile by profile and remember to continually review your insights and work out what types of posts are working for you and create more of those.

Highlights: 0:00 Introduction
0:30 Tips that will help you get results on social media
0:46 Most people expect a social presence
1:20 Choose the right platforms
1:50 Write for your audience not for you
2:25 Use visuals and brand your posts
3:10 Use video to educate and inspire your audience
3:55 Use relevant hashtags
4:22 Share your content
4:45 Get the timing right
5:15 Social media is a great way to promote our business
5:45 Thank you for listening and subscribe to the Talk Podcast

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.) * Canva * MeetEdgar * Missinglettr * Display Purposes

Other Resources Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products

Join The Marketing Circle

Book a Coaching Session with Linda

Contact Linda

Follow Linda Website

Facebook

Twitter

Instagram

Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.

She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

Business growth is an ongoing process that requires patience, consistency, and strategy. There's no surefire formula for instant success, but you can boost your business with proven ways to reach growth milestones that can catapult your business to success.

If you're looking to grow your small business, then you're in luck! Here are 10 small business marketing tips that will help you get started. By following these simple steps, you'll be on your way to success.

These marketing tips are some of the strategies I have used to grow the companies I lead at Enever Group as well as those of my clients. So why not give them a try? You never know – they might just work wonders for your business!

10 Marketing Tips to Grow Your Business: Create a marketing plan

Everything starts with a great plan. So when we're starting to create our marketing, we need to plan out what our campaigns and activities are going to look like and how they are going to be published.

Take a look at the next twelve months and start to plan out what you're going to share. This is where our marketing planner comes in handy. Look at the theme of each month, then plan out your newsletter, podcast, blog post, and social media tips that you can share around those themes.

If you break it down to themes for each month, then creating the content is not going to be so overwhelming.

Use social media to your advantage

There is an amazing audience in front of social media and quite often now a bigger audience than the general media is because most people are accessing multiple social channels from their devices on a daily basis.

We want to be able to tap into that. Look at where our audience is hanging out. Look at the demographics of each of the social channels if it matches your audience. And then make sure that we secure our social media real estate.

When we start to put our marketing plan, we're also going to build our presence on each one of those platforms.

Create engaging evergreen content

Unless your business is all about running new workshops each and every month, chances are your content can be shared over and over again. So make sure that you create good, engaging evergreen content.

These are things like your top tips, your how-to's, videos, and social posts that can be repurposed and can go out again and again. The advantage of having good evergreen content means that you can keep sharing content even when you don't have time to market.

We use an amazing tool called MeetEdgar that allows us to schedule evergreen content that can go out on autopilot.

Publish useful content on your website

As you're creating content like blog posts, podcasts, articles, or ebooks, make sure that these are published on your website.

Make sure you are creating content for every video and podcast that goes out and that everything you put out on the web goes back to your website. This way, your website is not only getting updated but it's also getting ranked for keywords from that content.

Invest time in SEO

Eventually you might need an SEO strategy, but right now, make sure you're investing your time in SEO. You're selecting a keyword for your blog post. You're making sure that you make the most of that keyword. You've optimized it.

We use a tool called Frase to help us do that and make sure that we get the most out of it. There's another handy tool called Bramework which helps you create content based on keywords.

Target the right audience

Make sure you're talking to your ideal client, to the customer that is going to be working for you. You don't want to be talking to everyone. You want to be talking to the people who are going to buy from you and work with you. Target the people who are going to be engaged in the content you create and will see the value of it.

Get involved in online communities

Get involved in online communities that have your audience. Talk to them and make sure that you are educating your market. Share your tips and knowledge, and in the process, this allows people to see you as an expert. Sharing knowledge allows you to build that "know, like and trust" factor that people want.

Don't forget your offline communities too

You want to make sure that you delve into your offline communities as well. Networking with people will allow them to see the face of your business. Get out there and network where you possibly can. Who knows, you might be able to get some guest speaking opportunities which will help you build your profile even further.

Make use of e-mail marketing

We own two things on the Internet. One is our website and the other one is our email list, so make the most of it. Make sure that you are putting into your marketing plan the opportunity to have really good lead magnets and opt-in.

Nurture people through good, strong nurture sequences through their e-mail. Make sure you're sending out a good newsletter on a regular basis, updating people on the stuff that you have.

Track your results, review, and re-test your strategy

Quite often people come to me for marketing help and they say things are not working, but they're not tracking the results of the thing that they've put out on their websites.

Make sure you've got Google Analytics installed and you're checking where your traffic is coming from. Make sure you're looking at the insights on your Facebook, YouTube, and other social posts. Check the time when you are delivering your content making sure your audience is present.

And if anything is not working, then tweak it. If you're not getting the right results, then change the message and adjust.

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction
0:30 Ten marketing tips and ideas to grow your business
0:50 Create a marketing plan
1:20 Use social media to your advantage
1:58 Create engaging evergreen content
2:52 Publish useful content on your website
3:30 Invest time in SEO
4:10 Target the right audience
4:30 Get involved in online communities
5:00 Don't forget your offline communities too
5:20 Make use of e-mail marketing
5:50 Track your results, review, and re-test your strategy
6:52 Thank you for listening and subscribe to the Talk Podcast

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)

MeetEdgar
Frase
Bramework
The Marketing Planner

Other Resources

Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products

Join The Marketing Circle

Book a Coaching Session with Linda

Contact Linda

Follow Linda:

Website

Facebook

Twitter

Instagram

About Linda Reed-Enever:

Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.

Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.

She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

Marketing for your business is an ongoing task. You do it consistently to get the results you need to put your business on track to where you want it to be. There is no way around it.

However, there are days when we absolutely don’t feel like doing anything marketing at all. We’re down on our mojo and we sometimes beat ourselves up. Please don’t, because you know what, it happens to the best of us. Yes, even to marketers like myself.

Often, these feelings are normal and temporary, triggered by a busier-than-usual routine. Maybe you needed to focus on other stuff for the business like operations or sales or there’s a particular client that needs your focused attention. When this happens, marketing often gets to the back of our to-do list and that’s absolutely okay.

During periods like this though, it’s important to have strategies put in place to make sure marketing still happens for your business. This way, your business and brand is still continually put out there for people to see.

Tips to market your business even when you don’t feel like it: * Start with good solid evergreen content that you can automate

Evergreen content are topics that stay relevant and valuable over time. These are your blog posts, videos, podcasts, or other forms of content that you can go back and share again through automation.

When your moments hit, you can rely on your evergreen content by using tools like MeetEdgar or Missinglettr to continue to turn up for you. * You need a well-rested break

We all need a break from our business from time to time. Taking time off and stepping away from social media can work really well for us.

Take a break and get a bit off a rest in is far better than being drudgy doing your marketing, Taking a break could be the best thing for your business and your health. * Look into outsourcing some of the marketing tasks

This is especially when you're too busy that you don't have time to do the marketing side of your business. It's great that you're focusing on the things that you do best, but marketing your business still needs to be done.

This is where outsourcing some of the marketing tasks that you don't have time doing can come in handy. * Get a fresh set of eyes

Whether it's bouncing ideas off a friend or trusted colleague, or better yet hiring a marketing coach who has years of experience doing marketing, or joining a community like The Marketing Circle.

This allows you to do a brainstorming session so that you can get ideas what other s are doing in the industry, what's working, and how it can work for you. * Go back and look at what worked in the past

Look at your insights and see what worked in the past for your business. Maybe it can spark a new idea for you to help yu get that marketing mojo back.

So look at your trends and see what you did this time last year, for example. * Take notes of questions people are asking you

This is great at all times but especially when your mojo is low. If you're being asked similar questions over and over, your market is telling you what they want to know. And this can be a great start on working a how-to piece that help you get motivated again. * Read your testimonials

The testimonials that people have left you tell you why you're good at what you do. They ate there to motivate you when you're feeling low. They're a reminder about why you're doing what you're doing.

Try and look at what you did to attract that particular person to your business. How did you serve them? Replicate that marketing strategy again to attract more of thos people. * Look at how you’ve changed

Change can be a good thing for your business. But too much change at short periods of time can be overwhelming. This might be the reason why you're overwhelmed. Can it be that you can't keep up with the pace of the changes you're making?

Maybe it's right to take a step back and review the old techniques that still work, or worked better. Quite often, the stuff that worked in the past are the same things that will work again and again.

Highlights:

0:00 Welcome to the Talk Podcast

0:30 Marketing when you don't feel like it

0:45 Most of you didn't get into business to become marketers

0:55 Strategies that you can use until you get your mojo back

1:02 Automation with evergreen content

1:28 You can use tools like MeetEdgar and Missinglettr

1:42 Sometimes you need a break

2:27 Maybe it's time to look at outsourcing

2:40 Get a set fresh of eyes like a marketing coach

3:00 Or join a community like The Marketing Circle

3:47 Go back and look at what worked in the past

4:12 Take notes of questions people are asking you

4:30 Read your testimonials

5:10 Go back to old techiniques that worked in the past

5:35 Thank you for listening and subscribe to the Talk Podcast

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)

MeetEdgar
Missinglettr
The Marketing Circle

Other Resources

Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products

Join The Marketing Circle

Book a Coaching Session with Linda

Contact Linda

Follow Linda:

Website

Facebook

Twitter

Instagram

About Linda Reed-Enever:

Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.

Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.

She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

A newsletter is a powerful marketing tool and one we should be using as we attract our audience to our lists.Newsletters can be fun, informative and whatever you make them, but they can also daunting which is why we are sharing our newsletter formula with you so you can include the power of newsletters in your marketing.The Formula for a Newsletter is simple, but it can leave many business owners wondering what to do and where to start, so it is important to have your ducks in a row when you want to create a newsletter for your business.Choose a mailing platformOf course, to send your newsletter, you will need a mailing platform. MailerLite is our favourite. MailerLite is an email marketing software designed to help people of all skill levels create professional and personalised marketing campaigns on their own.Set your marketing list This will be the audience for your newsletter. Make sure this list is opted-in which means that the recipient has subscribed to receive your newsletter, otherwise you will be tagged as spam. Have the right permissions before sending out any email.Segmented listsWhen you have your lists, make sure these are segmented to the right audience correctly. For example, we have specific lists for Enever Group, The Course Creators Circle, Business Business Business so that the newsletter only goes out to the designated recipient.Choose a campaign name This will cover the topic of the newsletter, like a summary of what is your email about.Put in your header and brandThe header should include the name of the newsletter, date, and tagline. It is good to include extra links that can help people like a menu navigation to connect with you and find other resources.Your introduction This is a note to your readers about what has been happening in the past week/month etc since you last touched base. Use this section to tell your story so they can engage with you and your business. Also include the topic of the newsletter and why you have selected the content to go in it.Content that has a purpose for the subscriberPeople joined your newsletter to stay up to date and learn things from you so make sure that you include that in your newsletter. This may include helpful articles from your blog, product advice or promotions, useful infographics made on Canva, Youtube videos that are relevant, and any upcoming events that you have.Promotional ideasYour newsletter is a way to communicate with your customers and build a relationship, so you don’t want to fill your newsletter with promotional material. However, once in a while it’s okay to add a special coupon, mention a new product launch or refer-a-friend promotion:Final thoughtsTo get a format of how the newsletter is done effectively you can download my Formula of a Newsletter Cheatsheet which is free and inside your Marketing Planner is the Newsletter template ready for you to create your own newsletters.In conclusion, when you are putting together your newsletter, make sure you are not using it just for selling something, but you are educating, empowering, and engaging your people to stay connected and continue to be on your list.Want to get other tips like this and more? Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:20 What is the Formula of a Newsletter?0:35 Downloadable cheatsheet0:45 Getting your ducks in a row0:55 Mailing platform1:15 Set your lists1:48 Segmented lists2:25 The Formula of a Newsletter components3:20 Content that has a purpose for your subscriber3:55 Promotional ideas for newsletter subscribers4:05 Format for your newsletter4:45 The goal of your newsletter4:57 Newsletter template in your Marketing PlannerResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* MailerLite * Canva * The Marketing Planner

Other ResourcesLinda's Suite of Marketing and Business ProductsJoin The Marketing CircleBook a Coaching Session with LindaContact LindaFollow Linda:WebsiteFacebookTwitterInstagramAbout Linda Reed-Enever:Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.She draws on both her educational background and over 20 years of experience in the marketing and public relations industry to help businesses and individuals through one-on-one coaching, courses, webinars, training, and other tools.Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

A newsletter is a powerful marketing tool and one we should be using as we attract our audience to our lists.

Newsletters can be fun, informative and whatever you make them, but they can also daunting which is why we are sharing our newsletter formula with you so you can include the power of newsletters in your marketing.

The Formula for a Newsletter is simple, but it can leave many business owners wondering what to do and where to start, so it is important to have your ducks in a row when you want to create a newsletter for your business.

Choose a mailing platform

Of course, to send your newsletter, you will need a mailing platform. MailerLite is our favourite. MailerLite is an email marketing software designed to help people of all skill levels create professional and personalised marketing campaigns on their own.

Set your marketing list

This will be the audience for your newsletter. Make sure this list is opted-in which means that the recipient has subscribed to receive your newsletter, otherwise you will be tagged as spam. Have the right permissions before sending out any email.

Segmented lists

When you have your lists, make sure these are segmented to the right audience correctly. For example, we have specific lists for Enever Group, The Course Creators Circle, Business Business Business so that the newsletter only goes out to the designated recipient.

Choose a campaign name

This will cover the topic of the newsletter, like a summary of what is your email about.

Put in your header and brand

The header should include the name of the newsletter, date, and tagline. It is good to include extra links that can help people like a menu navigation to connect with you and find other resources.

Your introduction

This is a note to your readers about what has been happening in the past week/month etc since you last touched base. Use this section to tell your story so they can engage with you and your business. Also include the topic of the newsletter and why you have selected the content to go in it.

Content that has a purpose for the subscriber

People joined your newsletter to stay up to date and learn things from you so make sure that you include that in your newsletter. This may include helpful articles from your blog, product advice or promotions, useful infographics made on Canva, Youtube videos that are relevant, and any upcoming events that you have.

Promotional ideas

Your newsletter is a way to communicate with your customers and build a relationship, so you don't want to fill your newsletter with promotional material. However, once in a while it's okay to add a special coupon, mention a new product launch or refer-a-friend promotion:

Final thoughts

To get a format of how the newsletter is done effectively you can download my Formula of a Newsletter Cheatsheet which is free and inside your Marketing Planner is the Newsletter template ready for you to create your own...

View Details

Images “speak” a different language than words and they convey messages faster, too. That’s why one of the most important things you can do to put a finishing touch on any piece of content is to add an image.One of your goals is to create content that gets noticed and read, and great images make people stop and look. Images don’t just draw viewers — they boost understanding (and retention).But not everyone is a photographer or has an unlimited image library at their fingertips and that is where stock and royalty-free images come in.How to find and use stock and royalty-free images in your marketing (with some handy search tips too):Stock, Royalty-Free and Public Domain Images:There are three types of images online – stock images, royalty-free images, and public domain images. Most of the time, all three types of images are referred to as stock images, but there are a few differences between the three.* Stock images have limited usage rights. You need to specify how you plan to use the stock image and use it only for that purpose. For example, if you purchased a stock image for an advertisement, you can’t repurpose and use it on any of your pages. * Royalty-free images are less expensive and you can use them several times on different projects without needing to shell out more money. Royalty-free images are also high-quality, but they don’t have the same resale restrictions that stock photos do. This means you will probably find the same image elsewhere on the web. * Public domain images are photos that you or a photographer you hired took. Public domain photos have no rights reserved and no usage conditions. You can change them, reuse them and place them anywhere without any extra cost or required attribution. They can be found under the creative commons licence on sites like Pixabay, Unsplash, etc.

Great Images start with a goalWhen creating images for our marketing just like the words we need to look at the goal for the message the image will share will it: Entertain - these images provoke smiles and spread goodwill * Educate - these images share information and build authority * Provoke - these images surprise and prompt an action * Inspire* - these images evoke emotion, encourage, or uplift

By knowing your image goal your image creation and search journey will be easier.Freemium Image Sites:Many of these photographs are free from copyright restrictions or licensed under creative commons public domain dedication. This means that you can copy, modify, distribute and perform the work, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission. However, some photos may require attribution.We’ve done our best to identify which license(s) they fall under, but we still advise you to do your own research and determine how these images can be used.* Pixabay: Pixabay offers a large collection of free stock photos, vectors and art illustrations. All photos are released under Creative Commons CC0. * Picjumbo Picjumbo is a collection of totally free photos for your commercial & personal works. New photos are added daily from a wide variety of categories including abstract, fashion, nature, technology and much more. * FoodiesFeed: FoodiesFeed offers thousands of beautiful realistic free food pictures in high resolution. It’s the perfect stock photo site for food bloggers. * IM FREE: A curated collection of free web design resources, all for commercial use. * Pexels: Pexels provides high quality and completely free stock photos licensed under the Creative Commons Zero (CC0) license. All photos are nicely tagged, searchable and also easy to discover through the ‘discover’ pages. * Stock Free Images: Stock Free Images is the largest web collection of FREE images, with 1,633,205 images, royalty-free stock photos and illustrations. * Stocksnap: Beautiful free stock photos. Hundreds of high-resolution images are added weekly. Free from copyright restrictions. * Unsplash: Free (do whatever you want) high-resolution photos. You can even subscribe to get the best of Unsplash directly to your inbox. * Negative Space: Beautiful, Free High-Resolution Photos with No Restrictions. For personal or commercial projects, all of the CC0 licenced images are completely free to use. * Death to Stock Photos: Every month a photo pack of 10 photos within a certain category will be delivered to your inbox. The goal of Death to Stock Photos is to bring you a variety of options in which to use for your mockups, blog posts or social media. Death to stock photo uses their own license which you can read on its webpage. * Shotstash: ShotStash offers a broad range of photos. New images are added every day, under a free commercial and personal use license. * StyledStock: StyledStock offers free feminine stock photography for every woman entrepreneur. The collection is totally free for your commercial and personal work

Premium Image Sites:Premium stock photo collections offer images that go beyond the typical stock photo. Images that are more artistic, that have a higher production value, and different, more unique aesthetics.They also tend to represent niche topics or to portray popular themes in an innovative way. This added value makes them a bit more expensive than regular stock photos, but still affordable in most cases.* Adobe Stock: Adobe Stock is powered by a world-class community of creative professionals. Their artist contributors are adding new assets daily, giving you access to a large collection of unique and diverse content. * Dreamstime: 65 million stock images to choose from. Dreamstime is the world's largest stock community, with stock photos and royalty-free images. Reasonable pricing too. * Bigstock: Bigstock is your fast, easy-to-use marketplace for quality stock images. We offer over 56 million royalty-free photographs and illustrations from talented photographers and artists around the globe, available for almost any purpose. * iStock: Founded in 2000, iStock created the crowd-sourced stock industry and became the original source for user-generated stock photos, vectors and illustrations, and video clips. For more than 15 years, iStock has given their artists a platform to make money with their passions by licensing their stock content to businesses and individuals around the world for use in a wide variety of projects. * 123RF: Over 86 Million Stock Images, Vectors, Footage and Audio Clips at reasonable prices. From new emerging startups to renowned Fortune 500 companies, 123RF is committed to helping local and international brands stay relevant and thrive in today's highly innovative and competitive creative environment.

Search for Images like a Pro: Start searching for one word, then narrow your results by adding words or subtracting. Searching a single word usually leads to an overwhelming number of results. Bring up the results from a single word search, and see what you want more or less of. Most sites will allow you to add a minus sign before terms you don’t want to appear. * Step back and see what jumps out. When looking at a page of thumbnail images, ask yourself, “Which one stands out?” When an image holds its own in a flood of others, that’s a good sign that you’ve found the right one! * Consider your text. If you plan to add text to your image, look carefully to ensure there’s an open area on the photo that doesn’t have a lot of busy text underneath it, so your text will be readable. * Consider where the image “points.”* Many images look like they “point” a certain way. Sometimes a person in the image is looking off to the right, left, above, or below. Viewers will tend to follow their gaze and you want that gaze to lead to your call to action!

Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:20 Images speak a different language than words1:00 The goal of content creation is to get noticed1:20 How to find stock and royal-free images1:25 Three types of images online: Stock, Royalty-Free, Public Domain2:35 Great images start with a goal3:15 How to search images like a pro - Top Tips5:00 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeOther ResourcesLinda's Suite of Marketing and Business ProductsJoin The Marketing CircleBook a Coaching Session with LindaContact LindaFollow Linda:WebsiteFacebookTwitterInstagramAbout Linda Reed-Enever:Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.She draws on both her educational background and over 20 years of experience in the marketing and public relations industry to help businesses and individuals through one-on-one coaching, courses, webinars, training, and other tools.Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

Images "speak" a different language than words and they convey messages faster, too. That's why one of the most important things you can do to put a finishing touch on any piece of content is to add an image.

One of your goals is to create content that gets noticed and read, and great images make people stop and look. Images don't just draw viewers - they boost understanding (and retention).

But not everyone is a photographer or has an unlimited image library at their fingertips and that is where stock and royalty-free images come in.

How to find and use stock and royalty-free images in your marketing (with some handy search tips too):

Stock, Royalty-Free and Public Domain Images:

There are three types of images online - stock images, royalty-free images, and public domain images. Most of the time, all three types of images are referred to as stock images, but there are a few differences between the three.

•Stock images have limited usage rights. You need to specify how you plan to use the stock image and use it only for that purpose. For example, if you purchased a stock image for an advertisement, you can't repurpose and use it on any of your pages. •Royalty-free images are less expensive and you can use them several times on different projects without needing to shell out more money. Royalty-free images are also high-quality, but they don't have the same resale restrictions that stock photos do. This means you will probably find the same image elsewhere on the web. •Public domain images are photos that you or a photographer you hired took. Public domain photos have no rights reserved and no usage conditions. You can change them, reuse them and place them anywhere without any extra cost or required attribution. They can be found under the creative commons licence on sites like Pixabay, Unsplash, etc.

Great Images start with a goal

When creating images for our marketing just like the words we need to look at the goal for the message the image will share will it:

•Entertain - these images provoke smiles and spread goodwill •Educate - these images share information and build authority •Provoke - these images surprise and prompt an action •Inspire - these images evoke emotion, encourage, or uplift

By knowing your image goal your image creation and search journey will be easier.

Freemium Image Sites:

Many of these photographs are free from copyright restrictions or licensed under creative commons public domain dedication. This means that you can copy, modify, distribute and perform the work, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission. However, some photos may require attribution.

We've done our best to identify which license(s) they fall under, but we still advise you to do your own research and determine how these images can be used.

•Pixabay: Pixabay offers a large collection of free stock photos, vectors and art illustrations. All photos are released under Creative Commons CC0. •Picjumbo Picjumbo is a collection of totally free photos for your commercial & personal works. New photos are added daily from a wide variety of categories including abstract, fashion, nature, technology and much more. •FoodiesFeed: FoodiesFeed offers thousands of beautiful realistic free food pictures in ...

View Details

It’s certainly not a coincidence that so much of what we share online today is picture related. There’s just so much information around us that we cannot possibly remember it all in a limited amount of time.Using infographics to convey figures and data will help people absorb information in a much more efficient way. A way of presenting information in a visually appealing and memorable form, infographics allow your audience to engage quickly, gain insight, and absorb relevant information in bite-sized pieces, while also offering a variation within your content marketing strategy.What is an infographic?Infographics are graphic visual representations of information, data, or knowledge, intended to present complex information quickly and clearly.There’s a consensus that “a good infographic is worth a thousand words,” providing an effective way to convert information into a memorable and visually appealing form.For marketers, infographics offer a different way to engage your audience. However, some information lends itself more to infographics than others and there are tips for using them to the best effect.Why are they so popular?In many ways, the infographic has been around since the dawn of time. Think about those paintings that cavemen etched into walls or the hieroglyphics used by the Egyptians. All these are infographics that tell a story or impart information using pictures.The last decade or so has seen a steady rise in the use of infographics for content marketing in a bid to educate, entertain and engage an audience.Infographics are now one of the most popular types of images for marketers, with 30% of content creators crafting their own original infographic images.Why? Because, according to statistics, infographics cater to the way we process information:* 90% of information sent to the brain is visual. (MIT) * 65% of people are visual learners. (Pearson) * 99% of all sensory information is filtered out by the brain almost immediately. This means that only 1% of information actually gets through to the brain. Infographics are in this 1%. (QUE Publishing)

Meanwhile, in content marketing terms:* Content with relevant images gets 94% more views than content without relevant images. (Quick Sprout) * 42% of marketers reported that infographics and other original graphics were the most engaging. This was higher than any other form of visual content. (Venngage) * Infographics can increase web traffic by 12%. (Demand Gen Report) * 81% of people only skim the content they read online. The average user reads 20-28% of words during an average visit. (NN Group) * Infographics are liked and shared on social media three times more than any other type of content. (NN Group)

When to use an infographic?Like any content, using infographics is all about offering them in the right place at the right time. So here’s a quick checklist of when you might consider using an infographic: When there are lots of data - Infographics are a great way of converting data and statistics into a visually compelling form. * If the information is hard to understand in written form - If your information is complex when written or hard to get your head around due to the numbers and statistics involved, an infographic may be a more effective way to tell the story. * If you haven’t used too many recently - Infographics are part of a wider content strategy, and as such should be used sparingly. You don’t want to bombard your audience with an infographic a week, but rather use them when they will offer something relevant or the best way of telling a story. * If your audience likes them* - Just as some content lends itself to infographics, some audiences absorb them more readily than others. If you’ve trialled infographics and your audience just isn’t that into them, find a different method of relaying information.

Nine tips for infographics:The key thing to remember with infographics is that they are a visually compelling way of telling a story or relaying data. The best, most often shared infographics all feature the following traits:1. A good story - A great infographic tells a story using pictures and few words, so consider what story you’re trying to tell. Is it interesting, pertinent, timely or relevant? 2. A journey - As an infographic is a story, it will take your audience on a journey from beginning to end using pictures and very few words. Consider where you will start, where you will finish and how you will get there visually. 3. A new angle - Just as you use new angles for blog posts, infographics should also feature a “fresh take on things”. 4. Practical value - Pretty pictures are lovely, but an infographic should offer value to your audience. That means you should ensure your infographic either offer new information or provides existing information in a new and engaging way. This makes your infographic all the more shareable. 5. Well-structured - Clarity is the key to an infographic, so structure it well, taking the audience through a natural sequence of information from beginning to end. 6. Key message - While an infographic tells a story, the audience should walk away with one key message, and you should be clear on what that is. 7. Visually appealing - Remember an infographic is a visual presentation of data, so make it appealing. Keep it uncluttered, and clearly structure the content so it is easy to follow with very few words. Don’t forget a headline 8. Accurate and well-researched - As an infographic is all about data, ensure that what you are presenting is accurate and well-researched, with current, relevant information. 9. Short and sweet text - An infographic is not a brochure, an essay or a traditional blog post. It’s about offering bite-sized pieces of information in a visually appealing way. Keep the text short and sweet, and if the content isn’t lending itself to that, it needs to be presented in a different format.

Tools to create infographics:Due to the popularity of the infographic, there are a host of tools available to help you easily and affordably create them. Two of the best are:* Canva - Not only does Canva allow you to easily create beautiful documents and designs, but they also have a dedicated section just for infographics where all sorts of templates, designs, tips, and tools are available. * Visme - Visme is an online platform specifically devoted to creating infographics and other visual content like charts, reports, social graphics and banner ads. Visme allows you to choose from hundreds of beautiful presentations, infographics, and other templates or use content blocks to quickly create custom designs from scratch. Tap into millions of icons, images and fonts.

Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:35 What is an infographic?0:50 What makes a good infographic1:25 Tips on how to use infographics to the best effect1:50 Using infographics in content and education marketing2:10 Infographics cater to the way we process information2:35 Infographics in content marketing terms3:25 A checklist of when to use an infographic4:31 Nine tips for infographics6:58 Tools to create infographics - Canva and Visme7:25 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* Canva * Visme * Lumen5 * Education Marketing

View Details

It's certainly not a coincidence that so much of what we share online today is picture related. There's just so much information around us that we cannot possibly remember it all in a limited amount of time.

Using infographics to convey figures and data will help people absorb information in a much more efficient way. A way of presenting information in a visually appealing and memorable form, infographics allow your audience to engage quickly, gain insight, and absorb relevant information in bite-sized pieces, while also offering a variation within your content marketing strategy.

What is an infographic?

Infographics are graphic visual representations of information, data, or knowledge, intended to present complex information quickly and clearly.

There's a consensus that "a good infographic is worth a thousand words," providing an effective way to convert information into a memorable and visually appealing form.

For marketers, infographics offer a different way to engage your audience. However, some information lends itself more to infographics than others and there are tips for using them to the best effect.

Why are they so popular?

In many ways, the infographic has been around since the dawn of time. Think about those paintings that cavemen etched into walls or the hieroglyphics used by the Egyptians. All these are infographics that tell a story or impart information using pictures.

The last decade or so has seen a steady rise in the use of infographics for content marketing in a bid to educate, entertain and engage an audience.

Infographics are now one of the most popular types of images for marketers, with 30% of content creators crafting their own original infographic images.

Why? Because, according to statistics, infographics cater to the way we process information:

•90% of information sent to the brain is visual. (MIT) •65% of people are visual learners. (Pearson) •99% of all sensory information is filtered out by the brain almost immediately. This means that only 1% of information actually gets through to the brain. Infographics are in this 1%. (QUE Publishing)

Meanwhile, in content marketing terms:

•Content with relevant images gets 94% more views than content without relevant images. (Quick Sprout) •42% of marketers reported that infographics and other original graphics were the most engaging. This was higher than any other form of visual content. (Venngage) •Infographics can increase web traffic by 12%. (Demand Gen Report) •81% of people only skim the content they read online. The average user reads 20-28% of words during an average visit. (NN Group) •Infographics are liked and shared on social media three times more than any other type of content. (NN Group)

When to use an infographic?

Like any content, using infographics is all about offering them in the right place at the right time. So here's a quick checklist of when you might consider using an infographic:

•When there are lots of data - Infographics are a great way of converting data and statistics into a visually compelling form.

•If the information is hard to understand in written form - If your information is complex when written or hard to get your head around due to the numbers and statistics involved, an infographic may be a more effective way to tell the story.

•If you haven't used too many recently - Infographics are part of a wider content strategy, and as such should be used sparing...

View Details

Statistics aid marketers and business owners to rely not just on their intuition, but to make informed decisions based on real data analysis.In PR for example, readers and journalists love stats because statistics gives your writing power and authority no other tool can because they are treated as facts, and facts are real.Freed of all the squishiness and ambiguity of words, numbers and statistics are powerful pieces of evidence that can effectively strengthen any argument.However, overdoing it can also have a negative impact. Content that is also just full of only statistics takes away real value for engagement. So we’ve round up a list of best practices for using statistics when making your content.Best practices for using stats in your writing: Use authoritative sources*

Good research using authoritative sources is one of the easiest ways to build your credibility. When blogging, using Facebook Live or even when creating memes and infographics, seek out relevant, timely information from a reliable source.These sources include reputable news outlets, government websites and industry bodies. Make sure statistics are timely*

Relevant, timely statistics are a great way of adding weight to any argument or theory you propose in your content. Again these can be derived from reliable sources, such as published studies, government data, industry insights, news sites and more.When you stumble across a statistic in other people’s content and wish to use it, try to go directly to the source to find the context of what was said, and don’t forget to cite your source. Fact check*

It’s all well and good to reel out reams of facts, stats and research, but it’s also critical to ensure what you publish is accurate and reflected in the right context.In other words, fact check and link people to the place where the information is coming from so they can also see it for themselves, should they wish.Citing incorrect or inaccurate data, statistics and facts has the potential to produce the opposite effect of credibility, damaging your reputation as an authoritative source. Quote when you can*

A well-used, well-timed quote can work wonders to increase the authority of your content. For example, this is a great intro to a blog about the value of content, using a seminal quote by Bill Gates…“Back in 1996 Microsoft founder Bill Gates gazed into the crystal ball of the then-fledgling internet and penned an essay entitled “Content is king.” He kicked off with the bold words: “Content is where I expect much of the real money will be made on the Internet, just as it was in broadcasting.”Twenty years down the track it’s evident how right he was. Content has become one of the major strategies employed by brands to engage with consumers, highlight their expertise and establish a voice for the brand.Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:20 What Statistics can do for Marketing1:00 Best practices for using statistics1:10 Use authoritative sources1:55 Make sure they are timely3:00 Fact check and make sure it is accurate by citing sources3:35 Quote when you can4:30 Top tips recap5:10 Where to find great statistics6:05 Join the Marketing Circle6:15 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* Australian Bureau of Statistics * Price Waterhouse Coopers * World Health Organization

View Details

Statistics aid marketers and business owners to rely not just on their intuition, but to make informed decisions based on real data analysis.

In PR for example, readers and journalists love stats because statistics gives your writing power and authority no other tool can because they are treated as facts, and facts are real.

Freed of all the squishiness and ambiguity of words, numbers and statistics are powerful pieces of evidence that can effectively strengthen any argument.

However, overdoing it can also have a negative impact. Content that is also just full of only statistics takes away real value for engagement. So we've round up a list of best practices for using statistics when making your content.

Best practices for using stats in your writing:

•Use authoritative sources

These sources include reputable news outlets, government websites and industry bodies.

•Make sure statistics are timely

When you stumble across a statistic in other people's content and wish to use it, try to go directly to the source to find the context of what was said, and don't forget to cite your source.

•Fact check

It's all well and good to reel out reams of facts, stats and research, but it's also critical to ensure what you publish is accurate and reflected in the right context.

In other words, fact check and link people to the place where the information is coming from so they can also see it for themselves, should they wish.

Citing incorrect or inaccurate data, statistics and facts has the potential to produce the opposite effect of credibility, damaging your reputation as an authoritative source.

•Quote when you can

"Back in 1996 Microsoft founder Bill Gates gazed into the crystal ball of the then-fledgling internet and penned an essay entitled "Content is king." He kicked off with the bold words: "Content is where I expect much of the real money will be made on the Internet, just as it was in broadcasting."

Twenty years down the track it's evident how right he was. Content has become one of the major strategies employed by brands to engage with consumers, highlight their expertise and establish a voice for the brand.

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction 0:20 What Statistics can do for Marketing 1:00 Best practices for using statistics 1:10 Use authoritative sources 1:55 Make sure they are timely 3:00 Fact check and make sure it is accurate by citing sources 3:35 Quote when you can 4:30 Top tips recap 5:10 Where to find great statistics 6:05 Join the Marketing Circle 6:15 Subscribe for the next podcast episode

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate...

View Details

Creating a video series gives your potential customer a series of bite-size information that they can research and get to know you through, developing trust and familiarity before they buy or rebuy from you.There are two forms of videos: Short-form video is any video under 10 minutes. Even shorter videos are commonly referred to as snackable videos or snackable content, and these include Instagram Stories and Tiktok – probably the majority of the video content seen on social media. * Long-form video* is any video over 10 minutes. This can include live Q&A sessions, webinars, speaker conference recordings, etc. Though branded long-form video rarely gets the same level of mass appeal as short-form, long-form does a great job engaging fans and growing brand awareness.

So where do you come up with ideas for your series:1. Questions asked by clients - If your clients are asking them, potential ones will be too. 2. Business FAQ page - This might be your how-to demo or step-by-step instructions. 3. Forums and Facebook Groups - in your keywords and see what people are asking 4. How to’s and handy tips - What you do or your customer need to do with your product or service 5. Interviews with industry leaders or clients - Excellent to show knowledge and expertise and reach a wider audience 6. Content from your blog - A goldmine of content already waiting to be turned into a series 7. Presentations - If you’ve presented at a workshop or event, look into using that content and turning it into a video

Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:30 Creating a video series that people can find when searching for what you do0:35 How video series work0:45 Where can you release your video series1:20 Two ways to create video series1:25 Long-form videos1:40 Short-form videos1:50 How video series helps you market your business2:10 Ideas for your video series2:25 Questions asked by clients2:45 Business FAQs page2:55 Forums and Facebook Groups3:25 How-tos and handy tips4:00 Interviews with industry leaders and clients4:45 Content from your blog4:57 Presentations5:15 Join the Marketing Circle5:33 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeResources Mentioned in the Podcast: * Time Blocking Planning Sheets * AnswerThePublic * Quora

View Details

There are two forms of videos:

•Short-form video is any video under 10 minutes. Even shorter videos are commonly referred to as snackable videos or snackable content, and these include Instagram Stories and Tiktok - probably the majority of the video content seen on social media.

•Long-form video is any video over 10 minutes. This can include live Q&A sessions, webinars, speaker conference recordings, etc. Though branded long-form video rarely gets the same level of mass appeal as short-form, long-form does a great job engaging fans and growing brand awareness.

So where do you come up with ideas for your series:

•Questions asked by clients - If your clients are asking them, potential ones will be too. •Business FAQ page - This might be your how-to demo or step-by-step instructions. •Forums and Facebook Groups - in your keywords and see what people are asking •How to's and handy tips - What you do or your customer need to do with your product or service •Interviews with industry leaders or clients - Excellent to show knowledge and expertise and reach a wider audience •Content from your blog - A goldmine of content already waiting to be turned into a series •Presentations - If you've presented at a workshop or event, look into using that content and turning it into a video

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction 0:30 Creating a video series that people can find when searching for what you do 0:35 How video series work 0:45 Where can you release your video series 1:20 Two ways to create video series 1:25 Long-form videos 1:40 Short-form videos 1:50 How video series helps you market your business 2:10 Ideas for your video series 2:25 Questions asked by clients 2:45 Business FAQs page 2:55 Forums and Facebook Groups 3:25 How-tos and handy tips 4:00 Interviews with industry leaders and clients 4:45 Content from your blog 4:57 Presentations 5:15 Join the Marketing Circle 5:33 Subscribe for the next podcast episode

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast:

•Time Blocking Planning Sheets •AnswerThePublic •Quora

Other Resources

Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products Join The Marketing Circle Book a Coaching Session with Linda Contact Linda

Follow Linda:

Website Facebook Twitter

View Details

Building relationships and customer loyalty by showing how grateful you are for your customer’s business is the foundation of appreciation marketing. It is about expressing genuine gratitude for their patronage of your products and services.Appreciation marketing combines great customer service with marketing that is designed to build strong, ongoing relationships. In practice, appreciation marketing extends from loyalty discounts and VIP-only deals to simple thank you notes or messages, but the goal is to make your customers feel valued.With appreciation marketing, not only will your customers feel that their business is valued, but they’ll likely remember your business when they’re ready to buy again.10 Ways to Employ Appreciation Marketing in Your Business:1. A simple thank you. The very act of saying thank you goes a long way—thanking the audience who choose to follow your RSS blog feed or offering a simple thank you as part of your receipt or invoicing process. 2. Loyalty programs. Loyalty programs are a strong element of appreciation marketing, recognising the customers who stick with you. Whether it’s a discount after a number of purchases or a gift when purchases reach a certain value, they recognise the customers and audience who stick with you. 3. VIP deals. Deals and incentives for the specific audience or clientele who are your regulars allow them to feel special. You can apply VIP deals to your higher paying members or your long-standing customers, but they are about offering something a little extra in recognition of the important place they take in your business. 4. Early-bird discounts. This may not sound like appreciation marketing but it’s an effective way of recognising the customers who get behind an initiative in its early days. For a business, early-bird discounts help build sales momentum, but for the client they allow them to feel valued and special while also offering a very real financial incentive. 5. Thank you gifts. Whether it’s at Christmas or when a customer indulges in a big spend with your business, a little thank you gift tucked into their order or an extra service on top of what they have bought is another great way of showing your appreciation for their patronage. 6. Celebrating your milestones. An engaged client or audience is with you for the business ride, so when you celebrate a milestone in business like an anniversary, a major achievement or expansion, share the love with a bonus offer, gift or discount. 7. Bring a friend reward. If you’re looking to build membership or patronage, incentives that offer clients a discount, free item or recognition for “bringing a friend” work particularly well. They also recognise those clients who positively speak of you. 8. Simple social media. Don’t forget simple social media in your appreciation marketing strategy. A nice meme on Facebook or Instagram that says thanks for sticking with us, thanks for your feedback, thanks to all our valued clientele, or even thanks to all our great staff is a simple yet effective way of expressing your gratitude. 9. Thanks for the referral. This just makes good business sense, but if someone provides a positive review, writes a testimonial or refers other clients to you, don’t forget to reach out and thank them in a personal way. It can be by reciprocating the favour in business, or a simple, yet personalised email or card that says you appreciate what they have done. 10. Celebrating their moments. If you happen to know your customers have reached a personal milestone, like a birthday or an anniversary of their patronage with you, reach out with a deal or a personalised card to recognise their moment.

There’s a great old saying—give and you shall receive, and that’s definitely the case when it comes to appreciation marketing. By giving time and effort to express your gratitude or giving something a little extra above and beyond your standard offerings, you receive loyal patronage in return.Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:45 What is Appreciation Marketing1:07 Appreciation Marketing in practice1:16 How Appreciation Marketing make your customer feel1:35 10 ways to employ Appreciation Marketing in your business1:45 A simple thank you2:47 Loyalty programs3:34 VIP deals3:52 Early-bird discounts4:34 Thank you gifts5:32 Celebrating your milestones6:12 Bring a friend rewards6:34 Simple social media6:58 Thanks for the referral7:34 Celebrating their moments7:50 An old adage says "Give and you will receive"8:25 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeResources Mentioned in the Podcast:* Time Blocking Planning Sheets

View Details

Building relationships and customer loyalty by showing how grateful you are for your customer's business is the foundation of appreciation marketing. It is about expressing genuine gratitude for their patronage of your products and services.

Appreciation marketing combines great customer service with marketing that is designed to build strong, ongoing relationships. In practice, appreciation marketing extends from loyalty discounts and VIP-only deals to simple thank you notes or messages, but the goal is to make your customers feel valued.

With appreciation marketing, not only will your customers feel that their business is valued, but they'll likely remember your business when they're ready to buy again.

10 Ways to Employ Appreciation Marketing in Your Business:

•A simple thank you. The very act of saying thank you goes a long way-thanking the audience who choose to follow your RSS blog feed or offering a simple thank you as part of your receipt or invoicing process. •Loyalty programs. Loyalty programs are a strong element of appreciation marketing, recognising the customers who stick with you. Whether it's a discount after a number of purchases or a gift when purchases reach a certain value, they recognise the customers and audience who stick with you. •VIP deals. Deals and incentives for the specific audience or clientele who are your regulars allow them to feel special. You can apply VIP deals to your higher paying members or your long-standing customers, but they are about offering something a little extra in recognition of the important place they take in your business. •Early-bird discounts. This may not sound like appreciation marketing but it's an effective way of recognising the customers who get behind an initiative in its early days. For a business, early-bird discounts help build sales momentum, but for the client they allow them to feel valued and special while also offering a very real financial incentive. •Thank you gifts. Whether it's at Christmas or when a customer indulges in a big spend with your business, a little thank you gift tucked into their order or an extra service on top of what they have bought is another great way of showing your appreciation for their patronage. •Celebrating your milestones. An engaged client or audience is with you for the business ride, so when you celebrate a milestone in business like an anniversary, a major achievement or expansion, share the love with a bonus offer, gift or discount. •Bring a friend reward. If you're looking to build membership or patronage, incentives that offer clients a discount, free item or recognition for "bringing a friend" work particularly well. They also recognise those clients who positively speak of you. •Simple social media. Don't forget simple social media in your appreciation marketing strategy. A nice meme on Facebook or Instagram that says thanks for sticking with us, thanks for your feedback, thanks to all our valued clientele, or even thanks to all our great staff is a simple yet effective way of expressing your gratitude. •Thanks for the referral. This just makes good business sense, but if someone provides a positive review, writes a testimonial or refers other clients to you, don't forget to reach out and thank them in a personal way. It can be by reciprocating the favour in business, or a simple, yet personalised email or card that says you appreciate what they have done. •Celebrating their moments. If you happen to know your customers have reached a personal milestone, like a birthday or an anniversary of their patronage with you, reach out with a deal or a personalised card to recognise their moment.

There's a great old saying-give and you shall...

View Details

Sometimes it feels like we don't have enough hours or even minutes of the day to do all the things we need to do, let alone accomplish. For business owners especially, we're running after one task after another that we sometimes feel like we hardly got anything done.And with operations and sales getting much of the priority, marketing often gets tossed at the back of the to-do list. This is why I have introduced the 5-Minute Marketing Technique.The 5-Minute Marketing is about making the most of those tiny intervals that pop up in your day and using them to build foundations for marketing. It’s about brainstorming little ideas that you can, later on, turn into big ones. It's about doing small steps every day that will help achieve the bigger picture.Some tips to help you with 5-Minute Marketing:* Be realistic. Not all 5-minute marketing ideas will be brilliant but writing them down allows you to find some value in those ideas later on, and then make room for other ideas to pop up. * Start looking for 5-minute windows throughout your day. Maybe that could be waiting for your appointment, making a cup of tea, or the little time you are waiting for a client call or picking the kids up from school. Use these blocks and stick to just five minutes. * Time blocking. Note the times in your day and week when you can get those 5 minutes. Look for those moments throughout your day and note them down. You'd be surprised that you start to notice when you have those 5 minutes and use it as an opportunity to work on marketing for your business.

That said, here are Five Minute Marketing ideas for your business:* Use the 5-Minute Marketing Deck to get prompts and ideas to help you make marketing part of your day. * Brainstorm ideas and topics on what you want to do or work on. * Do some keyword research and hashtags using VidIQ to get content ideas. * Program or schedule social posts using MeetEdgar or Missinglettr.

Want to learn more about the 5-Minute Marketing Technique and get more ideas on how to use the technique as part of your daily routine, you can check out the 5-Minute Marketing Course at the Enever Group Academy or join the Marketing Circle.It is amazing what we can come up with and create in 5 minutes when we try!Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:20 How to use the 5-Minute Marketing Technique within your day0:55 Start with the mindset and be realistic1:30 Look for 5-minute windows within your day2:00 Keep your expectations real2:15 Time blocking3:10 5-Minute Marketing Deck3:20 Brainstorm a list of ideas and topics4:15 Enever Group Business Academy4:35 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* Time Blocking Planning Sheets * 5-Minute Marketing Ideas Deck * VidIQ * Missinglettr * MeetEdgar * 5-Minute Marketing Course

View Details

And with operations and sales getting much of the priority, marketing often gets tossed at the back of the to-do list. This is why I have introduced the 5-Minute Marketing Technique.

The 5-Minute Marketing is about making the most of those tiny intervals that pop up in your day and using them to build foundations for marketing. It's about brainstorming little ideas that you can, later on, turn into big ones. It's about doing small steps every day that will help achieve the bigger picture.

Some tips to help you with 5-Minute Marketing:

•Be realistic. Not all 5-minute marketing ideas will be brilliant but writing them down allows you to find some value in those ideas later on, and then make room for other ideas to pop up.

•Start looking for 5-minute windows throughout your day. Maybe that could be waiting for your appointment, making a cup of tea, or the little time you are waiting for a client call or picking the kids up from school. Use these blocks and stick to just five minutes.

•Time blocking. Note the times in your day and week when you can get those 5 minutes. Look for those moments throughout your day and note them down. You'd be surprised that you start to notice when you have those 5 minutes and use it as an opportunity to work on marketing for your business.

That said, here are Five Minute Marketing ideas for your business:

•Use the 5-Minute Marketing Deck to get prompts and ideas to help you make marketing part of your day. •Brainstorm ideas and topics on what you want to do or work on. •Do some keyword research and hashtags using VidIQ to get content ideas. •Program or schedule social posts using MeetEdgar or Missinglettr.

It is amazing what we can come up with and create in 5 minutes when we try!

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction 0:20 How to use the 5-Minute Marketing Technique within your day 0:55 Start with the mindset and be realistic 1:30 Look for 5-minute windows within your day 2:00 Keep your expectations real 2:15 Time blocking 3:10 5-Minute Marketing Deck 3:20 Brainstorm a list of ideas and topics 4:15 Enever Group Business Academy 4:35 Subscribe for the next podcast episode

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)

•Time Blocking Planning Sheets •5-Minute Marketing...

View Details

Email is a reliable marketing channel, and even in a world where new social media platforms seem to pop out of the woodwork, email consistently delivers top results.Emails are received and sent every day. Branding your email gives you a great opportunity to promote and market your brand while doing the day-to-day operations of the business.But is your email account marketing ready? Below are the components of the best practices to make sure your email is ready for your business/s marketing activities.Check your email setupYour “from name” at least needs to be your full name including your business name. This is another opportunity to build your brand. Make sure the spelling is correct and there are capital letters and most of all no nicknames.Send your email from an address that uses your domain nameAn email coming from your domain name is given more value and respect than those sent from a generic account like Gmail or Hotmail. You have invested in hosting your website so make sure you market it with your email using the same domain details.Use your signature in every emailA good signature block is key to email success. It engages and connects your client. Make sure that your signature block includes your logo, contact details, social media accounts, and any tagline to make your brand stick.Marketing with your email signatureYour email signature is like your business card, providing an important part of your brand and presenting a great opportunity to market and promote what you do.Your email signature is more than a sign-off and contact details, so what should be included? Your Name and Contact Details: It may sound obvious but contact details are key to a potential client being able to reach you, so make sure they are clearly featured in all correspondence, including your email signature, with your email, website and phone number among the critical details.*

Tip: Make sure your email and phone number are clickable Your logo: Your logo is your brand and the visual cue that people connect with your business, so make sure you use it in your email to capture the attention of the visual reader and reinforce your professional image. * Tagline: A Tagline is an extension of your business name, for example at Business Business Business we use the tagline “Learn Connect Network Do”. A tagline provides the email recipient with a further explanation about what your business does and presents a clearer picture of who you are. * Social Media:* Social media is a great way for prospective clients to connect with you if they want to follow what you do. It also allows them to see how you operate without feeling the need for commitment, so make sure the channels you use are included in your signature, allowing your prospects and customers to connect.

If you use a tool like Wisestamp you can even include your latest social media update from your favourite channel. Accreditations: Accreditations and awards add to your credibility so if you have them and they are current, make sure you add them to your signature. * A product or event: If you have a new product out or event coming up, put it in your email signature so people can know about it. It is easy to forget and think that people “know” about that product or event we are working on. * Your latest blog post:* A link to your latest blog post is a great way of adding credibility to your email signature and educating your market. It also gives prospective customers a way to check you out.

Putting it all together:You can create your signatures in your email program through its built-in settings or you can use a dynamic tool that updates your signature for you. A signature tool like Wisestamp for emails makes branding and set-up easy.It also allows us to pull in the latest blog post for our feed or add a special offer to our signature, giving us one more opportunity to connect with our email recipients. You can see how I use Wisestamp in this 5 Minute Marketing Tip Video on YoutubeHighlights:0:00 Introduction0:45 Is your email account marketing ready?0:55 Email is one of the foundations of starting a business1:15 Set up your from name with branding1:45 Domain-based email2:05 Use signature on every email2:45 Email signature is an opportunity to promote your brand and what you do2:50 What do you put in your email signature3:40 Use a tool like Wisestamp to boost your email signature4:30 Putting it all together5:15 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* Wisestamp * What is Email Marketing * Setting up a Wisestamp signature

View Details

Email is a reliable marketing channel, and even in a world where new social media platforms seem to pop out of the woodwork, email consistently delivers top results.

Emails are received and sent every day. Branding your email gives you a great opportunity to promote and market your brand while doing the day-to-day operations of the business.

But is your email account marketing ready? Below are the components of the best practices to make sure your email is ready for your business/s marketing activities.

Check your email setup

Your "from name" at least needs to be your full name including your business name. This is another opportunity to build your brand. Make sure the spelling is correct and there are capital letters and most of all no nicknames.

Send your email from an address that uses your domain name

An email coming from your domain name is given more value and respect than those sent from a generic account like Gmail or Hotmail. You have invested in hosting your website so make sure you market it with your email using the same domain details.

Use your signature in every email

A good signature block is key to email success. It engages and connects your client. Make sure that your signature block includes your logo, contact details, social media accounts, and any tagline to make your brand stick.

Marketing with your email signature

Your email signature is like your business card, providing an important part of your brand and presenting a great opportunity to market and promote what you do.

Your email signature is more than a sign-off and contact details, so what should be included?

•Your Name and Contact Details: It may sound obvious but contact details are key to a potential client being able to reach you, so make sure they are clearly featured in all correspondence, including your email signature, with your email, website and phone number among the critical details.

Tip: Make sure your email and phone number are clickable

•Your logo: Your logo is your brand and the visual cue that people connect with your business, so make sure you use it in your email to capture the attention of the visual reader and reinforce your professional image.

•Tagline: A Tagline is an extension of your business name, for example at Business Business Business we use the tagline "Learn Connect Network Do". A tagline provides the email recipient with a further explanation about what your business does and presents a clearer picture of who you are.

•Social Media: Social media is a great way for prospective clients to connect with you if they want to follow what you do. It also allows them to see how you operate without feeling the need for commitment, so make sure the channels you use are included in your signature, allowing your prospects and customers to connect.

If you use a tool like Wisestamp you can even include your latest social media update from your favourite channel.

•Accreditations: Accreditations and awards add to your credibility so if you have them and they are current, make sure you add them to your signature.

•A product or event: If you have a new product out or event coming up, put it in your email signature so people can know about it. It is easy to forget and think that people "know" about that product or event we are working...

View Details

Instagram is the go-to place for hundreds of millions of people to share their photos, videos, and stories every single day. In this post, we'll dive into how you can use Instagram for your small business and show you how you can connect with your audience on the platform.Learning how to be successful on Instagram is not just about follower count. Instead, success comes from engaged audiences and great content.That’s why I’ve put together a simple but highly effective guide on how to be successful on Instagram. Follow these Instagram success tips to boost your strategy.Here are my top Instagram tips:* Like all platforms, big numbers are not essential it is about connecting with the right audience. * Set up your templates on Canva so you can create on-brand images easily. * Do your hashtag research with tools like DisplayPurposes and Hashtagify. * Use an automation tool to plan ahead like MeetEdgar so you can be active without having to always be there. * Engagement converts to following so make sure you engage with your audience.

So, what are the components of a great Instagram post?Captions encourage people to engageWhichever social media platform you’re using, the caption should invite people to engage. The same, of course, is true of Instagram.Short titles, and key phrases associated with the image you’re sharing, provide the viewer with something they can remember easily.Asking questions in the caption will encourage viewers to comment, which in turn can spark conversations between users and raise brand awareness.Images that match your brandInstagram is a visual platform and that makes it essential to make sure that the images we share are on-brand.Take your time to create templates, plan your fonts and colours so that when you start creating content it is on brand and #instagood!A call to actionThere are several different calls to action you can use in an Instagram caption. You can ask a question or request your followers to share related stories in the comments. These can be great for developing an interest or sparking debate.As clickable links in captions are currently not possible, you should try and direct users to the link in your Instagram bio, if you have one.Instagram contests are also a great idea to spread the word about your brand.Feature a specific hashtag in your caption, and encourage your followers to post their own images using the hashtag.Good use of hashtagsDepending on the industry you’re in, there are popular Instagram hashtags that can be used to get more visibility on your photos.Tools like Display Purposes and Hastgaify will give you a filtered list of tags based on relevance or you can use a google search just be careful of banned hashtagsSome of the most trendy Instagram hashtags you’ll find include: #tbt (throwback Thursday), #instadaily, #photooftheday, #instagood.Keep in mind: Don’t go nuts with your hashtags! A hashtag paragraph, as I like to call it, at the bottom of your photo is not savvy. It can look a little overzealous and cluttered. Just because you can add 30 tags does not mean you should.Always check the background of your photosThis simple tip will transform your feed: Pay attention to the background of your photos and quotes. Keep it clean.Don’t let the background distract from your main subject!Have funThis is the secret sauce of Instagram. Instagram is a FUN platform to engage with your audience on so remember to have fun. You won’t enjoy or post to Insta if you are not having fun!Love what you do. Take your time to create what you want to see and share. There is no right or wrong with creativity. Have fun planning your feed!Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:35 What makes a great Instagram post0:40 Before that, my top tips for Instagram0:50 Always create Evergreen content1:05 Big numbers are not essential - use images and videos1:25 Use Canva to create on-brand templates1:45 Do your hashtag research2:05 Use automation tools like MeetEdgar2:25 Engagement converts to following2:30 Now, what makes a great Instagram post?2:35 Captions encourage an audience to engage3:30 Images and visuals that match your brand4:20 Call to action4:36 What to do with links using LinkTube4:55 Instagram content are a great way to spread the word about your brand5:05 Make sure to follow Instagram's terms of service5:10 Feature specific hashtags to get user-generated content6:15 Tools like Display Purposes and Hashtagify can filter useful hashtags6:40 Hashtag list exclusive for Marketing Circle members7:20 Always check the background of photos7:35 Have fun with Instagram8:05 Instagram toolkit9:05 Recap and follow me on Instagram @lindareedenever9:15 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* DisplayPurposes * MeetEdgar * Hashtagify * Canva * Wordswag * Photofy * Lumen5 * Animoto

View Details

Learning how to be successful on Instagram is not just about follower count. Instead, success comes from engaged audiences and great content.

That's why I've put together a simple but highly effective guide on how to be successful on Instagram. Follow these Instagram success tips to boost your strategy.

Here are my top Instagram tips:

•Like all platforms, big numbers are not essential it is about connecting with the right audience. •Set up your templates on Canva so you can create on-brand images easily. •Do your hashtag research with tools like DisplayPurposes and Hashtagify. •Use an automation tool to plan ahead like MeetEdgar so you can be active without having to always be there. •Engagement converts to following so make sure you engage with your audience.

So, what are the components of a great Instagram post?

Captions encourage people to engage

Whichever social media platform you're using, the caption should invite people to engage. The same, of course, is true of Instagram.

Short titles, and key phrases associated with the image you're sharing, provide the viewer with something they can remember easily.

Asking questions in the caption will encourage viewers to comment, which in turn can spark conversations between users and raise brand awareness.

Images that match your brand

Instagram is a visual platform and that makes it essential to make sure that the images we share are on-brand.

Take your time to create templates, plan your fonts and colours so that when you start creating content it is on brand and #instagood!

A call to action

There are several different calls to action you can use in an Instagram caption. You can ask a question or request your followers to share related stories in the comments. These can be great for developing an interest or sparking debate.

As clickable links in captions are currently not possible, you should try and direct users to the link in your Instagram bio, if you have one.

Instagram contests are also a great idea to spread the word about your brand.

Feature a specific hashtag in your caption, and encourage your followers to post their own images using the hashtag.

Good use of hashtags

Depending on the industry you're in, there are popular Instagram hashtags that can be used to get more visibility on your photos.

Tools like Display Purposes and Hastgaify will give you a filtered list of tags based on relevance or you can use a google search just be careful of banned hashtags

Some of the most trendy Instagram hashtags you'll find include: #tbt (throwback Thursday), #instadaily, #photooftheday, #instagood.

Keep in mind: Don't go nuts with your hashtags! A hashtag paragraph, as I like to call it, at the bottom of your photo is not savvy. It can look a little overzealous and cluttered. Just because you can add 30 tags does not mean you...

View Details

Twitter is a fast-paced and engaged community of passionate users, and worth considering tapping into. It is quick and passionate, with instant engagement among its subscribers that's why it's one of the most used platforms for news. Journalists give real-time updates on breaking news stories via Twitter.Twitter is the original short-form content platform, but there's only so much you can say in 240 characters. The value of the message, however, is as significant as the way you deliver it to your audience.But with the fast-paced environment of Twitter, some business owners find it overwhelming. So how do you effectively use it for your business?Elements of Great Tweets * Keep it simple. With only 240 characters, you have to keep your message concise and straight to the point. Make sure it doesn't confuse people so that you get a higher chance to be re-tweeted. Enhance the tweet. Adding a video, image, or link to an article that relates to tweets provides more content and context for the tweet. * Tone and style. Have a conversation with your Twitter audience. Build that human to human connection even if it's just as short as a tweet. Avoid the jargon when possible to avoid confusion. * Call to action. Make it easy for your audience to re-tweet your messages or share your posts. Create an engagement with your audience * Use hashtags correctly. Hashtags are synonymous with Twitter, so it's worth doing your research to understand how they're being used and which are most closely related to your products and services. Use a tool like Hashtagify, DisplayPurposes or MissingLettr to identify hashtags most closely related to your target keywords and those used in relation to them.

Build and Optimise Your Twitter ProfileTwitter is not as scary as it is ought to be. With the right tools, you can use Twitter to connect and engage with your audience.So go ahead, sign up for a Twitter account if you haven’t already, build your profile, and start sharing and engaging with your audience. Here’s your Twitter to-do list:* Optimise your profile if you have not already earlier in the challenge * Follow leaders and key stakeholders in your field * Let your people know you are on Twitter * Engage with those people you follow * Retweet a few tweets * Install Twitter on your phone so you can make it part of your day

Want to get other tips like this and more? Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:25 What makes a great tweet?0:35 What is Twitter?0:40 How Twitter is being used in news1:10 Why journalists come to Twitter for stories1:35 Considerations for writing your tweets1:50 Keeping things simple2:15 How to extend your 240 character limit2:30 Twitter is the original short-form content platform2:45 Keep your jargon out of your tweets2:55 Tone and style of your tweets3:20 Remember that tweets move fast3:40 Call to action4:25 Hashtags using Hashtagify, Display Purposes, Rytetag4:40 What do hashtags do?5:00 Using a tool called Missinglettr to share and curate content on Twitter5:35 A Twitter to-do list to build and optimise your profile6:30 Twitter is not as scary as it is ought to be6:45 A recap and tying it all together6:55 Find me on Twitter @lindareedenever7:00 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* Hashtagify * DisplayPurposes * Ritetag * Missinglettr * The Power of Hashtags on Social Media

View Details

Twitter is the original short-form content platform, but there's only so much you can say in 240 characters. The value of the message, however, is as significant as the way you deliver it to your audience.

But with the fast-paced environment of Twitter, some business owners find it overwhelming. So how do you effectively use it for your business?

Elements of Great Tweets

•Keep it simple. With only 240 characters, you have to keep your message concise and straight to the point. Make sure it doesn't confuse people so that you get a higher chance to be re-tweeted. Enhance the tweet. Adding a video, image, or link to an article that relates to tweets provides more content and context for the tweet.

•Tone and style. Have a conversation with your Twitter audience. Build that human to human connection even if it's just as short as a tweet. Avoid the jargon when possible to avoid confusion.

•Call to action. Make it easy for your audience to re-tweet your messages or share your posts. Create an engagement with your audience

•Use hashtags correctly. Hashtags are synonymous with Twitter, so it's worth doing your research to understand how they're being used and which are most closely related to your products and services. Use a tool like Hashtagify, DisplayPurposes or MissingLettr to identify hashtags most closely related to your target keywords and those used in relation to them.

Build and Optimise Your Twitter Profile

Twitter is not as scary as it is ought to be. With the right tools, you can use Twitter to connect and engage with your audience.

So go ahead, sign up for a Twitter account if you haven't already, build your profile, and start sharing and engaging with your audience. Here's your Twitter to-do list:

•Optimise your profile if you have not already earlier in the challenge •Follow leaders and key stakeholders in your field •Let your people know you are on Twitter •Engage with those people you follow •Retweet a few tweets •Install Twitter on your phone so you can make it part of your day

Want to get other tips like this and more? Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction 0:25 What makes a great tweet? 0:35 What is Twitter? 0:40 How Twitter is being used in news 1:10 Why journalists come to Twitter for stories 1:35 Considerations for writing your tweets 1:50 Keeping things simple 2:15 How to extend your 240 character limit 2:30 Twitter is the original short-form content platform 2:45 Keep your jargon out of your tweets 2:55 Tone and style of your tweets 3:20 Remember that tweets move fast 3:40 Call to action 4:25 Hashtags using Hashtagify, Display Purposes, Rytetag 4:40 What do hashtags do? 5:00 Using a tool called Missinglettr to share and curate content on Twitter 5:35 A Twitter to-do list to build and optimise your profile 6:30 Twitter is not as scary as it is ought to be 6:45 A recap and tying it all...

View Details

One of the first things to do when starting your business or launching your brand is to create your profiles on social media.However, when you start creating profiles on social media, it’s not always easy to know where to begin. With dozens of prominent platforms from Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Tiktok, Linkedin, many business owners wonder if the effort is worthwhile and if they should have accounts on each platform.Considering that social media platforms attract a lot of users each day, there’s definitely an opportunity to gain exposure. And while you don’t need to start using them all at once owning your social media real estate – your user names, handles, unique URLs – are important right from the start.So, here are my tips to make sure you secure your social media real estate Start one platform at a time. If you’ve used some of the social media platforms already, then figure out if your potential audience is using the same. You can start from there since you are already familiar with the platform. * Secure your brand assets. Get your user names, vanity profile, unique URLs. This is to make sure no one else will grab them in the future, especially when it’s a personal profile for your coaching or consultancy. * Brand your profile. Give your account a professional look by putting brand. Put your logo, cover image, bio, and other profile information to make sure anyone who finds it will start recognising your business or brand. * Call to action. If you're not ready to post anything yet, lead them to your newsletter, website, or other places where they can find you. * Other platforms. Now that you started with one, discover where else your people are hanging out or what platforms are your competitors using. Then you can slowly add more social media accounts. * Automation.* Once you’ve signed up for the social platforms that you need, you can now begin the process of automating your social posts and updates. This is especially helpful for all your evergreen content. Use a tool like MissingLettr or MeetEdgar to automate your social media content to make sure your accounts are always active and people can engage with you.

Final ThoughtsBuilding your personal brand on social media takes some time and work, but when done right, you could land your next client, job opportunity, or valuable connections.Want to get more tips like this?Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:30 Reasons to own our social media real estate0:40 Protect our brand and business identity1:00 Start one platform at a time1:30 Get your user name, vanity profiles, URL, etc1:50 Personal handles for coaches or consultants2:05 Secure your brand assets2:15 Brand your social profile by putting a logo, cover image, bio, about us, etc.2:45 If you're not ready to post anything yet, lead them to a newsletter or other call to action3:15 Talk to your people and find out where they are hanging out on social media3:45 Study your competitors as well4:15 Automating your social updates like MissingLetter and MeetEdgar4:35 Focus on one social media one at a time and start engaging with your people5:00 Subscribe for the next podcast episodeResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* MissingLettr * MeetEdgar

View Details

One of the first things to do when starting your business or launching your brand is to create your profiles on social media.

However, when you start creating profiles on social media, it's not always easy to know where to begin. With dozens of prominent platforms from Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Tiktok, and Linkedin, many business owners wonder if the effort is worthwhile and if they should have accounts on each platform.

Considering that social media platforms attract a lot of users each day, there's definitely an opportunity to gain exposure. And while you don't need to start using them all at once securing your social media real estate - your user names, handles, unique URLs - are important right from the start.

So, here are my tips to make sure you secure your social media real estate

•Start one platform at a time. If you've used some of the social media platforms already, then figure out if your potential audience is using the same. You can start from there since you are already familiar with the platform.

•Secure your brand assets. Get your user names, vanity profile, and unique URLs. This is to make sure no one else will grab them in the future, especially when it's a personal profile for your coaching or consultancy.

•Brand your profile. Give your account a professional look by putting brand. Put your logo, cover image, bio, and other profile information to make sure anyone who finds it will start recognising your business or brand.

•Call to action. If you're not ready to post anything yet, lead them to your newsletter, website, or other places where they can find you.

•Other platforms. Now that you started with one, discover where else your people are hanging out or what platforms are your competitors using. Then you can slowly add more social media accounts.

•Automation. Once you've signed up for the social platforms that you need, you can now begin the process of automating your social posts and updates. This is especially helpful for all your evergreen content. Use a tool like MissingLettr or MeetEdgar to automate your social media content to make sure your accounts are always active and people can engage with you.

Final Thoughts

Building your personal brand on social media takes some time and work, but when done right, you could land your next client, job opportunity, or valuable connections.

Want to get more tips like this?

Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction 0:30 Reasons to secure our social media real estate 0:40 Protect our brand and business identity 1:00 Start one platform at a time 1:30 Get your user name, vanity profiles, URL, etc 1:50 Personal handles for coaches or consultants 2:05 Secure your brand assets 2:15 Brand your social profile by putting a logo, cover image, bio, about us, etc. 2:45 If you're not ready to post anything yet, lead them to a newsletter or other call to action 3:15 Talk to your people and find out where they are hanging out on social media 3:45 Study your competitors as well 4:15 Automating your social updates like MissingLetter and MeetEdgar 4:35 Focus on one social media one at a time and...

View Details

It may be one of the oldest forms of digital communication, but email still reigns supreme when it comes to engaging and connecting with your audience.Yes, there are newer methods of communicating with your audiences like social media, live chat, and many others.However, with a user base of over 4 billion people, email is the king of marketing channels, especially when you want a more personal approach.So, what is Email Marketing?Email marketing is sending commercial emails to a list of contacts who have given their express permission to receive email communications from you.You can use email marketing to inform your contacts, drive sales, and build a community around your brand, generate lists, or simply have a conversation like with a newsletter.Emails can be promotional, informational, or serve a specific purpose in the buyer's journey. You can use the nurture sequences to take your audience on a journey through emails.Best Practices for Email Marketing Modern email marketing has moved away from one-size-fits-all mass mailings and instead focuses on consent, segmentation, and personalization. We need to avoid SPAM at all costs, no matter how enticing it sounds. Our emails will only end up in the spam folders of people and create annoyance.Take the time to build your email list by generating quality leads. Let your audience go on a journey with you by giving them value every step of the way. Make a sale or promotional offer in a way that doesn't come on as a hard sell. And finally, give them the option to subscribe or unsubscribe.Final ThoughtsDespite the rise of social, people still use email more than other platforms and it should be a key pillar of your digital marketing strategy. Not doing any email marketing is like leaving money on the table.Want to get other tips like this and more? Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:25 What is an Email?0:45 Email list and email campaigns1:15 Education based sequences1:45 Educating your market through an email sequence1:50 What is Email Marketing?2:20 A brief history of email2:45 The first use of the commercial email3:35 The advantages of email as a marketing tool4:05 Tips for building your email list4:40 Avoid spamming your email list5:00 What about buying an email list?5:15 Attracting quality leads by having conversations with our customers5:25 Opt-in ideas to build your email list5:45 Doing a challenge for your nurture sequence6:00 Giving out an ebook for your nurture sequence6:05 An opt-in spot on your website6:15 Why email is still the number one communication channel on the Internet6:35 More lead magnet ideas6:50 Five criteria to follow when creating your lead magnet7:53 How many emails should you send?8:15 How to keep emails that did not take action?8:46 Tying it all together9:00 Join the Marketing Circle for more Email Marketing tipsResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* Mailchimp * Mailerlite

View Details

It may be one of the oldest forms of digital communication, but email still reigns supreme when it comes to engaging and connecting with your audience.

Yes, there are newer methods of communicating with your audiences like social media, live chat, and many others.

However, with a user base of over 4 billion people, email is the king of marketing channels, especially when you want a more personal approach.

So, what is Email Marketing?

Email marketing is sending commercial emails to a list of contacts who have given their express permission to receive email communications from you.

You can use email marketing to inform your contacts, drive sales, and build a community around your brand, generate lists, or simply have a conversation like with a newsletter.

Emails can be promotional, informational, or serve a specific purpose in the buyer's journey. You can use the nurture sequences to take your audience on a journey through emails.

Best Practices for Email Marketing

Modern email marketing has moved away from one-size-fits-all mass mailings and instead focuses on consent, segmentation, and personalization. We need to avoid SPAM at all costs, no matter how enticing it sounds. Our emails will only end up in the spam folders of people and create annoyance.

Take the time to build your email list by generating quality leads. Let your audience go on a journey with you by giving them value every step of the way. Make a sale or promotional offer in a way that doesn't come on as a hard sell. And finally, give them the option to subscribe or unsubscribe.

Final Thoughts

Despite the rise of social, people still use email more than other platforms and it should be a key pillar of your digital marketing strategy. Not doing any email marketing is like leaving money on the table.

Want to get other tips like this and more? Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction 0:25 What is an Email? 0:45 Email list and email campaigns 1:15 Education based sequences 1:45 Educating your market through an email sequence 1:50 What is Email Marketing? 2:20 A brief history of email 2:45 The first use of the commercial email 3:35 The advantages of email as a marketing tool 4:05 Tips for building your email list 4:40 Avoid spamming your email list 5:00 What about buying an email list? 5:15 Attracting quality leads by having conversations with our customers 5:25 Opt-in ideas to build your email list 5:45 Doing a challenge for your nurture sequence 6:00 Giving out an ebook for your nurture sequence 6:05 An opt-in spot on your website 6:15 Why email is still the number one communication channel on the Internet 6:35 More lead magnet ideas 6:50 Five criteria to follow when creating your lead magnet 7:53 How many emails should you send? 8:15 How to keep emails that did not take action? 8:46 Tying it all together 9:00 Join the Marketing Circle for more Email Marketing tips

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)

•

View Details

A hashtag or the hash symbol “#” has become an integral part of social media. A hashtag is a label for content on similar topics. It helps others who are interested in a certain topic quickly find content on that same topic.Hashtags have been primarily used for big news stories helping people find them easily. However, small business marketers have also cracked the code and figured out inventive ways to use hashtags.Anyone can create a hashtag. I’ve created numerous hashtags over the years using it on my social media, articles, and other content.All you do to create a hashtag is think of a word or words that are relevant to your business, then you can start using it in your messages. Usually, you add it to the end of messages. But you could add it anywhere in the message that makes sense, as long as it’s readable.Want to get other tips like this and more?Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:17 What is a Hashtag?0:30 Hashtags have come a long way0:41 How do we make the most of hashtags in our marketing strategy?1:00 Webinar on-demand called Behind the Hashtag1:10 How does a hashtag work?1:20 How news uses hashtags1:45 Best practices when using hashtags2:20 Where to use hashtags3:40 Tools for hashtags3:45 More tips, join my webinar on-demandResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* Webinar on Demand: Behind the Hashtag * Displaypurposes * Hashtagify * Ritetag

View Details

A hashtag or the hash symbol "#" has become an integral part of social media. A hashtag is a label for content on similar topics. It helps others who are interested in a certain topic quickly find content on that same topic.

Hashtags have been primarily used for big news stories helping people find them easily. However, small business marketers have also cracked the code and figured out inventive ways to use hashtags.

Anyone can create a hashtag. I've created numerous hashtags over the years using it on my social media, articles, and other content.

All you do to create a hashtag is think of a word or words that are relevant to your business, then you can start using it in your messages. Usually, you add it to the end of messages. But you could add it anywhere in the message that makes sense, as long as it's readable.

Want to get other tips like this and more?

Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction 0:17 What is a Hashtag? 0:30 Hashtags have come a long way 0:41 How do we make the most of hashtags in our marketing strategy? 1:00 Webinar on-demand called Behind the Hashtag 1:10 How does a hashtag work? 1:20 How news uses hashtags 1:45 Best practices when using hashtags 2:20 Where to use hashtags 3:40 Tools for hashtags 3:45 More tips, join my webinar on-demand

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)

•Webinar on Demand: Behind the Hashtag •Displaypurposes •Hashtagify •Ritetag

Other Resources

Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products Join The Marketing Circle Book a Coaching Session with Linda Contact Linda

Follow Linda:

Website Facebook Twitter Instagram

About Linda Reed-Enever:

Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.

Linda's expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.

She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business...

View Details

The answer is YES and I will explain why!Do I have to be the face of my brand? is a question that most business owners will ask themselves, and one that I get asked as a marketing and ideas strategist regularly.Being the face of your brand allows you to build that connection with your audience; it makes your brand more familiar, approachable, and authentic. If you are able to control your brand’s image and the narrative around your story, that puts you in an incredibly powerful position to connect and attract the right people you want to work with.We all start somewhere as the face of our business journey. If you head back into my video and photo history, you will see some fails for sure, but they got me to be a little more comfortable on camera and happy to share my flaws and knowledge all at the same time.And while we are on the flaws, we often see our ideal clients never notice. So get out there and share your videos.Want to work with me sharing your message come and join my inner circle inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketingHighlights:0:07 Do I have to put my face out there?0:17 Hesitations on why people don't want to put themselves out there0:35 From experience, my brand started growing the moment I put myself out there0:54 My first few videos starting out1:16 We all start somewhere1:36 Ninety of our clients see the person they want to connect with.1:54 We are in the world of social media, so we have to communicate.2:32 It's that personal connection that clients are seeking2:35 From personal experience on Business, Business, Business3:11 You become part of your brand.3:33 As a challenge, create a piece of yourself putting yourself out there3:58 Share your experience in the comments.Resources:* What a Recording Day Looks Like from the Very Start to Finished Video * The Power of Using Video in Your Media * The Power of the Selfie in Marketing

View Details

The answer is YES and I will explain why!

Do I have to be the face of my brand? is a question that most business owners will ask themselves, and one that I get asked as a marketing and ideas strategist regularly.

Being the face of your brand allows you to build that connection with your audience; it makes your brand more familiar, approachable, and authentic. If you are able to control your brand's image and the narrative around your story, that puts you in an incredibly powerful position to connect and attract the right people you want to work with.

We all start somewhere as the face of our business journey. If you head back into my video and photo history, you will see some fails for sure, but they got me to be a little more comfortable on camera and happy to share my flaws and knowledge all at the same time.

And while we are on the flaws, we often see our ideal clients never notice. So get out there and share your videos.

Want to work with me sharing your message come and join my inner circle inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing

Highlights:

0:07 Do I have to put my face out there? 0:17 Hesitations on why people don't want to put themselves out there 0:35 From experience, my brand started growing the moment I put myself out there 0:54 My first few videos starting out 1:16 We all start somewhere 1:36 Ninety of our clients see the person they want to connect with. 1:54 We are in the world of social media, so we have to communicate. 2:32 It's that personal connection that clients are seeking 2:35 From personal experience on Business, Business, Business 3:11 You become part of your brand. 3:33 As a challenge, create a piece of yourself putting yourself out there 3:58 Share your experience in the comments.

Resources:

•What a Recording Day Looks Like from the Very Start to Finished Video •The Power of Using Video in Your Media •The Power of the Selfie in Marketing

Other Resources

Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products Join The Marketing Circle Book a Coaching Session with Linda Contact Linda

Follow Linda:

Website Facebook Twitter Instagram

About Linda Reed-Enever:

Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.

She draws on both her educational background and over 20 years of experience in the marketing and public relations industry to help...

View Details

Seasonal marketing is an effective way to promote your business. This is the time you can do something special with your clients or customers like offer discounts and prizes. You can make it fun like World Coffee Day or informational during Tax Season.Seasonal marketing content comes every season. And you will have to create content pieces that are specific to the season. The good news is that this content doesn't have to be a one-time use. In this episode, we will talk about tips and strategies on how to make your seasonal content repurposable or evergreen, so that when the next Christmas, Easter, or Valentine’s comes, you won’t have to start from scratch anymore.Want to get other tips like this and more? Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:20 Tips on how to make seasonal marketing like Christmas, Easter, Valentine's evergreen or repurposable0:54 When seasonal marketing comes around?1:10 Go through a calendar and search for key dates1:30 Add theme-based marketing1:37 How to write seasonal content that can be reused2:25 Writing blogs that are seasonal3:00 Examples of seasonal content3:20 How to make seasonal content evergreen?3:40 Updating seasonal content when applicable like stats4:05 Join the Marketing Circle for more marketing tipsResources:* Evergreen Content: What Is It? And Where Do You Find It? * What Is Evergreen Content & 11 Angles You Can Create Some With * Creating Great Content for Social Media

View Details

Seasonal marketing content comes every season. And you will have to create content pieces that are specific to the season. The good news is that this content doesn't have to be a one-time use. In this episode, we will talk about tips and strategies on how to make your seasonal content repurposable or evergreen, so that when the next Christmas, Easter, or Valentine's comes, you won't have to start from scratch anymore.

Want to get other tips like this and more? Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction 0:20 Tips on how to make seasonal marketing like Christmas, Easter, Valentine's evergreen or repurposable 0:54 When seasonal marketing comes around? 1:10 Go through a calendar and search for key dates 1:30 Add theme-based marketing 1:37 How to write seasonal content that can be reused 2:25 Writing blogs that are seasonal 3:00 Examples of seasonal content 3:20 How to make seasonal content evergreen? 3:40 Updating seasonal content when applicable like stats 4:05 Join the Marketing Circle for more marketing tips

Resources:

•Evergreen Content: What Is It? And Where Do You Find It? •What Is Evergreen Content & 11 Angles You Can Create Some With •Creating Great Content for Social Media

Other Resources

Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products Join The Marketing Circle Book a Coaching Session with Linda Contact Linda

Follow Linda:

Website Facebook Twitter Instagram

About Linda Reed-Enever:

Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.

Linda's expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.

She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

Time is a scarce resource, especially for us as business owners.We wear a lot of hats for our business, doing almost everything in the business sometimes creating content is the last thing we want to do.So in this episode of Talk we are going to look at one of my favourite content creating hacks/processes repurposing content and turning the old into new.Repurposing content is an approach that takes existing, published content from your library, and puts a new spin on it by refreshing, remixing, updating, and/or creating something totally new and wonderfully different from it.By breathing new life into your old content, you can maximise the investments you've already made previously, and also give it some much-needed visibility. This is good for your website, social channels, and other assets.New visitors can see what you're putting out and old visitors can be reminded of the relevant information from your evergreen content.Want to get other tips like this and more? Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.Highlights:0:00 Introduction0:22 One of my favourite topics in the content creation process0:42 What is repurposing content?0:58 Why do we repurpose content?1:23 Ways to repurpose your old content1:40 A handy tool to make an ebook from your blog posts2:20 Making videos from your blog posts3:00 Making short-form content3:25 Breaking down key messages into social media posts3:45 Video tips series4:10 Repurposing your video content5:40 Sharing your evergreen content6:10 Delivering your content through challenges for opt-in6:40 Join my repurposing course and learn more6:55 Using quizzes7:15 Join the Marketing Circle for more marketing tipsResources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)* Create an eBook from What You Already Have! * Designrr * Lumen5 * InVideo * Canva * Headliner * MeetEdgar * Social Mako

Other ResourcesLinda's Suite of Marketing and Business ProductsJoin The Marketing CircleBook a Coaching Session with LindaContact Linda Follow Linda:WebsiteFacebookTwitterInstagramAbout Linda Reed-Enever:Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.She draws on both her educational background and over 20 years of experience in the marketing and public relations industry to help businesses and individuals through one-on-one coaching, courses, webinars, training, and other tools.Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

Time is a scarce resource, especially for us as business owners.

We wear a lot of hats for our business, doing almost everything in the business sometimes creating content is the last thing we want to do.

So in this episode of Talk we are going to look at one of my favourite content creating hacks/processes repurposing content and turning the old into new.

Repurposing content is an approach that takes existing, published content from your library, and puts a new spin on it by refreshing, remixing, updating, and/or creating something totally new and wonderfully different from it.

By breathing new life into your old content, you can maximise the investments you've already made previously, and also give it some much-needed visibility. This is good for your website, social channels, and other assets.

New visitors can see what you're putting out and old visitors can be reminded of the relevant information from your evergreen content.

Want to get other tips like this and more? Join me inside the Marketing Circle where we talk and work on all things marketing and business.

Highlights:

0:00 Introduction 0:22 One of my favourite topics in the content creation process 0:42 What is repurposing content? 0:58 Why do we repurpose content? 1:23 Ways to repurpose your old content 1:40 A handy tool to make an ebook from your blog posts 2:20 Making videos from your blog posts 3:00 Making short-form content 3:25 Breaking down key messages into social media posts 3:45 Video tips series 4:10 Repurposing your video content 5:40 Sharing your evergreen content 6:10 Delivering your content through challenges for opt-in 6:40 Join my repurposing course and learn more 6:55 Using quizzes 7:15 Join the Marketing Circle for more marketing tips

Resources Mentioned in the Podcast: (Where appropriate, we use affiliate links.)

•Create an eBook from What You Already Have! •Designrr •Lumen5 •InVideo •Canva •Headliner •MeetEdgar •Social Mako

Other Resources

Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products Join The Marketing Circle Book a Coaching Session with Linda Contact Linda

Follow Linda:

Website Facebook

View Details

Social Media Cleanups are being mentioned a lot around Facebook at the moment. In this Talk episode, we are going to explore what they are and how you can do one for yourself and your business.Social media is a great tool when it comes to building your expert profile but we all have changed over time. What we posted on our social profiles in the past may no longer be true to where we are in business and life today.Doing a social media cleanup is important to get our profiles on brand and up to date on who we are currently. Start by knowing what message and person you are hoping to project and start editing from there.You can then review everything about your profiles from your bio to the kinds of movies and books you read, to the groups you belong to, and even the friends you have. The goal is to have a social media profile that supports the brand of who you are in the present.Highlights:0:01 Introduction0:21 What is a Social Media Cleanup and should I do one?0:30 A cleanup of your social profile0:55 How we check our client's social media profiles1:08 Social media cleanup and ways to do it1:17 Google search1:35 It's about tidying things up making sure you're in the right direction.1:40 Search for your names in the profiles2:10 Social media noise2:30 Evaluate groups, pages, channels, etc. that you have joined.2:40 It's okay to walk away from stuff that doesn't resonate with you anymore.3:10 Other tips for social media cleanup3:20 How to be social media-free3:53 Look at the social platforms that are working for you4:06 Summary4:32 End. For more tips, visit lindareedenever.com.auResources:* Where should I be on Social Media? * A 5 Step Formula For Creating Social Media Content * Inspire Engage Connect – Social Media Inspiration Deck * Social Media Checkin with Social Media Profile Checklist

Linda's Suite of Marketing and Business Products - https://lindareedenever.com.au/shop/Join The Marketing Circle - https://lindareedenever.com.au/the-marketing-circle/Book a Coaching Session with Linda - https://lindareedenever.com.au/booking-calendar/Contact Linda - https://lindareedenever.com.au/contact-me/ Follow Linda:Website - https://lindareedenever.com.au/Facebook - https://www.facebook.com/lindareedeneverTwitter - https://twitter.com/lindareedeneverInstagram - https://www.instagram.com/lindareedenever/About Linda Reed-Enever:Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.She draws on both her educational background and over 20 years of experience in the marketing and public relations industry to help businesses and individuals through one-on-one coaching, courses, webinars, training, and other tools.Linda’s expertise encompasses innovative ideas that span marketing, public relations, course creation, social media, marketing automation, and branding.She has an incredible eye for visual content and a talent for simplifying complex topics to help business owners build their profile, their brand, and their expertise.

View Details

Social Media Cleanups are being mentioned a lot around Facebook at the moment. In this Talk episode, we are going to explore what they are and how you can do one for yourself and your business.

Social media is a great tool when it comes to building your expert profile but we all have changed over time. What we posted on our social profiles in the past may no longer be true to where we are in business and life today.

Doing a social media cleanup is important to get our profiles on brand and up to date on who we are currently. Start by knowing what message and person you are hoping to project and start editing from there.

You can then review everything about your profiles from your bio to the kinds of movies and books you read, to the groups you belong to, and even the friends you have. The goal is to have a social media profile that supports the brand of who you are in the present.

Highlights:

0:01 Introduction 0:21 What is a Social Media Cleanup and should I do one? 0:30 A cleanup of your social profile 0:55 How we check our client's social media profiles 1:08 Social media cleanup and ways to do it 1:17 Google search 1:35 It's about tidying things up making sure you're in the right direction. 1:40 Search for your names in the profiles 2:10 Social media noise 2:30 Evaluate groups, pages, channels, etc. that you have joined. 2:40 It's okay to walk away from stuff that doesn't resonate with you anymore. 3:10 Other tips for social media cleanup 3:20 How to be social media-free 3:53 Look at the social platforms that are working for you 4:06 Summary 4:32 End. For more tips, visit lindareedenever.com.au

Resources:

•Where should I be on Social Media? •A 5 Step Formula For Creating Social Media Content •Inspire Engage Connect - Social Media Inspiration Deck •Social Media Checkin with Social Media Profile Checklist

Follow Linda:

Website - https://lindareedenever.com.au/ Facebook - https://www.facebook.com/lindareedenever Twitter - https://twitter.com/lindareedenever Instag...

View Details

5 Minute Marketing is about making marketing a part of your day and using 5-minute time blocks to help you gain consistency and marketing momentum.THE 5 MINUTE MINDSET* You might not finish what you start BUT you will have a foundation to work on * Not all ideas will be brilliant, but writing them down allows you to identify the gems * Look for 5 minute windows in your day * Stick to 5 minutes. Don’t allow yourself to be distracted. * Keep your expectations real – this is 5 minutes of inspiration. * Small steps add up

Highlights:0:10 What is 5-Minute Marketing?0:44 Little snippets of your day that you can use to market your business.1:06 5-Minute Marketing add up and build momentum1:11 What 5-Minute Marketing is not1:26 5-Minute Marketing is for small business owners.1:53 Ways to find 5 minutes within your day2:21 Using your time a little bit better2:50 5-Minute Marketing Ideas Deck3:00 Three 5-Minute Marketing activities from the deck3:10 How to use the cards3:25 Card #1 - See what your competitors are doing4:01 Card #2 - Check your profiles4:45 Card #3 - Repurpose your live video5:15 Summary of what 5-Minute Marketing is5:23 How to get the 5-Minute Marketing DeckHow to get the 5-Minute Marketing Ideas Deck:https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/5-minute-marketing-ideas-card-deck-by-linda-reed-enever/Resources:* 5 Minute Marketing Ideas Cards by Linda Reed-Enever * Social Media Checkin with Social Media Profile Checklist * The 5 Minute Marketing Toolkit * Check and Review your website

View Details

5 Minute Marketing is about making marketing a part of your day and using 5-minute time blocks to help you gain consistency and marketing momentum.

THE 5 MINUTE MINDSET

•You might not finish what you start BUT you will have a foundation to work on •Not all ideas will be brilliant, but writing them down allows you to identify the gems •Look for 5 minute windows in your day •Stick to 5 minutes. Don't allow yourself to be distracted. •Keep your expectations real - this is 5 minutes of inspiration. •Small steps add up

Highlights:

0:10 What is 5-Minute Marketing? 0:44 Little snippets of your day that you can use to market your business. 1:06 5-Minute Marketing add up and build momentum 1:11 What 5-Minute Marketing is not 1:26 5-Minute Marketing is for small business owners. 1:53 Ways to find 5 minutes within your day 2:21 Using your time a little bit better 2:50 5-Minute Marketing Ideas Deck 3:00 Three 5-Minute Marketing activities from the deck 3:10 How to use the cards 3:25 Card #1 - See what your competitors are doing 4:01 Card #2 - Check your profiles 4:45 Card #3 - Repurpose your live video 5:15 Summary of what 5-Minute Marketing is 5:23 How to get the 5-Minute Marketing Deck

How to get the 5-Minute Marketing Ideas Deck: https://www.enevergroup.com.au/product/5-minute-marketing-ideas-card-deck-by-linda-reed-enever/

Resources:

•5 Minute Marketing Ideas Cards by Linda Reed-Enever •Social Media Checkin with Social Media Profile Checklist •The 5 Minute Marketing Toolkit •Check and Review your website

Follow Linda:

Website - https://lindareedenever.com.au/ Facebook - https://www.facebook.com/lindareedenever Twitter - https://twitter.com/lindareedenever Instagram -

View Details

As business owners, it is easy for us to assume clients “know” basic things about our industry. But more often than not just because we “know” and it’s second nature to us, we fail to provide the key information that a client needs to buy from us or use our services.This is where educating your market comes into play.Not only is educating your market critical to outlining services and products, but it’s also imperative we inform customers about our industries so they can be empowered to choose us and work with us.In this online and tech-savvy world customers have more “choose me!” coming at them than ever before, and educating your market is an amazing way to stand out from the common crowd.Educating your market not only places you as an expert in your field, it empowers your customers and creates better working relationships.Highlights:0:11 What is education marketing?0:26 Education in terms of marketing0:43 Creating good content0:51 Examples of knowledge share content1:14 Education marketing is about explaining things.1:50 Education marketing as a lead magnet2:05 Education marketing as a trade of knowledge2:37 Ways to educate your market2:50 As an exercise, write down ideas that you can show people how to do things.3:13 Introduce the why?3:50 Many ways to educate your market4:23 In a brief nutshell, education marketing is a way for people to learn from you.4:44 Thanks, like, subscribe, and give a thumbs up!4:50 Share your education marketing ideas in the comments.Resources:* Power of Education in Your Marketing * Creating Content on Facebook * Creating Social Media Content * Hack Your Content Planning

View Details

As business owners, it is easy for us to assume clients "know" basic things about our industry. But more often than not just because we "know" and it's second nature to us, we fail to provide the key information that a client needs to buy from us or use our services.

This is where educating your market comes into play.

Not only is educating your market critical to outlining services and products, but it's also imperative we inform customers about our industries so they can be empowered to choose us and work with us.

In this online and tech-savvy world customers have more "choose me!" coming at them than ever before, and educating your market is an amazing way to stand out from the common crowd.

Educating your market not only places you as an expert in your field, it empowers your customers and creates better working relationships.

Highlights:

0:11 What is education marketing? 0:26 Education in terms of marketing 0:43 Creating good content 0:51 Examples of knowledge share content 1:14 Education marketing is about explaining things. 1:50 Education marketing as a lead magnet 2:05 Education marketing as a trade of knowledge 2:37 Ways to educate your market 2:50 As an exercise, write down ideas that you can show people how to do things. 3:13 Introduce the why? 3:50 Many ways to educate your market 4:23 In a brief nutshell, education marketing is a way for people to learn from you. 4:44 Thanks, like, subscribe, and give a thumbs up! 4:50 Share your education marketing ideas in the comments.

Resources:

•Power of Education in Your Marketing •Creating Content on Facebook •Creating Social Media Content •Hack Your Content Planning

Follow Linda:

Website - https://lindareedenever.com.au/ Facebook - https://www.facebook.com/lindareedenever Twitter - https://twitter.com/lindareedenever Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/lindareedenever/

About Linda Reed-Enever:

Linda Reed-Enever is an Ideas and Marketing Strategist who boasts a unique knack for helping businesses and individuals tap into their marketing, branding, and business potential.

She draws...

View Details

I'm excited to have you come along and join me as we explore what I like to call a marketing day and how you can use that marketing tree to empower your people, benefit your business and attract better leads to your business into your clients. So that's what we're going to be talking about today. So we are delving into the world of what I like to call marketing trees today, and I like to look at marketing as a marketing tree rather than a final for a number of reasons. I think of funnels, you know, and I can't get the visual out of my head about pushing people down and forcing them down through something. And I would much rather empower our people. And I'll explain to you about why we like that within trees within that process.

View Details

Trust me, you’re gonna need help, and the answers might not be on Google. This is why joining communities and groups is so important. It’s a circle of support where you can give and get help.
But I’m sure you’ve seen posts asking for help that maybe frustrated you because they didn’t post enough information so you can immediately respond. Many groups now actually have guidelines on asking questions so that people don’t waste time trying to interview the original poster about the problem.
It’s your job to be very clear about what you need. And then trust me, the answers will come. People like to help!
Listen to this talk for more tips on getting the best responses for your questions.

View Details

Trust me, you're gonna need help, and the answers might not be on Google. This is why joining communities and groups is so important. It's a circle of support where you can give and get help.

But I'm sure you've seen posts asking for help that maybe frustrated you because they didn't post enough information so you can immediately respond. Many groups now actually have guidelines on asking questions so that people don't waste time trying to interview the original poster about the problem.

It's your job to be very clear about what you need. And then trust me, the answers will come. People like to help!

Listen to this talk for more tips on getting the best responses for your questions.

View Details

How do you continue marketing when you’re already fully booked? After all, you don’t stop needing more clients, you need to keep marketing so you can keep growing.
But how do you do that when you’re busy?
This is especially true for service-based businesses. There’s only so much time you can use each day and that time goes to your clients.
But take this podcast as a quick example: it’s less than five minutes long. You can do the same. You can sit down when you have a free hour or half hour, and you can produce several videos you can repurpose into podcasts or blogs that can work for you as marketing content.
Content like this gives your audience a taste of what it’s like to work with you. And whether you create videos, talks or courses, they’re just here waiting to be read, listened to, or watched. They no longer take your time!

View Details

How do you continue marketing when you're already fully booked? After all, you don't stop needing more clients, you need to keep marketing so you can keep growing.

But how do you do that when you're busy?

This is especially true for service-based businesses. There's only so much time you can use each day and that time goes to your clients.

But take this podcast as a quick example: it's less than five minutes long. You can do the same. You can sit down when you have a free hour or half hour, and you can produce several videos you can repurpose into podcasts or blogs that can work for you as marketing content.

Content like this gives your audience a taste of what it's like to work with you. And whether you create videos, talks or courses, they're just here waiting to be read, listened to, or watched. They no longer take your time!

View Details

Marketing, advertising and PR are three of the most effective tools to help your business really take off. All of them get you in front of your target audiences.
Each of them have key differences in the type of content, where that content goes life, and the role of that content in connecting with your audience or building your reputation. And like all tools, there’s a proper way to deploy them that makes them efficient in achieving your goals.

View Details

Marketing, advertising and PR are three of the most effective tools to help your business really take off. All of them get you in front of your target audiences.

Each of them have key differences in the type of content, where that content goes life, and the role of that content in connecting with your audience or building your reputation. And like all tools, there's a proper way to deploy them that makes them efficient in achieving your goals.

View Details

You’ve written a book. Congratulations! That’s quite an achievement. But now what? This is perhaps the top question clients ask me. It’s often what makes them join Business Business Business and Media Connections.
Right off the bat let me tell you exactly what’s next: Marketing.
Your work on your book is 20% putting it together and 80% promoting it.
You’ve probably come into this already knowing that! So now it’s just about doing the right things in marketing your book.

View Details

You've written a book. Congratulations! That's quite an achievement. But now what? This is perhaps the top question clients ask me. It's often what makes them join Business Business Business and Media Connections.

Right off the bat let me tell you exactly what's next: Marketing.

Your work on your book is 20% putting it together and 80% promoting it.

You've probably come into this already knowing that! So now it's just about doing the right things in marketing your book.

View Details

Think of bite-sized content as snackable content, something your audience can interact with quickly and still come away with something truly valuable.I love bite-sized content! Sometimes you have a free minute and you get to use it well when your favourite influencers deliver a bite-sized content. That’s the same for your audience. Actually, they might sit down for an entire hour and consume and engage with hundreds of bite-sized content in that hour.Get in on that action! Produce bite-sized content: images and micro videos of tips and advice your audience will appreciate! And the best thing about this is your bite-sized content already exists in content you already have. Just repurpose!Some bite sized content ideas you can share are:* Your top tips in short bursts (videos, memes, audio) * Product how to’s and walkthroughs * Highlight blog or podcast episodes * As a way to promote larger campaigns, giveaways, online events, etc * extra light bites to your audience, such as GIFs, meme

Bite Sized content Tools* Lumen5 https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-9263589-13929968 * Wave https://wave.video?ref=lindareedenever5&utm_source=lindareedenever5&utm_campaign=Wave.video+Affiliate+Program&utm_medium=affiliate * Animoto https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=956805&u=1499425&m=67883&urllink=&afftrack= * Missinglettr https://goo.gl/Q5gcSk * Canva https://canva.7eqqol.net/ZGaRQ * Headliner https://make.headliner.app/referral/linda_F9Qt7U * Wordswag http://wordswag.co/ * Filmora & Flimorma Go https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1530677&u=1499425&m=44487&urllink=&afftrack=0

Bite-Sized TipsRegram/Retweet/Repost snackable content to save time and promote engagement.Keep content fresh by using content surrounding current events, national holidays, and major sports events.Mix it in with your other contentCome and join us in the Marketing Circle for more tips and tricks:https://lindareedenever.com.au/the-marketing-circle/

View Details

Think of bite-sized content as snackable content, something your audience can interact with quickly and still come away with something truly valuable.

I love bite-sized content! Sometimes you have a free minute and you get to use it well when your favourite influencers deliver a bite-sized content. That's the same for your audience. Actually, they might sit down for an entire hour and consume and engage with hundreds of bite-sized content in that hour.

Get in on that action! Produce bite-sized content: images and micro videos of tips and advice your audience will appreciate! And the best thing about this is your bite-sized content already exists in content you already have. Just repurpose!

Some bite sized content ideas you can share are:

•Your top tips in short bursts (videos, memes, audio) •Product how to's and walkthroughs •Highlight blog or podcast episodes •As a way to promote larger campaigns, giveaways, online events, etc •extra light bites to your audience, such as GIFs, meme

Bite Sized content Tools

•Lumen5 https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-9263589-13929968 •Wave https://wave.video?ref=lindareedenever5&utm_source=lindareedenever5&utm_campaign=Wave.video+Affiliate+Program&utm_medium=affiliate •Animoto https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=956805&u=1499425&m=67883&urllink=&afftrack= •Missinglettr https://goo.gl/Q5gcSk •Canva https://canva.7eqqol.net/ZGaRQ •Headliner https://make.headliner.app/referral/linda_F9Qt7U •Wordswag http://wordswag.co/ •Filmora & Flimorma Go https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1530677&u=1499425&m=44487&urllink=&afftrack=0

Bite-Sized Tips

Regram/Retweet/Repost snackable content to save time and promote engagement. Keep content fresh by using content surrounding current events, national holidays, and major sports events. Mix it in with your other content

Come and join us in the Marketing Circle for more tips and tricks:

https://lindareedenever.com.au/the-marketing-circle/

View Details

Should you really put your face out there? Do you absolutely have to appear on your marketing videos? YES. Why? Because your clients are people, and people connect with people.
I used to hide behind my own brands. But the moment my business started to take off was the moment I put myself out there.
So go ahead and make videos. Talk to your target audience on a Facebook Live. Add your face to your tips and blogs. And if you still have misgivings because you don’t look perfect, remember this: looks don’t matter to your target audience. What they see and what you should focus on is the person they want to work with!
Listen to this podcast and let go of your camera shyness!

View Details

Should you really put your face out there? Do you absolutely have to appear on your marketing videos? YES. Why? Because your clients are people, and people connect with people.

I used to hide behind my own brands. But the moment my business started to take off was the moment I put myself out there.

So go ahead and make videos. Talk to your target audience on a Facebook Live. Add your face to your tips and blogs. And if you still have misgivings because you don't look perfect, remember this: looks don't matter to your target audience. What they see and what you should focus on is the person they want to work with!

Listen to this podcast and let go of your camera shyness!

View Details

Your Facebook Group can be one of your favorite spaces, too. It is for me!
When we talk about Facebook engagement, we usually think of groups and community pages, because this is where you can really connect with your people. What’s awesome is you know that people in your group are warm leads. They’re interested, they want to learn from you, or they’re already using your product.
You can gain so much insight from a Facebook group, so it’s important to keep it alive and buzzing. Make it a place your tribe wants to hang out! I give you tips on exactly how to do that. Listen to this podcast and get ready to take notes.
You can alway deep dive into Facebook Groups with me here https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/creating-communities-with-facebook-groups

View Details

Your Facebook Group can be one of your favorite spaces, too. It is for me!

When we talk about Facebook engagement, we usually think of groups and community pages, because this is where you can really connect with your people. What's awesome is you know that people in your group are warm leads. They're interested, they want to learn from you, or they're already using your product.

You can gain so much insight from a Facebook group, so it's important to keep it alive and buzzing. Make it a place your tribe wants to hang out! I give you tips on exactly how to do that. Listen to this podcast and get ready to take notes.

You can alway deep dive into Facebook Groups with me here https://enevergroup.thinkific.com/courses/creating-communities-with-facebook-groups

View Details

Are your posts getting marked as spam? Do you get blocked from groups? It’s frustrating when Facebook stops you from engaging with your communities or getting on with your marketing campaigns.
In this Talk Episode, I discuss how you can avoid these blocks. You might have stumbled on Facebook rules that might seem basic but necessary all the same.
The more you get to know Facebook, the smoother you’ll navigate it as you build your community pages and groups, and the more returns you get for your investment of time and energy!

View Details

Are your posts getting marked as spam? Do you get blocked from groups? It's frustrating when Facebook stops you from engaging with your communities or getting on with your marketing campaigns.

In this Talk Episode, I discuss how you can avoid these blocks. You might have stumbled on Facebook rules that might seem basic but necessary all the same.

The more you get to know Facebook, the smoother you'll navigate it as you build your community pages and groups, and the more returns you get for your investment of time and energy!

View Details

You’re launching a project and you’re super excited about it because you’ve gone to great lengths to create the best landing page and even free stuff (lead magnets) for the signups.
Now all you need to do is actually send people to that landing page so you can convince them to sign up. Otherwise, all your effort is just wasted.
Listen to this podcast for my tips on how you can attract people to your courses and events.
The first thing to do? Set multiple connection points with your audience: the top of the funnel where you pull people in should be as wide as it could go!

View Details

You're launching a project and you're super excited about it because you've gone to great lengths to create the best landing page and even free stuff (lead magnets) for the signups.

Now all you need to do is actually send people to that landing page so you can convince them to sign up. Otherwise, all your effort is just wasted.

Listen to this podcast for my tips on how you can attract people to your courses and events.

The first thing to do? Set multiple connection points with your audience: the top of the funnel where you pull people in should be as wide as it could go!

View Details

It seems a smart move to be everywhere, and that does work. To an extent. You do want to be seen and push and reuse your content as much as you could. But there’s a caveat: be everywhere, sure, as long as your audience is there.
That means you don’t have to be on Pinterest just because it’s hot. If your audience isn’t there, that’s just a waste of time and resources. So do your research. And don’t just ride assumptions.
It might surprise you that professionals are also on TikTok and Instagram! You might want to create an account and start publishing content there if your people do hang out there.
What it comes down to is what platforms your target audiences like. It’s not about where you want to be or what platform is “good.” Go where they go.

View Details

It seems a smart move to be everywhere, and that does work. To an extent. You do want to be seen and push and reuse your content as much as you could. But there's a caveat: be everywhere, sure, as long as your audience is there.

That means you don't have to be on Pinterest just because it's hot. If your audience isn't there, that's just a waste of time and resources. So do your research. And don't just ride assumptions.

It might surprise you that professionals are also on TikTok and Instagram! You might want to create an account and start publishing content there if your people do hang out there.

What it comes down to is what platforms your target audiences like. It's not about where you want to be or what platform is "good." Go where they go.

View Details

The Facebook Algorithm is something that may elude and confuse most business owners and sometimes we see experts showing us tips and tricks to beat the algorithm. The one thing I can tell you in 20-plus years of marketing is, you can’t beat the algorithm but you can work with it.And when it comes to the four ranking factors Facebook have been prioritising for a while now - recency, popularity, content type, and relationship - it means for businesses we need to do one thing, share GOOD content that our audience relates with.How is Facebook Ranking Posts:Facebook ranks the posts that appear in our newsfeeds through machine learning known as the algorithm, to show us the content it thinks we will most likely engage with next, which is natural and smart when you think about it. Facebook is a social network; comments, likes and engagements keep us on the platform socialising.It is not new. Facebook has been sharing with us for a while now that the content that works best is content that creates conversation and engagement.In 2021, the Facebook algorithm is made up of four main ranking signals: recency, popularity, content type, and relationship.The signals are nothing new when it comes to marketing and social media, but 2021 is certainly the year to make sure your content is engaging and consistent.

View Details

How is Facebook Ranking Posts:

Facebook ranks the posts that appear in our newsfeeds through machine learning known as the algorithm, to show us the content it thinks we will most likely engage with next, which is natural and smart when you think about it. Facebook is a social network; comments, likes and engagements keep us on the platform socialising.

It is not new. Facebook has been sharing with us for a while now that the content that works best is content that creates conversation and engagement.

In 2021, the Facebook algorithm is made up of four main ranking signals: recency, popularity, content type, and relationship.

The signals are nothing new when it comes to marketing and social media, but 2021 is certainly the year to make sure your content is engaging and consistent.

View Details

Earning media attention is one of the best forms of word of mouth marketing you can attract, as it is someone else saying your story is worthy to share. One of my favourite ways to brainstorm ideas is the use of the work-out-loud technique which we will explore in this episode of Talk.
The technique was coined by John Stepper and encourages people, and businesses to talk about what they are currently working on, what is trending and what their people are saying and turn it into content ideas.
Sharing your story with the media is just that, sharing your story, not a sales pitch and if the journalist can smell “selling” they will run a mile.
When looking for media release ideas to share with the media, work out loud and share what you are doing with the media, they get to “know” you and you tell a story because by working out loud your foundation of your release starts with a conversation.
In this episode of Talk we explore this technique and 10 questions you can ask yourself to help you work out loud.

View Details

The technique was coined by John Stepper and encourages people, and businesses to talk about what they are currently working on, what is trending and what their people are saying and turn it into content ideas.

Sharing your story with the media is just that, sharing your story, not a sales pitch and if the journalist can smell "selling" they will run a mile.

When looking for media release ideas to share with the media, work out loud and share what you are doing with the media, they get to "know" you and you tell a story because by working out loud your foundation of your release starts with a conversation.

In this episode of Talk we explore this technique and 10 questions you can ask yourself to help you work out loud.

View Details

Evergreen content is the type of information that pops up time and again, year after year in business. It’s often found in the information your customers seek or the things about your industry you find yourself explaining over and again.
Evergreen content is always fresh – it can be used at any time throughout the year, or is fresh at a certain time, year after year after year.
In a nutshell, it is content that stays relevant to your audience.
In this episode of Talk we look at 11 ideas for Evergreen Content and tools you can use to help share them.
The tools mentioned in the episode are:
MeetEgdar: https://meetedgar.com/?via=37b9nLumen 5 https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-9263589-13929968Missing Lettr: https://goo.gl/Q5gcSk
The above links are affiliate links for tools we use in house at Enever Group

View Details

Evergreen content is the type of information that pops up time and again, year after year in business. It's often found in the information your customers seek or the things about your industry you find yourself explaining over and again.

Evergreen content is always fresh - it can be used at any time throughout the year, or is fresh at a certain time, year after year after year.

In a nutshell, it is content that stays relevant to your audience.

In this episode of Talk we look at 11 ideas for Evergreen Content and tools you can use to help share them.

The tools mentioned in the episode are:

MeetEgdar: https://meetedgar.com/?via=37b9n Lumen 5 https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-9263589-13929968 Missing Lettr: https://goo.gl/Q5gcSk

The above links are affiliate links for tools we use in house at Enever Group

View Details

Article writing is a must for your PR toolkit.
Whether it’s a blog, guest post on a third-party website, newsletter or other publication, it builds credibility and creates your profile as an expert, while giving the media and publications a chance to get to know you.
The online media has a wealth of opportunities when it comes to placing quality articles, and this is a very real way to build the profile of your brand.
So let’s explore some Article Writing Tips and Tricks
Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tips https://lindareedenever.com.au/product/book-pr-tips/

View Details

Article writing is a must for your PR toolkit.

Whether it's a blog, guest post on a third-party website, newsletter or other publication, it builds credibility and creates your profile as an expert, while giving the media and publications a chance to get to know you.

The online media has a wealth of opportunities when it comes to placing quality articles, and this is a very real way to build the profile of your brand.

So let's explore some Article Writing Tips and Tricks

Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tips https://lindareedenever.com.au/product/book-pr-tips/

View Details

Blog writing is an essential element of any PR strategy, and it offers a host of benefits to businesses that choose to embrace it.
Like any PR, it should be done regularly with a new blog post weekly, fortnightly or monthly.As it’s placed on your own website, a company blog offers you complete control of what you want to say, when, and how you wish to say it.
It brings with it Search, SEO and credibility too
Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tipshttps://lindareedenever.com.au/product/book-pr-tips/

View Details

Blog writing is an essential element of any PR strategy, and it offers a host of benefits to businesses that choose to embrace it.

Like any PR, it should be done regularly with a new blog post weekly, fortnightly or monthly. As it's placed on your own website, a company blog offers you complete control of what you want to say, when, and how you wish to say it.

It brings with it Search, SEO and credibility too

Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tips https://lindareedenever.com.au/product/book-pr-tips/

View Details

With the rise of the 24-hour newsroom, the need for a journalist to find stories and new sources is increasing, so media and press releases are a great way to get your story out there.When used within a well thought-out marketing strategy, a media release can provide a number of significant benefits to you and your business.So in this episode of Talk we look at why should you devote the time and effort into crafting the perfect story, and then promoting it to various media outlets.
Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tips https://lindareedenever.com.au/product/book-pr-tips/

View Details

With the rise of the 24-hour newsroom, the need for a journalist to find stories and new sources is increasing, so media and press releases are a great way to get your story out there. When used within a well thought-out marketing strategy, a media release can provide a number of significant benefits to you and your business. So in this episode of Talk we look at why should you devote the time and effort into crafting the perfect story, and then promoting it to various media outlets.

Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tips https://lindareedenever.com.au/product/book-pr-tips/

View Details

There is no one size fits all when it comes to creating the right PR strategy for a business.
The trick is to know where your audience is likely to be and make the most of the opportunity that the media gives you by being prepared and having a strategy which is what we will start to explore in this episode of Talk.
Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tipshttps://lindareedenever.com.au/product/book-pr-tips/

View Details

There is no one size fits all when it comes to creating the right PR strategy for a business.

The trick is to know where your audience is likely to be and make the most of the opportunity that the media gives you by being prepared and having a strategy which is what we will start to explore in this episode of Talk.

Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tip shttps://lindareedenever.com.au/product/book-pr-tips/

View Details

Crickets in a Facebook Group are not ideal...so how do you create engagement in your Facebook Group?
In this Talk Episode, we dive into ways you can create engaging content so your members are encouraged to join the conversation.

View Details

Crickets in a Facebook Group are not ideal...so how do you create engagement in your Facebook Group?

In this Talk Episode, we dive into ways you can create engaging content so your members are encouraged to join the conversation.

View Details

With the launch of My Book of PR Tips coming up in this episode we explore the 3 Types of PR you can tap into.* Proactive PR (Sharing Your News) * Reactive PR (Newsjacking) * Ongoing PR (Evergreen PR)

Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tips on Amazon https://www.amazon.com.au/My-Book-Tips-Linda-Reed-Enever

View Details

With the launch of My Book of PR Tips coming up in this episode we explore the 3 Types of PR you can tap into.

•Proactive PR (Sharing Your News) •Reactive PR (Newsjacking) •Ongoing PR (Evergreen PR)

Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tips on Amazon https://www.amazon.com.au/My-Book-Tips-Linda-Reed-Enever

View Details

Knowing your media and what they seek is the key of every PR relationship so that we share our story with the right people.So in this episode we explore knowing and finding media to share your story with.Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tips on Amazon https://www.amazon.com.au/My-Book-Tips-Linda-Reed-Enever

View Details

Knowing your media and what they seek is the key of every PR relationship so that we share our story with the right people.

So in this episode we explore knowing and finding media to share your story with.

Want to delve more into the world of PR with me Grab a Copy of the Book of PR Tips on Amazon https://www.amazon.com.au/My-Book-Tips-Linda-Reed-Enever

View Details

This episode of the Talk podcast is a guided activity that will help you come up with some content ideas you can create for your business and we are focusing on blogging ideas
In this episode, you will walk with me through a brainstorming session so grab a notepad and pen and let’s get started as I take you through the questions and prompts to come up with blog ideas.

View Details

This episode of the Talk podcast is a guided activity that will help you come up with some content ideas you can create for your business and we are focusing on blogging ideas

In this episode, you will walk with me through a brainstorming session so grab a notepad and pen and let's get started as I take you through the questions and prompts to come up with blog ideas.

View Details

In this episode of Talk I introduce you to one of my Marketing Circle Members Dawn Lewis from Dawn Lewis as we talk about marketing, craft and how the Marketing Circle has helped her business.
Since joining the Marketing Circle Dawn has:
Created and launched her very own subscription boxBeen Interviewed on TVTaught a class or two on TikTokStarted some voiceover work (you might know Dawn's voice from the Talk intros)And is looking to do more teaching online
Dawn runs her very own Podcast, Retail Store and loves red Lipstick just like me
Dawn is the solo face behind all that happens at dawnlewis.com.au and she has an impressive craft and design career working with magazines, TV and some big well-known brands
You can find Dawn at: https://dawnlewis.com.au/
The Marketing Circle is my inner circle community where you get to work with me on all things marketing in a group environment.
Want to join us in the Marketing Circle you can here https://lindareedenever.com.au/the-marketing-circle/

View Details

In this episode of Talk I introduce you to one of my Marketing Circle Members Dawn Lewis from Dawn Lewis as we talk about marketing, craft and how the Marketing Circle has helped her business.

Since joining the Marketing Circle Dawn has:

Created and launched her very own subscription box Been Interviewed on TV Taught a class or two on TikTok Started some voiceover work (you might know Dawn's voice from the Talk intros) And is looking to do more teaching online

Dawn runs her very own Podcast, Retail Store and loves red Lipstick just like me

Dawn is the solo face behind all that happens at dawnlewis.com.au and she has an impressive craft and design career working with magazines, TV and some big well-known brands

You can find Dawn at: https://dawnlewis.com.au/

The Marketing Circle is my inner circle community where you get to work with me on all things marketing in a group environment.

Want to join us in the Marketing Circle you can here https://lindareedenever.com.au/the-marketing-circle/

View Details

Reviews are important to all of us in business. Especially in the world of Social Proof, so in this episode of Ask Linda I share with you some tips on how to ask for reviews and how to use them in your marketing.

View Details

In this episode of Talk I return with the 5 Minute Marketing Ideas deck and share with you 3 ways you can network, engage and connect with your market using just 5 Minutes of Time

View Details

In this episode of Talk I return with the 5 Minute Marketing Ideas deck and share with you 3 ways you can network, engage and connect with your market using just 5 Minutes of Time

View Details

The Question “Why should I pay you, when I can do it myself?” can leave the best of us frozen. But it is something that all business owners will face especially if you are a service based business and people think that it is a skill they can learn.
So in this episode of Ask Linda we explore the question I was asked How do I respond to the question
“Why should I pay you, when I can do it myself?”
This question is a great opportunity for you to qualify your client and shine at the same time, so let’s delve into it.

View Details

The Question "Why should I pay you, when I can do it myself?" can leave the best of us frozen. But it is something that all business owners will face especially if you are a service based business and people think that it is a skill they can learn.

So in this episode of Ask Linda we explore the question I was asked How do I respond to the question

"Why should I pay you, when I can do it myself?"

This question is a great opportunity for you to qualify your client and shine at the same time, so let's delve into it.

View Details

New and Questions both have super powers when it comes to the world of Marketing. Questions lead you to new understanding, new converastions, opportunities and create engagement.
New is fresh and keeps customers coming back and your audience engaged waiting to see what will happen next.
In this episode I take 3 cards from the 5 Minute Marketing Ideas Deck to help you tap into the superpowers of new and questions in your marketing.

View Details

New and Questions both have super powers when it comes to the world of Marketing. Questions lead you to new understanding, new converastions, opportunities and create engagement.

New is fresh and keeps customers coming back and your audience engaged waiting to see what will happen next.

In this episode I take 3 cards from the 5 Minute Marketing Ideas Deck to help you tap into the superpowers of new and questions in your marketing.

View Details

People often ask me, “How do I build an audience on Facebook?”
In this episode of Ask Linda we explore ways you can do just that. The key to any audience building is to remember that when building an audience on Facebook is BIG numbers don’t mean a BIG result, so building to your people is key.
It all starts with good content and consistency and interaction, social media is a two way street!Facebook pages have amazing potential in building your brand on Facebook. Consistency is key.

View Details

People often ask me, "How do I build an audience on Facebook?"

In this episode of Ask Linda we explore ways you can do just that. The key to any audience building is to remember that when building an audience on Facebook is BIG numbers don't mean a BIG result, so building to your people is key.

It all starts with good content and consistency and interaction, social media is a two way street! Facebook pages have amazing potential in building your brand on Facebook. Consistency is key.

Talk with Linda Reed-Enever: Recent Episodes